Pell Grants for Prison Education Programs; Determining the Amount of Federal Education Assistance Funds Received by Institutions of Higher Education (90/10); Change in Ownership and Change in Control, 65426-65498 [2022-23078]

Agencies

• DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

[Federal Register Volume 87, Number 208 (Friday, October 28, 2022)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 65426-65498]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2022-23078]



[[Page 65425]]

Vol. 87

Friday,

No. 208

October 28, 2022

Part III





Department of Education





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





34 CFR Parts 600, 668, and 690





 Pell Grants for Prison Education Programs; Determining the Amount of 
Federal Education Assistance Funds Received by Institutions of Higher 
Education (90/10); Change in Ownership and Change in Control; Final 
Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 208 / Friday, October 28, 2022 / 
Rules and Regulations

[[Page 65426]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

34 CFR Parts 600, 668, and 690

[Docket ID ED-2022-OPE-0062]
RIN 1840-AD54, 1840-AD55, 1840-AD66, 1840-AD69


Pell Grants for Prison Education Programs; Determining the Amount 
of Federal Education Assistance Funds Received by Institutions of 
Higher Education (90/10); Change in Ownership and Change in Control

AGENCY: Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.

ACTION: Final regulations.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Secretary amends regulations for the Federal Pell Grant 
program (Pell Grants or Pell), institutional eligibility, and student 
assistance general provisions. First, we amend the regulations for 
Federal Pell Grants for prison education programs (PEPs), to implement 
new statutory requirements to establish Pell Grant eligibility for a 
confined or incarcerated individual enrolled in a PEP to implement the 
statutory change in the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. Second, 
we amend the Title IV Revenue and Non-Federal Education Assistance 
Funds regulations (referred to as ``90/10'' or the ``90/10 Rule'') to 
implement the statutory change in the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 
(ARP). We further amend which non-Federal funds can be counted when 
determining compliance with the 90/10 rule to align allowable non-
Federal revenue more closely with statutory intent. Finally, we amend 
regulations to clarify the process for consideration of changes in 
ownership and control (CIO), to promote compliance with the Higher 
Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), and related regulations and 
reduce risk for students and taxpayers, as well as institutions 
contemplating or undergoing such a change.

DATES: 
    Effective date: The regulations are effective July 1, 2023.
    Applicability date: The 90/10 regulations will apply to 
institutional fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2023, 
consistent with the effective date of the statutory changes to the 90/
10 calculation.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For PEPs: Aaron Washington. Telephone: 
(202) 987-0911. Email: [email protected]. For 90/10: Ashley 
Clark. Telephone: (202) 453-7977. Email: [email protected]. For 
Change in Ownership: Brian Schelling. Telephone: (202) 453-5966. Email: 
[email protected]. You may also email your questions to 
[email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Executive Summary

Purpose of this Regulatory Action

    These final regulations address three areas: Pell Grants for PEPs, 
the 90/10 rule, and institutional changes in ownership. The PEP final 
regulations, on which the Affordability and Student Loans Committee 
reached consensus, implement statutory changes that extend Pell Grant 
eligibility to confined or incarcerated individuals who enroll in 
qualifying PEPs. The 90/10 final regulations, on which the 
Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility Committee (Committee) 
reached consensus, implement statutory changes that require proprietary 
institutions to obtain at least 10 percent of their revenue from 
sources other than Federal education assistance funds and more closely 
align allowable non-Federal revenue with statutory intent. Finally, the 
changes to the current CIO regulations provide a clearer and more 
defined process for institutions undergoing changes in ownership and 
control.

Prison Education Programs

    The PEP regulations provide to the Department and stakeholders, 
including students, correctional agencies and institutions, 
postsecondary institutions, accrediting agencies, and related 
organizations, a detailed and clear framework for how to implement the 
new section 484(t) of the HEA, which takes effect on July 1, 2023. The 
Department amended the regulations in Sec. Sec.  600.2, 600.7, 600.10, 
600.21, 668.8, 668.32, 668.43, and 690.62, and added part 668, subpart 
P. Section 484(t) of the HEA sets forth PEP requirements that include: 
(1) a prohibition on PEPs offered by proprietary institutions; (2) 
definitions of a ``confined or incarcerated individual'' and a ``prison 
education program;'' (3) the program approval process by the Bureau of 
Prisons, State department of corrections, or other entity that is 
responsible for overseeing the correctional facility (which we refer to 
throughout these final regulations as the oversight entity); (4) a 
credit transfer requirement for PEPs; (5) a prohibition against program 
offerings by institutions that are subject to adverse actions by the 
Department, their accrediting agency, or the relevant State authorizing 
agency; (6) requirements that PEPs offer educational programming that 
satisfies professional licensure or certification, as applicable; (7) 
student enrollment restrictions for programs where ultimate licensure 
or employment would be prohibited; (8) the requirement that confined or 
incarcerated individuals be enrolled in an eligible PEP in order to 
access a Pell Grant; and (9) various Department reporting requirements 
for postsecondary institutions offering PEPs.
    The final regulations clarify and implement these statutory 
requirements by setting clear standards for postsecondary institutions 
offering PEPs and outlining the requirements to develop and implement 
such programs to gain and maintain access to Pell Grant funds. The 
final regulations also ensure that institutions report necessary data 
to the Department to assist in assessing program outcomes, also 
consistent with statutory requirements under section 484(t)(5) of the 
HEA for an annual report by the Secretary regarding the impact of the 
new requirements. The final rule establishes important guardrails for 
confined or incarcerated individuals and taxpayers, to protect students 
from enrolling in programs that will not permit them to benefit by 
finding employment in the field after graduation and release, and to 
prevent taxpayer funds from financing such programs. It also outlines 
title IV program requirements for PEPs related to State authorizing 
agencies and accrediting agencies.
    Section 484(t)(1)(B)(iii) of the HEA requires an oversight entity, 
defined in the final regulations as a State department of corrections 
or other entity responsible for overseeing correctional facilities or 
the Federal Bureau of Prisons, to determine that any PEP it approved is 
``operating in the best interest'' of the confined or incarcerated 
individuals it supervises. Congress outlined indicators of ``best 
interest''--both inputs and outcomes--which are explained below. 
Because oversight entities may not have previously assessed some of the 
``best interest'' indicators outlined in statute, such as student 
earnings and job placement post-release, the final regulations clarify 
how to implement this requirement. To facilitate a thorough and well-
informed program assessment, these final regulations require oversight 
entities to seek input from relevant stakeholders in making the ``best 
interest'' determination.

90/10 Rule

    The final 90/10 regulations amend Sec.  668.28 to change how 
proprietary institutions calculate and report to the Department the 
percentage of their revenue that comes from Federal sources, in 
accordance with section

[[Page 65427]]

487(a) of the HEA. Section 487(a) establishes the requirement that 
proprietary institutions derive not less than 10 percent of their 
revenue from non-Federal sources. Section 487(d) of the HEA: (1) 
defines how proprietary institutions calculate the percentage of their 
revenue that is derived from non-Federal sources; (2) outlines 
sanctions for proprietary institutions that fail to meet the 
requirement in section 487(a); (3) requires the Secretary to publicly 
disclose on the College Navigator website proprietary institutions that 
fail to meet the requirement; and (4) requires that the Secretary 
submit a report to Congress that contains the Federal and non-Federal 
revenue amounts and percentages for each proprietary institution.
    The ARP amended these sections to require proprietary institutions 
to include other sources of Federal revenue, in addition to title IV 
revenue from the Department, in the calculation that proprietary 
institutions make to determine if they comply with the 90/10 rule. 
These final regulations codify this statutory change and inform 
proprietary institutions how to determine which Federal funds they must 
include in their calculations.
    Additionally, the final regulations amend how proprietary 
institutions calculate 90/10 to address practices that some proprietary 
institutions have used to alter their revenue calculation or inflate 
their non-Federal revenue percentage. The final regulations also create 
a new requirement for when proprietary institutions must request and 
disburse title IV student aid funds to prevent them from delaying 
disbursements to the next fiscal year. The final regulations will also 
more closely align allowable non-Federal revenue with statutory intent 
by clarifying: (1) allowable non-Federal revenue generated from 
programs and activities that can count for the purposes of 90/10; (2) 
how schools must apply Federal funds to student accounts and determine 
the funds' inclusion in the Federal revenue percentage of 90/10; (3) 
which revenue generated from institutional aid can count as non-Federal 
revenue for purposes of 90/10; and (4) funds that institutions must 
exclude from the 90/10 calculation.
    The final regulations also modify the steps that proprietary 
institutions must take if they fail to derive at least 10 percent of 
their revenue from allowable non-Federal sources by requiring them to 
notify students of the failure and of the students' potential loss of 
title IV aid at that proprietary institution. Additionally, the final 
regulations establish the process that proprietary institutions must 
follow if they initially determine that they met the 90/10 requirement 
for the preceding fiscal year but subsequently determine that they did 
not. Lastly, the final regulations provide that a proprietary 
institution will be liable for repaying all title IV funds disbursed 
for the fiscal year after it becomes ineligible to participate in the 
title IV program due to failing 90/10.

Changes in Ownership

    To address the risks that some changes in ownership of 
postsecondary institutions present to students and taxpayers and to 
address the growing complexity of those transactions, the Department, 
under the authority of section 498(i) of the HEA, amends regulations 
covering changes in ownership in Sec. Sec.  600.2, 600.4, 600.20, 
600.21, and 600.31. These changes modify the definitions of 
``additional location,'' ``branch campus,'' ``main campus,'' and 
``nonprofit institution,'' as well as the terms ``closely-held 
corporation,'' ``ownership or ownership interest,'' ``parent,'' 
``person,'' and ``other entities'' in the context of changes in 
ownership that result in a change in control, where the individual or 
entity with control has the power to direct the management or policies 
of the institution.
    Under the final regulations, we require institutions to provide a 
minimum 90-day notice to the Department when they are to undergo a 
change in control. The Department may apply conditions to the new 
Temporary Provisional Program Participation Agreement (TPPPA) after the 
change and until we issue a decision on the pending application for 
approval of the change. The final regulations also increase 
transparency for changes in ownership that do not constitute a change 
of control by increasing the reporting requirements to the Department 
on such transactions at lower percentages of ownership.

Summary of the Major Provisions of This Regulatory Action

    The final regulations make the following changes.
     Update appropriate cross-references.
    Prison Education Programs (PEPs) (Sec. Sec.  600.2, 600.7, 600.10, 
600.21, 668.8, 668.32, 668.43, 668.234 through 668.242, and 690.62).
     Extend access to Pell Grants for confined or incarcerated 
individuals in qualifying postsecondary education programs and define 
an eligible PEP based on the statutory requirements.
     Clarify that only public or private nonprofit institutions 
as defined in Sec.  600.4, or vocational institutions as defined in 
Sec.  600.6, may offer eligible PEPs and require that PEPs offered at a 
correctional institution be reported to the Department as an 
``additional location.''
     Amend requirements for postsecondary institutions to 
obtain and maintain a waiver from the Secretary to allow students who 
are confined or incarcerated to exceed 25 percent of the institution's 
regular student enrollment.
     For a PEP designed to meet educational requirements for a 
specific professional license or certification, require disclosures to 
students of typical State or Federal prohibitions on the licensure or 
employment of formerly incarcerated individuals.
     Prohibit institutions from enrolling a confined or 
incarcerated individual in a PEP that is designed to lead to licensure 
or employment in a specific job or occupation where State or Federal 
law would prohibit that individual from licensure or employment based 
on the type of the criminal conviction for which the student has been 
confined or incarcerated.
     Define the process and the factors that the oversight 
entity will use to determine if a PEP is operating in the best interest 
of the confined or incarcerated individuals they supervise, including 
consulting with interested third parties and conducting periodic re-
evaluations.
     Define the requirements for approval from the Secretary 
and the Institutions of Higher Education's (``IHE's'') accrediting 
agency for the first PEP at the institution's first two additional 
locations at prison facilities.
     Require a postsecondary institution to obtain and report 
to the Department the release or transfer date of all confined or 
incarcerated individuals who participated in its PEP.
     Outline the process for winding down eligible programs for 
confined or incarcerated individuals that are not operating at a 
Federal or State correctional facility and are not approved as eligible 
PEPs, prior to July 1, 2023.
     Outline the process a postsecondary institution must 
follow to reduce a Pell Grant award that exceeds the confined or 
incarcerated individual's cost of attendance. Title IV Revenue and Non-
Federal Education Assistance Funds (90/10 Rule) (Sec.  668.28)
     Amend the revenue calculation methodology in the 90/10 
rule by changing references to ``title IV revenue'' to ``Federal 
revenue'' where appropriate to align with the statutory amendment that 
changes the 90/10

[[Page 65428]]

revenue requirement to include all Federal revenue.
     Outline how the Department will publish, and update as 
necessary, which Federal funds it requires proprietary institutions to 
include in their 90/10 calculation.
     Create a new requirement for when proprietary institutions 
must request and disburse title IV, HEA program funds to prevent them 
from delaying disbursements to reduce their Federal revenue percentage 
for a fiscal year in order to meet the 90/10 revenue requirement.
     Clarify the allowable revenue generated from programs and 
activities that can be counted as non-Federal revenue for purposes of 
the 90/10 revenue requirement to provide additional consumer 
protections.
     Revise how proprietary institutions apply funds to student 
accounts and determine the funds' inclusion in the 90/10 revenue 
requirement calculation to incorporate statutory changes, clarify how 
grants from non-Federal public agencies that include Federal funds must 
be treated, and add additional consumer protection measures.
     Revise the provisions governing which revenue generated 
from institutional aid can be included in the 90/10 revenue calculation 
to remove paragraphs that are no longer applicable, codify existing 
practices in regulation, promote consumer protection measures, and 
close potential loopholes related to Income Share Agreements (ISAs) or 
other alternative financing agreements issued by the institution or a 
related party.
     Revise the provisions governing which funds must be 
excluded from a proprietary institution's calculation of its revenue 
percentage to remove regulations that no longer apply and to limit 
certain types of revenues that some proprietary institutions have 
employed to alter their revenue calculation.
     Revise the steps that a proprietary institution must take 
to better protect students and taxpayers if it does not generate 10 
percent or more of its revenue from allowable non-Federal sources in a 
fiscal year. The regulations provide reporting procedures for 
proprietary institutions that become aware, based on information 
received after the initial 45-day reporting period, that they failed 
the revenue requirement for the previous fiscal year.

Changes in Ownership (CIO) (Sec. Sec.  600.2, 600.4, 600.20, 600.21, 
and 600.31)

     Clarify the definitions of ``additional location,'' 
``branch campus,'' ``main campus,'' and ``nonprofit institution;'' and 
for nonprofit institution, we describe institutional characteristics 
that do not generally meet the definition of a ``nonprofit 
institution.''
     Require that institutions provide the Department with 90 
days' notice of an impending change in ownership, ensure that 
accreditation and State licensure are in effect as of the day before 
the proposed change, and codify practices on submission of financial 
statements and provision of financial protection.
     Explain the terms by which a TPPPA may be extended to 
institutions seeking a change in ownership.
     Clarify what constitutes a change in ownership and, more 
narrowly, a change in control, distinguishing between natural persons 
and entities in Sec.  600.21 and the conditions under which they 
constitute a change of control.
     Add ``trust'' to the definition of ``person'' and refine 
the definitions of the terms ``ownership or ownership interest,'' 
``parent,'' and ``other entities,'' as applied to changes in 
ownership.''
     Add to the list of covered transactions the acquisition of 
another institution and clarify the application of the regulations in 
cases of resignation or death of an owner.
    Costs and Benefits: As further detailed in the Regulatory Impact 
Analysis, the final regulations have significant impacts on students, 
borrowers, educational institutions, taxpayers, and the Department.
    The PEP regulations benefit incarcerated individuals, taxpayers, 
and communities by creating higher employment and earnings, and lower 
recidivism rates, for those who enroll in higher education programs in 
prison, as described in the Regulatory Impact Analysis. Institutions 
that offer programs in correctional facilities and do not currently 
receive Pell Grants may bear some or all costs of that programming. 
Institutions that do not currently receive Pell funds for these 
programs benefit from these changes. Pell Grant transfers to 
institutions and students are estimated to increase by $1.1 billion 
from these programs. These transfers are overwhelmingly the result of 
the statutory changes made by Congress to make incarcerated students 
eligible for Pell Grants again. There are increased costs for the 
Department due to various requirements in the final regulations 
including, but not limited to: data collection and dissemination, 
approval of PEPs, and required reporting to Congress and the public. 
There are increased costs to the oversight entity due to the required 
``best interest determination'' defined in Sec.  668.241. There are no 
direct costs to students. Completing the Free Application for Federal 
Student Aid (FAFSA[supreg]) is free (though there is some minimal 
burden associated with completing the form) and grants under the Pell 
Grant program do not need to be repaid. To qualify for a Pell Grant, 
the student must be charged tuition and the charges cannot be covered 
by another source. Generally, students do not pay anything to 
participate in these programs. However, there could be occasions where 
a student only qualifies for a partial Pell Grant and owes a balance to 
the postsecondary institution.
    Under the final 90/10 regulations, military-connected students will 
benefit as proprietary institutions' incentive to aggressively recruit 
GI Bill and Department of Defense (DOD) Tuition Assistance recipients 
is greatly reduced because Federal assistance for those students will 
be treated the same as title IV funds in the 90/10 revenue calculation. 
The Department is aware that some proprietary institutions have sought 
to enroll additional Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) or DOD 
recipients because their dollars provide a larger cushion in their 90/
10 calculation to pursue more title IV, HEA funds, sometimes to the 
detriment of those veterans and service members. The regulatory changes 
remove that incentive by counting all Federal education assistance 
funds on the 90 side of the 90/10 calculation. These changes produce 
some savings to the taxpayer in the form of reduced expenditures of 
title IV, HEA aid to institutions that are not able to adapt and lose 
title IV eligibility. As indicated in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, 
we estimate transfers are reduced by -$292 million from the changes to 
the 90/10 provisions. These reduced transfers are mostly a result of 
the statutory changes made by Congress to amend the 90/10 provision. In 
as much as only repayment of principal on institutional loans and ISAs 
may be counted as revenue, the regulatory changes may further decrease 
proprietary institutions' incentive to rely on such potentially costly 
student financing options to meet 90/10 requirements. Costs to 
institutions include the need to ensure compliance with the 
regulations. For example, institutions unable to generate sufficient 
non-Federal revenues through their eligible programs may create 
programs that are not title IV eligible to generate revenue to meet 90/
10 requirements.
    The changes to the CIO regulations benefit institutions and the 
Department by clarifying requirements as well as providing timely 
feedback for institutions undergoing CIO

[[Page 65429]]

transactions. Students and borrowers benefit from the 90-day CIO notice 
requirement that provides students with timely information that impacts 
their education and enables them to make future decisions based on that 
knowledge. Costs to institutions include compliance and the paperwork 
burden associated with the increased reporting and disclosure 
requirements.
    On July 28, 2022, the Secretary published a notice of proposed 
rulemaking (NPRM) for these parts in the Federal Register (87 FR 
45432). These final regulations contain changes from the NPRM, which we 
explain in the Analysis of Comments and Changes section of this 
document.
    Public Comment: In response to our invitation in the NPRM, 142 
parties submitted comments on the proposed regulations.
    We discuss substantive issues under the sections of the proposed 
regulations to which they pertain. Generally, we do not address 
technical or other minor changes or recommendations that are out of the 
scope of this regulatory action or that would require statutory 
changes.
    Analysis of Public Comment and Changes: Analysis of the comments 
and of any changes in the regulations since publication of the NPRM 
follows.

General Comments Regarding the Negotiated Rulemaking Process

    Selection of Negotiators and Negotiated Rulemaking Process 
Comments: A few commenters wrote that there should have been other 
negotiators to represent other interests or sectors, including ISAs, 
proprietary institutions, and veterans. A few commenters stated that 
the Committee members were not sufficiently familiar with the issues 
involved in 90/10. One commenter questioned why the Department selected 
a Committee member whose employer was under investigation by the 
Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Office of Inspector General. One 
commenter claimed that the Department did not provide adequate time for 
Committee negotiators to consider the Department's proposed language. 
Finally, one commenter stated that because 90/10 negotiations happened 
in caucus that the consensus language does not meet the statutory 
requirement that negotiations provide for a comprehensive discussion 
and exchange of information.
    Discussion: Section 492 of the HEA provides that the Secretary 
``select individuals with demonstrated expertise or experience in the 
relevant subjects under negotiation, reflecting the diversity in the 
industry, presenting both large and small participants, as well as 
individuals servicing local areas and national markets.'' The 
Department identified the relevant subjects to be negotiated and 
invited the public to nominate negotiators and advisors. The Department 
reviewed the qualifications of nominees and made selections for 
Committee members. Further, during the first negotiation session, 
negotiators had the opportunity to suggest additional Committee members 
by consensus. The Committee added one additional Committee member 
representing civil rights organizations through this process. We have 
used this process for many years and believe it meets the statutory 
requirements for selecting negotiators. Further, none of the commenters 
identified nominated individuals who should have been selected but were 
not.
    On October 4, 2021, the Department published a Federal Register 
document announcing public hearings on 90/10 (86 FR 54666). We held 
those hearings October 26-27, 2021. The Department also accepted 
written public comments from October 4, 2021, through November 2, 2021. 
We then held three weeks of virtual negotiated rulemaking sessions on 
January 18-21, 2022, February 14-18, 2022, and March 14-18, 2022, that 
we livestreamed.
    The Committee adopted by consensus a set of protocols that allowed 
any Committee member, including the Federal negotiator, to call for a 
caucus with other Committee members. The protocols also stated that the 
Department would provide its proposed language prior to the start of 
the week's negotiation sessions, which the Department did with its 
initial proposed 90/10 language. During the last week of negotiations, 
the Federal negotiator and the negotiator representing proprietary 
institutions called for caucuses to discuss possible 90/10 regulatory 
language with a small group of negotiators during the final session. 
The Federal negotiator presented this language to the full Committee 
for discussion and review before taking the consensus check. This 
process met the statutory requirements and provided ample time for 
discussion of the regulations.
    Changes: None.

Public Comment Period

    Comments: A few commenters asked the Department to extend the 
public comment period an additional 30 days. These commenters pointed 
out that there were several large regulatory packages that impact the 
higher education sector out for public comments at once, and the 
commenters also observed that Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 cite 60 
days as the recommended length for public comment. One commenter asked 
the Department why the Department's proposed regulations related to 
Title IX received more time for public comment than these regulations.
    Discussion: As discussed previously, the Department's negotiated 
rulemaking process provides ample time for public comment and 
engagement before the public comment period. Additionally, the proposed 
regulations for 90/10 were the same as the regulations agreed to by 
consensus in March 2021, providing the public with additional time to 
review the Department's proposed regulations. Further, the regulations 
related to Title IX are not subject to the negotiated rulemaking 
process, and therefore the public did not have the same opportunity to 
weigh in on the regulations before they were published for public 
comment. The Executive orders provide a recommendation for an 
appropriate time for public comment, but that timeline is not a 
requirement, nor does it take into account the Department's individual 
process for regulating under the HEA. The Department declines to extend 
the comment period for an additional 30 days.
    Changes: None.

Prison Education Program (PEP) (Sec. Sec.  600.2, 600.7, 600.10, 
600.21, 668.43, 668.234 through 668.242, and 690.62)

General Support

    Comments: Several commenters submitted general letters of support 
by noting that the regulations will benefit both taxpayers and 
incarcerated individuals and may ultimately lead to lower recidivism 
rates, which could lead to a smaller prison population.
    Discussion: We thank the commenters for their support.
    Changes: None.

General Opposition

    Comments: Many commenters stated that the regulations will be 
bureaucratic, burdensome, and costly and that the additional proposed 
regulatory requirements go beyond the statutory framework.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with these comments and 
believes the regulations strike an appropriate balance between imposing 
requirements that will increase access to incarcerated individuals, 
improving the quality of PEPs, and limit administrative burden to 
schools, correctional agencies, and other stakeholders.
    We also disagree that the regulations exceed the scope of the 
statutory

[[Page 65430]]

authority for PEPs. The Department has the authority to expand on and 
clarify statutory text, and we believe that the requirements in the 
final regulations are a logical outgrowth of the HEA. For example, the 
main concern from commenters was the prescriptive nature of the best 
interest determination and the accompanying requirement to assess PEP 
outcomes under Sec.  668.241. While the HEA requires the oversight 
entity to determine if a PEP is operating in the best interest of the 
confined or incarcerated individual, it does not prescribe how often 
and when that process should be undertaken. The regulations supply that 
necessary clarification.
    The statute also requires the oversight entity to approve PEPs, but 
we heard from non-Federal negotiators and from commenters that the 
oversight entities may not be equipped to make these determinations 
because they are not education experts. By identifying what factors to 
consider, who to consult, and how often to revisit the determinations, 
we created a formal process with clear measurements that will be 
consistent across all oversight entities.
    We also believe that the oversight entity should continue to 
reassess PEPs operating in a correctional facility because a PEP will 
not always be operating in the best interest of its population. For 
example, changes over time in program offerings, instructors, academic 
counseling, transfer of credits, or labor market trends might impact a 
PEP, such that it no longer operates in the best interest of the 
confined or incarcerated individuals. We believe that mandatory 
periodic assessment will ensure that PEPs serve the programmatic and 
financial purposes for which they were authorized. We have set 
reasonable standards, with extensive public input, to ensure that the 
process is not overly burdensome to the oversight entity.
    Commenters also raised concerns about the initial two-year approval 
period, accreditation requirements, and reporting requirements. We 
respond to those comments and other commenter concerns in the 
individual sections devoted to those topics below.
    Changes: See the discussion under Best Interest Determination 
(Sec.  668.241) for changes the Department has made in the final 
regulations.

General Comments

    Comments: One commenter requested that the Department require 
standardization of access to technology for confined or incarcerated 
individuals across the United States and within States.
    Discussion: The Department does not have the authority to require 
postsecondary institutions or correctional facilities to standardize 
technology across all spaces. Further, technology requirements will 
vary between PEPs, and a one-size-fits-all approach could inhibit the 
flexibility of institutions to offer appropriate forms of technology in 
their PEPs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that the Department should extend 
Pell Grant eligibility to individuals who have been released from a 
correctional facility. That commenter also recommended that the 
Department increase the amount of the Pell Grant.
    Discussion: Under existing law, individuals released from a 
correctional facility will qualify for Pell Grant funds if they 
otherwise continue to meet all applicable eligibility requirements and 
enroll in eligible postsecondary programs.
    The Department does not have the authority to adjust the maximum 
Pell Grant award because that amount is established annually through 
Congressional appropriations.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that all Pell Grant funding received 
by a confined or incarcerated individual must go directly to support 
the individual's education and should not be used to support the 
postsecondary institution's main campus or other non-PEP locations.
    Discussion: The Department lacks the authority to adopt the 
commenter's suggestion. The Department maintains authority over the use 
of Pell Grant funds only to the extent that the grants are 
appropriately calculated, awarded, and disbursed to students. As long 
as the institution follows all applicable laws and Department 
regulations, once Pell Grant funds have been correctly disbursed, the 
Department does not control institutional budgets or how institutions 
use funds that have been correctly applied to institutional charges.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter noted that the subcommittee that discussed 
these regulations during negotiated rulemaking should have included 
greater representation from oversight entities (which are defined in 
Sec.  668.235). The commenter requested that in the future any issue 
that does not fit well with the regulatory agenda should have its own 
negotiated rulemaking instead of discussing the topic in a 
subcommittee.
    Discussion: We believe the subcommittee had appropriate 
representation from oversight entities. The eight-member subcommittee 
included representatives from both State departments of corrections and 
State correctional education directors, and the representative from 
State departments of corrections was added during negotiated rulemaking 
specifically to ensure additional representation in that area.
    Moreover, the Department has successfully used subcommittees during 
several prior rulemakings to gain additional critical feedback from 
specialists with experience related to the issues to be discussed. Use 
of a subcommittee during the Affordability and Student Loans Committee 
Meetings was appropriate and valuable because the eight subcommittee 
members provided substantial background on the topic of postsecondary 
education in carceral settings to the main committee, offered numerous 
recommendations that were adopted by the main committee, and ultimately 
expressed their support for the draft regulations to the main committee 
at the conclusion of the negotiations, all of which enabled the main 
committee to reach consensus on the proposed regulatory language. Three 
members of the subcommittee also had a seat on the main committee, 
including representatives for independent students, private nonprofit 
institutions, and State departments of corrections. An additional 
member of the subcommittee presented information to the main committee 
and was available during the November and December sessions to answer 
questions.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Many commenters requested that the Department provide 
guidance to ensure smooth implementation of the regulations, including 
guidance or additional actions the Department should take on the 
following topics:
     The Second Chance Pell experiment under the Experimental 
Sites Initiative.
     How to apply for PEP, step-by-step.
     Overcoming barriers to completing the FAFSA[supreg] and 
verification of application information.
     Supporting students with delinquent or defaulted Federal 
student loans.
     Automatically enrolling confined or incarcerated 
individuals with Federal loan debt into income-driven repayment plans.
     Cancelling Federal student loans if the borrower is 
incarcerated for a minimum of five years.
     Supporting individuals post-release in collaboration with 
the Office of Career, Technical, and Adult Education.
     The grievance or complaint process for confined or 
incarcerated individuals.

[[Page 65431]]

     Protecting confined or incarcerated individuals who do not 
meet Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards for confined or 
incarcerated individuals.
     Monitoring issues related to lack of access to technology 
and accessing coursework online.
     Dependency overrides for confined or incarcerated 
individuals.
     Return of Title IV funds (R2T4) calculations for confined 
or incarcerated individuals.
     The conditions for Pell restoration in the event of 
closure of an institution.
     Releasing and making public an annual listing of PEPs by 
correctional facility and State.
     Developing an interagency communications process between 
the oversight entity, accrediting or State approval agency, and the 
Department.
     Establishing that correctional facilities that are 
additional locations need not be included in Clery Act campus 
reporting.
     The roles and responsibilities of accrediting and State 
approval agencies, especially regarding accreditation requirements in 
Sec.  668.237.
     The timelines for reporting requirements under Sec.  
668.239.
     The best interest determination under Sec.  668.241(a), 
including data sources or infrastructure that are available to 
stakeholders.
     The role of the advisory committee.
     The role of community-based organizations.
    Discussion: The Department appreciates the recommendations for 
additional guidance and actions the Department should take to support 
confined or incarcerated individuals and address other implementation 
issues that may arise. The Department plans to publish guidance 
addressing many of the topics identified by commenters. The Department 
is also currently developing a dedicated landing page for PEP resources 
about prison education programs, and we have also created a central 
mailbox, [email protected], for ongoing PEP questions from stakeholders.
    Changes: None.

Definitions (Sec.  600.2)

General Comments

    Comments: One commenter requested definitions and clarification of 
several phrases in the preamble to the NPRM, including ``greater 
oversight'' and ``high program standards.'' The commenter also asked 
what metrics we will use to ascertain whether a PEP is providing 
confined or incarcerated individuals with education that meets high 
program standards, and how frequently and through what mechanism we 
will evaluate and report on such high program standards.
    Discussion: The Department elects not to provide definitions of 
these terms or to outline these operational processes in regulation. 
Instead, the Department will consider providing guidance to 
postsecondary institutions, accrediting and State approval agencies, 
and oversight entities, as appropriate.
    Changes: None.
Additional Location
    Comments: Several commenters requested that the Department remove 
juvenile justice facilities and jails from the definition of 
``additional location'' and exempt programs offered at such facilities 
from statutory and regulatory PEP requirements. They argued that the 
``scale'' and cost associated with the regulations will harm small 
programs.
    Discussion: The Department declines to remove juvenile justice 
facilities and local jails from the ``additional location'' definition. 
The statute does not provide an exemption or waiver for such programs. 
To qualify for Pell Grant funds, the statute requires that all confined 
or incarcerated individuals be enrolled in an eligible PEP that adheres 
to statutory requirements. These regulations reinforce statutory 
protections for the benefit of all confined or incarcerated individuals 
by ensuring that PEPs also comply with requirements of the Department, 
the State authorizing agency, the accrediting agency or the State 
approval agency, and oversight entities.
    Including juvenile justice facilities and jails as additional 
locations also allows the Department to track and monitor PEPs offered 
at these facilities and include them in data collection, trending, and 
reporting. This will help us better understand if certain PEPs need 
more oversight or supports, or both.
    Finally, as noted in the NPRM, if an institution ceases all 
operations at a correctional facility (the additional location of the 
postsecondary institution) the confined or incarcerated individual may 
be eligible for Pell Grant restoration. 87 FR 45441. Without the 
inclusion of these facilities in the definition of an additional 
location, confined or incarcerated individuals may not be eligible for 
restoration of their Pell Grant if all PEPs at the correctional 
facility close.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter noted that some of their institution's 
programs operating in a prison setting are extensions of their existing 
academic programs and are not distinct programs operating at a 
correctional facility. The commenter asked if these types of programs 
would need to be reported as additional locations.
    Discussion: Even if the program the postsecondary institution plans 
to offer at the correctional facility is an extension of a program 
offered either at the main campus or at another additional location, 
the program still must meet the definition of and be approved as a PEP. 
In addition, the correctional facility where that program is offered 
must be reported as an additional location.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter requested that correctional facilities only 
offering correspondence courses be removed from the definition of 
``additional location,'' because the postsecondary institution would be 
unable to consistently review the facility or gain access to locations 
where the confined or incarcerated individuals complete their 
coursework.
    Discussion: The Department declines to adopt the commenter's 
request. We seek to hold all programs accountable to the standards 
outlined in these final regulations, regardless of the method of 
delivery. With the monitoring and oversight required under these 
regulations, the Department will be able to track and monitor PEPs 
offered at these facilities and include them in data collection, 
trending, and reporting. This will help us to better understand if 
certain PEPs need more oversight and supports.
    The Department also noted in the NPRM that if an institution ceases 
all operations at a correctional facility (the additional location of 
the postsecondary institution), enrolled students may be eligible for 
Pell Grant restoration. 87 FR 45441. Without the inclusion of 
facilities where only correspondence courses are offered, confined or 
incarcerated individuals may not be eligible for restoration of their 
Pell Grant in the event all PEPs at the correctional facility close.
    Changes: None.
Confined or Incarcerated Individual
    Comments: The same commenters that requested removal of juvenile 
justice facilities and jails from the definition of ``additional 
location'' also requested removal of these facilities from the 
definition of ``confined or incarcerated individual.'' They argued that 
the ``scale'' of the regulations and cost associated with the 
regulations would harm small programs.
    Discussion: The Department declines to make this change, for the 
reasons

[[Page 65432]]

described in the ``additional location'' discussion above.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters suggested additions to the types of 
individuals who are not considered to be confined or incarcerated, 
including individuals in pretrial detention, individuals under 
correctional custody in temporary release programs, or individuals 
living in a halfway house.
    Discussion: To be eligible for a Pell Grant, those meeting the 
definition of a ``confined or incarcerated individual'' must enroll in 
a PEP. Section 484(t)(1)(a)(i) of the HEA defines a ``confined or 
incarcerated individual'' as ``an individual who is serving a criminal 
sentence[.]'' An individual who is not serving a criminal sentence thus 
is not considered to be confined or incarcerated for the purposes of 
the PEP provision and would not be required to enroll in a PEP to 
establish eligibility for Pell Grant funds. The Department also notes 
that, under section 484 of the HEA, individuals living in a halfway 
house are not considered to be incarcerated and therefore would qualify 
for Pell Grant eligibility through enrollment in any eligible program, 
whether or not it is a PEP. While the Department did not amend the 
definition of ``confined or incarcerated individual,'' we plan to 
release guidance as necessary to assist postsecondary institutions with 
questions that may arise regarding student eligibility.
    Changes: None.

Conditions of Institutional Eligibility (Sec.  600.7)

    Comments: One commenter asserted that the waiver of the enrollment 
cap for incarcerated individuals under Sec.  600.7(c) is overly narrow 
because the commenter believed it would only apply to a subset of PEPs 
that had already received an initial waiver. The commenter also 
believed that some of the considerations listed in Sec.  600.7 may not 
be appropriate when determining whether to grant a waiver.
    Discussion: The commenter appears to have misunderstood the 
application of Sec.  600.7, which applies to any institution seeking a 
waiver to exceed the 25 percent enrollment cap on incarcerated 
individuals. As provided in the regulations, an institution that does 
not already have a waiver must wait at least two years from the date of 
its first approved PEP before applying for a waiver. We thank the 
commenter for making the Department aware of implementation 
considerations and note that we accepted a proposed revision from a 
different commenter below that will make the waiver language clearer.
    While we do not anticipate a large number of applications that will 
exceed the 25 percent cap on enrollment of confined or incarcerated 
individuals, the Department intends to provide guidance for 
institutions that wish to exceed the 25 percent cap, as necessary. We 
also do not anticipate a large number of applications will exceed the 
25 percent cap. The Department plans to provide direct one-on-one 
assistance to postsecondary institutions that wish to apply for the 
waiver to assist with regulatory compliance.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked whether non-profit institutions that 
exclusively provide educational services to students who are 
incarcerated will be required to apply for a waiver.
    Discussion: The only automatic exemption in Sec.  600.7(c) is for 
public institutions chartered for the explicit purpose of educating 
confined or incarcerated individuals. The Department declines to 
include private non-profit institutions in this automatic exemption. 
Public institutions are likely to be backed by the full faith of a 
State government, and there are stronger centralized administrative 
processes and support systems in place. We believe that these State 
processes will ensure that a postsecondary institution that is 
chartered for the purpose of exclusively providing educational services 
to confined or incarcerated individuals will receive a thorough review 
by an entity within the State government and be found capable of 
fulfilling the needs of confined or incarcerated individuals. Private 
non-profit institutions would thus have to apply for the waiver.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter noted that the draft language in Sec.  
600.7(c) refers to two 5-year waiver periods allowing expansion first 
to 50 percent and then to 75 percent incarcerated student enrollment, 
but that it is unclear what happens after the second five-year period 
has elapsed, specifically whether the Department would automatically 
extend the waiver if there was no reason to limit or terminate it.
    Discussion: The Department will not automatically extend the 
waiver. At the end of the five-year period following the Department's 
initial approval of the waiver, if the Department has not otherwise 
informed the institution that it is revoking the institution's waiver, 
up to 75 percent of the institution's regular enrolled students may be 
confined or incarcerated individuals. However, at each recertification, 
defined under Sec.  668.13, the Department will review whether the 
postsecondary institution is eligible to maintain its waiver. We 
believe that monitoring an institution's administrative capability and 
financial health at recertification is important because the 
administrative capability and financial responsibility of an 
institution can fluctuate. Failures in either of those areas could call 
into question whether the institution is best situated to maintain its 
waiver or have it revoked. Additionally, the Department's 
recertification evaluation provides an opportunity to evaluate whether 
the oversight entity has determined whether the program continues to be 
offered in the best interest of students and whether the program 
continues to meet all of the Department's requirements for PEPs. We 
have the authority to review for compliance as a normal part of 
operational considerations and decline to include additional regulatory 
language to this effect.
    The Department agrees, however, that certain language in proposed 
Sec.  600.7(c)(4)(i)(B) is unclear regarding the extent of available 
waivers. That provision allows up to 75 percent of an institution's 
students to be confined or incarcerated ``for the five years'' 
following the period described in Sec.  600(c)(4)(i)(A) (which allows 
enrollment up to 50 percent). Because the regulations are intended to 
cap institutions at 75 percent enrollment of confined or incarcerated 
individuals, the cited five-year clause is unnecessary.
    Changes: To clarify that enrollment of incarcerated individuals at 
postsecondary institutions will be capped at 75 percent enrollment, the 
Department amends Sec.  600.7(c)(4)(i)(B) to clarify that, following 
the period described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A), no more than 75 percent 
of the institution's regular enrolled students may be confined or 
incarcerated.
    Comments: One commenter questioned the rationale for the 75 percent 
enrollment cap given that the Department has the authority to limit or 
terminate the waiver at any point if it determines the institution does 
not meet the waiver requirements.
    Discussion: Section 102 of the HEA says that an institution of 
higher education is not an eligible institution for the purposes of the 
title IV aid if the institution has a student enrollment in which more 
than 25 percent of the students are incarcerated, except that the 
Secretary may waive the limitation for a public or nonprofit 
institution that provides a two- or four-year program of instruction 
(or both) for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree, or an 
associate's degree or a

[[Page 65433]]

postsecondary diploma, respectively. Because it is optional for the 
Secretary to waive the limitation, the Department has authority to set 
reasonable upward limits through regulation. A subcommittee member 
recommended the 75 percent limit on enrollment of confined or 
incarcerated individuals, and the Department formally adopted the 
recommendation, which was agreed to by the committee. The Department 
believes that the upper limit strikes an appropriate balance between 
increasing options to serve this population and the heightened demands 
and responsibilities of operating successful PEPs. Public postsecondary 
institutions that are specifically chartered for educating confined or 
incarcerated individuals are exempt from the 75 percent cap on 
enrollment.
    Some postsecondary institutions currently have a waiver to exceed 
25 percent enrollment of confined or incarcerated individuals. 
Institutions that received a waiver prior to the implementation date of 
these regulations are currently permitted to enroll up to 100 percent 
of confined or incarcerated individuals and are automatically granted a 
waiver. However, we will limit the growth of incarcerated enrollment at 
those institutions to ensure consistent program quality and adequate 
oversight. Beginning on the implementation date of July 1, 2023, 
enrollment of incarcerated individuals in any such institution will be 
limited to 50 percent in the first five years after the regulations 
take effect, and the cap will be raised to 75 percent if the 
institution is granted an additional waiver after the initial five-year 
period.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked whether the entire postsecondary 
institution becomes ineligible for the title IV, HEA programs, or if 
only the PEP would lose eligibility if the Secretary limits or 
terminates an institution's waiver of the limitation on the percentage 
of regular students who may be confined or incarcerated.
    Discussion: Under Sec.  600.7(c)(6), the entire postsecondary 
institution becomes ineligible at the end of the award period that 
begins after the Secretary's action, unless the institution comes back 
into compliance or reduces its enrollment of confined or incarcerated 
individuals to no more than 25 percent of its regular enrolled 
students.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to restructure Sec.  
600.7(c) to separate the waiver from the waiver denial.
    Discussion: The Department agrees with the recommended edit and 
believes the change will improve the clarity of the regulations.
    Changes: Paragraph (c)(1) will now be split into paragraphs 
separately addressing waiver grant and waiver denial.
    Commenter: One commenter asked the Department to define 
``demonstrated program success'' and explain what is meant by ``expand 
the number of incarcerated students.''
    Discussion: The Department intends to provide details of the waiver 
application process, such as information about program success and 
expanding the number of an institution's confined or incarcerated 
students, in subregulatory guidance.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked how the Secretary will utilize the 
required reviews, assessments and reporting by the accrediting agencies 
and the oversight entity to approve, deny, or delay the waiver request 
and increase.
    Discussion: The accrediting agency and oversight entity must 
provide approval at various points the throughout the process. We note 
here and under the preamble discussion for Sec.  668.237 that the PEP 
is not eligible if either the oversight entity or the accrediting or 
State approval agency denies approval. The PEP must meet all regulatory 
requirements to be an eligible PEP. The Department plans to release 
more subregulatory guidance to postsecondary institutions wishing to 
apply for a waiver and to institutions that already have the waiver.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked for clarification concerning the 
Secretary's revocation and reduction of the waiver under paragraph 
(c)(6)(i).
    Discussion: If the institution demonstrates to the Secretary that 
it met all the requirements under paragraph (c)(1) prior to the end of 
the award year that begins after the Secretary's action to limit or 
terminate the waiver, then the institution may keep the waiver and need 
not reapply or reduce its confined or incarcerated student enrollment.
    Changes: None.

Date, Extent, Duration, and Consequence of Eligibility (Sec.  600.10)

    Comments: One commenter noted that there should be an ``and'' at 
the end of Sec.  600.10(c)(1)(iii).
    Discussion: The commenter is correct.
    Changes: We have added an ``and'' to the end of Sec.  
600.10(c)(1)(iii).
    Comments: One commenter stated that the Department should remove 
Sec.  600.10(c)(1)(iv), which requires Department approval for the 
first eligible PEP offered at an institution's first two additional 
locations, because it is too burdensome given other requirements.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees that the requirements under 
Sec.  600.10(c)(1)(iv) are excessively burdensome to institution. We 
also believe that the requirements outlined in the final rule, 
including securing all necessary program approvals, will benefit 
confined or incarcerated individuals, by ensuring that PEPs serve their 
best interests and avoiding needless exhaustion of their Pell Grant 
eligibility. The requirements will benefit postsecondary institutions 
and oversight entities by providing a clear regulatory framework. 
Finally, the rules will benefit the taxpayer by ensuring that Pell 
Grant funds are directed to postsecondary institutions that are 
compliant.
    Changes: None.

Student Eligibility General (Sec.  668.32)

    Comment: Multiple commenters stated that the Department must 
consider in these regulations ways to prevent postsecondary 
institutions and oversight entities from applying additional 
eligibility restrictions that are unrelated to academic qualifications. 
Commenters suggested the regulations should stipulate that PEPs cannot 
bar people based on nature or length of their sentence, for example. 
Alternatively, the commenters suggested that, at a minimum, the 
Department must require postsecondary institutions and oversight 
entities to disclose to accreditors, the Department, and confined or 
incarcerated individuals any additional eligibility restrictions they 
intend to put in place, including but not limited to restrictions based 
on sentence, release date, convictions, and facility-based disciplinary 
infractions.
    Discussion: The Department declines to add additional disclosures 
as requested for a few reasons. First, we do not have the authority to 
regulate an institution's admissions requirements. Additionally, the 
Department also does not have the authority to mandate how the 
oversight entity manages its internal operations, including 
restrictions on enrollment in postsecondary programs. If a confined or 
incarcerated individual is eligible for Pell Grant, meaning the 
individual has met all student eligibility requirements under the HEA 
and the regulations, and the individual has been accepted into a PEP, 
that individual cannot be denied the Pell Grant for which they are 
eligible. Furthermore, there is no statutory or regulatory

[[Page 65434]]

provision that would prohibit a postsecondary institution from 
enrolling or admitting a confined or incarcerated individual into a PEP 
due to nature or length or the individual's sentence. For example, an 
institution could choose to admit a student that is likely to be 
released within a year even if the student's program is two years in 
length.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to clarify that 
confined or incarcerated individuals enrolled in PEPs through 
correspondence are eligible for a Pell Grant.
    Discussion: A confined or incarcerated individual who is enrolled 
in a correspondence course as defined in Sec.  600.2 is eligible for a 
Pell Grant, as long as the standards for student, program, and 
institutional eligibility are met. It is important to note, however, 
that if an institution offers correspondence courses to a student that 
is confined or incarcerated at a correctional facility and the student 
can complete at least 50 percent of the program through such 
correspondence courses, the institution must add that facility as an 
additional location.
    Changes: None.

Institutional Information (Sec.  668.43)

    Comments: One commenter disagreed that postsecondary institutions 
should be responsible for providing information regarding whether an 
occupation typically involves State or Federal prohibitions on the 
licensure or employment of formerly confined or incarcerated 
individuals. The commenter asserted that responsibility for making and 
reporting this determination lies with the State correctional agency. 
The commenter stated that providing such information would be costly 
and time consuming because of the diversity of convictions and changes 
in State law.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with the commenter. The 
postsecondary institution is the entity offering the educational 
programming and, as such, needs to be aware of licensing and employment 
conditions in the field. Therefore, it is best situated to ascertain 
State or Federal prohibitions on licensure or employment. Moreover, if 
a postsecondary institution chooses to offer a PEP in a State, it 
already must comply with Sec.  668.236(a)(7) and (8), which require the 
program to satisfy certain educational requirements for professional 
licensure or certification, and thus the additional requirements in 
Sec.  668.43 are not significant.
    The Department notes that postsecondary institutions are not 
required to be aware of State or Federal prohibitions on licensure or 
employment in States where they do not offer a PEP, unless the 
postsecondary institution offers it in a Federal correctional facility. 
For a Federal correctional facility, the institution is only required 
to be aware of any prohibitions in the State where most confined or 
incarcerated individuals will reside post release. See discussion of 
Sec.  668.236.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters requested that the Department require 
postsecondary institutions to disclose the use of any third-party 
vendors involved in the development, management, maintenance, and 
provision of programs, as well as involvement in marketing, 
recruitment, and enrollment management of programs, regardless of the 
way in which the vendor classifies or identifies its services to 
clients or the public.
    Discussion: Postsecondary institutions are subject to all 
applicable requirements under Sec.  668.25, which pertain to contracts 
between an institution and a third-party servicer. Also, the Department 
plans to establish procedures for eligible PEP applications. Therefore, 
we decline to add specific regulations for PEPs. If the Department 
needs more information about third-party vendors, we have authority 
under Sec.  668.239(a) to require the submission of reports.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter requested clarification on the word 
``other'' in Sec.  668.43(a)(5)(vi). The commenter stated that neither 
paragraph (a)(5)(vi) nor the preceding paragraph (a)(5)(v) refers to a 
specific State or group of States that would be distinguished from the 
``other'' States referred to in paragraph (a)(5)(vi).
    Discussion: The ``other'' States referenced toward the end of Sec.  
668.43(a)(5)(vi) are those not already identified earlier in the 
sentence through Sec.  668.236(a)(7) and (8). Section 668.236(a)(7) and 
(8), respectively, require a PEP to meet any applicable educational 
requirements for professional licensure or certification, and not offer 
education that is designed to lead to licensure or employment for a 
specific occupation if there are prohibitions on licensure or 
employment, ``in the State where the correctional facility is located, 
or, in the case of a Federal correctional facility, in the State where 
most of the individuals confined or incarcerated in such a facility 
will reside upon release[.]'' The ``other'' State reference in Sec.  
668.43(a)(5)(vi) refers to any other State that falls outside those 
states identified in Sec.  668.236(a)(7) and (8).
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters stated that the Department should 
provide institutions with a central location where they can access 
information about licensure restrictions in a particular State or 
disclose information about licensure restrictions and update that 
information annually.
    Discussion: State licensure restrictions will likely continue to 
change and there is no language in the HEA or regulations that requires 
institutions or other organizations to report licensure restrictions to 
the Department. Therefore, at this time we decline to create a central 
location to access such information. The Department endeavors to 
provide up-to-date resources and technical assistance to postsecondary 
institutions, but it is incumbent upon postsecondary institutions, 
prior to and while offering a PEP, to remain current with State and 
Federal licensure restrictions and ensure they are correctly 
implementing the requirements in Sec.  668.236(a)(7) and (8).
    Additionally, institutions can avail themselves of resources 
provided by other organizations. For example, the National Reentry 
Resource Center maintains a National Inventory of Collateral 
Consequences of Conviction at https://niccc.nationalreentryresourcecenter.org that may be useful to 
institutions and students.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter indicated that the Department should expand 
its requirement that postsecondary institutions provide information 
about PEPs that typically involve State or Federal prohibitions on the 
licensure or employment of formerly incarcerated individuals, to 
require similar information from all educational programs designed or 
advertised as leading to a required license for employment in a State. 
The commenter acknowledged that the request may not be a logical 
outgrowth of the PEP regulations.
    Discussion: The Department agrees that this requirement would not 
be a logical outgrowth of regulations focused on PEPs and, therefore, 
declines to make the requested change.
    Changes: None.

Definitions (Sec.  668.235)

    Comments: One commenter requested that the Department eliminate the 
definitions of ``feedback process'' and the ``advisory committee'' due 
to the complexity and cost.

[[Page 65435]]

    Discussion: Because the definitions of ``feedback process'' and 
``advisory committee'' are tied to many concepts throughout subpart P, 
including the best interest determination in Sec.  668.241, we decline 
to remove these definitions.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters suggested that the Department define PEP 
and proposed this definition: ``an education or training program that 
meets the definitions in Sec.  668.236. The [PEP] is created 
exclusively for incarcerated individuals as defined in Sec.  600.2 who 
are eligible for and will be awarded a Federal Pell Grant to pay for 
the program's cost of attendance, as defined in 20 U.S. Code Sec.  
1087.''
    Discussion: We decline to make this change because Sec.  668.236 
defines a PEP and believe that adding an additional definition would be 
redundant. We agree with the commenter, however, that a PEP is distinct 
from an institution's other eligible programs, and that the definition 
of ``confined or incarcerated individual'' under Sec.  600.2 only 
allows a PEP to be offered at locations that are classified as Federal, 
State, or local penitentiaries, prisons, jails, reformatories, work 
farms, juvenile justice facilities, or other similar correctional 
institutions.
    Changes: None.

Relevant Stakeholder

    Comments: Several commenters requested that the Department add 
various stakeholders to the definition, including community colleges, 
boards, commissions, associations, and departments at the State level 
that oversee, coordinate, or otherwise represent community colleges, 
employers, workforce development boards, industry associations and 
community-based organizations; community-based organizations that 
provide reentry services; employers who have demonstrated a commitment 
to hiring justice-involved individuals; and current and former confined 
or incarcerated individuals.
    Discussion: We do not believe it is necessary to add additional 
members to the relevant stakeholder definition. We are not convinced 
that an oversight entity could feasibly gather information from all of 
the new groups that commenters proposed in a reasonable timeframe. This 
could create administrative burden that could limit the implementation 
of PEPs. We note that the Department's definition permits the oversight 
entity to include additional stakeholders as appropriate.
    Changes: None.

Oversight Entity

    Comments: Several commenters suggested removing the Bureau of 
Prisons and State departments of corrections from the definition of 
``oversight entity'' or expanding the definition to include other 
members.
    Discussion: Section 484(t)(1)(B)(ii) of the HEA confers authority 
on ``the appropriate State department of corrections or other entity 
that is responsible for overseeing correctional facilities, or by the 
Bureau of Prisons'' to approve PEPs at any correctional facility it 
oversees. The Department proposed using the term ``oversight entity'' 
as a short-hand reference for that statutory list. The Department does 
not have the authority to amend the list. While the statute allows for 
some flexibility by including ``or other entity that is responsible'' 
for oversight, it will be within the purview of the Bureau of Prisons, 
State departments of corrections, and the correctional facilities 
themselves to determine if a different entity also has the requisite 
level of control.
    Changes: None.

Feedback Process

    Comments: One commenter stated that the advisory committee 
mentioned in the definition of feedback process should be mandatory.
    Discussion: The Department believes that relevant stakeholder input 
through the feedback process is sufficient. Requiring an advisory 
committee could also be too burdensome for some oversight entity 
systems. Additionally, the Federal Bureau of Prisons would likely need 
to follow the Federal Advisory Committee Act if it convened an advisory 
committee, which would significantly limit the development of PEPs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to include examples of 
input that the relevant stakeholders can provide to the oversight 
entity to assist with PEP operation, including information on reentry 
services, services offered by a community-based organization that are 
available to confined or incarcerated individuals, and information on 
in-demand industries or occupations with career opportunities available 
to formerly incarcerated individuals.
    Discussion: The Department believes that these are all excellent 
examples of input that the relevant stakeholders can provide to the 
oversight entity. We decline to prescribe these in regulation, however.
    Changes: None.

Eligible Prison Education Program (Sec.  668.236)

    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department require all 
PEPs to partner with a community-based organization offering reentry 
services and counseling.
    Discussion: As a part of the application process for the first PEP 
at the first two additional locations, the Department requests 
information about reentry services, see Sec.  668.238(b)(5), and the 
Department strongly encourages institutions to offer reentry services 
to students enrolled in PEPs. However, the Department declines to 
require reentry services as a part of every PEP. Because the statute 
does not require reentry services and we are prohibited from regulating 
on educational program offerings, we believe that requiring each 
program to maintain such services is beyond our authority.
    We also note that oversight entities are required to consider 
whether a PEP's academic services, including in advance of reentry, are 
comparable to similar services that the institution offers to its on-
campus students. We believe that this consideration will provide 
institutions with an incentive to create strong reentry services for 
students enrolled in their PEPs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter was opposed to excluding proprietary 
institutions from offering PEPs under Sec.  668.236(a)(1).
    Discussion: The HEA specifically excludes proprietary institutions 
from offering PEPs. See HEA, section 484(t)(1)(B)(i) (limiting PEP 
offerings to institutions of higher education as defined in sections 
101 or 102(a)(1)(B) of the HEA, which do not include proprietary 
institutions).
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters questioned whether every PEP would get 
a two-year initial approval, who gives the two-year initial approval, 
what the accrediting or State approval agencies must do for the initial 
approval process, on what basis the oversight entity should make the 
two-year initial approval, and finally, how the term ``initial'' is 
defined in different contexts in the regulations.
    Discussion: Every PEP must be approved by the oversight entity, 
which will permit initial operation of the program for up to two years. 
Every PEP is eligible to be considered for initial approval by the 
oversight entity for two years. The oversight entity has sole authority 
to provide the two-year initial approval. Initial approval may be 
granted without making a best interest

[[Page 65436]]

determination. Specifically, to allow flexibility and time to build the 
PEP, there are no specific requirements for the initial approval, and 
the oversight entity can use whatever information it has available. 
After two years, the oversight entity must assess all PEPs using the 
requirements in Sec.  668.241(a). The accrediting or State approval 
agency must follow the requirements under Sec.  668.237. The Department 
intends to provide guidance to further explain the regulatory text, as 
necessary.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked what happens if a PEP is not approved 
after the initial two-year period.
    Discussion: If a PEP is not determined to be operating in the best 
interest of confined or incarcerated individuals, the PEP would lose 
eligibility. The Department will provide additional information on the 
process for the loss of eligibility in future guidance, as necessary.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department reduce the 
two-year initial approval period to one year because, in the 
commenter's opinion, two years is too long to remove a failing program.
    Discussion: The Department declines to make this change, because we 
believe that one year is not sufficient time to make reasonable 
determinations about whether a program is operating in the best 
interests of students. If an oversight entity has concerns about the 
quality of a program in the initial two-year period, it has the 
authority at any time to revoke approval of a PEP to operate in a 
facility that it oversees, even after the oversight entity has approved 
the program. Additionally, the Department has the authority under part 
668, subpart G, to terminate the eligibility of a program that it has 
determined does not meet our PEP regulatory requirements.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Multiple commenters offered that the initial two-year 
approval period under Sec.  668.236(a)(3) is too short. The commenters 
claimed that such a short period will disincentivize institutions from 
offering slow-growing or small programs and that the initial two-year 
period is not based in evidence or research.
    Discussion: The Department noted in the proposed rule that the two-
year timeframe would ensure confined or incarcerated individuals 
receive the protections of the best interest framework in a timely 
manner, while recognizing the need for some time to gather the 
necessary information to meet the statutory requirement for a data-
informed decision by the oversight entity. Two years is sufficiently 
long enough to assess outcomes for shorter programs and will ensure 
accountability for poorly performing programs.
    During negotiations, in response to similar concerns, the 
Department amended its proposed language in Sec.  668.241 to make the 
assessment of certain ``best interest'' indicators--namely program 
outcomes--permissive instead of mandatory. This change will relieve 
institutions of conducting outcome assessments at the two-year point 
where no data may yet be available, while retaining an assessment of 
program inputs to ensure the foundation for the program remains strong.
    Finally, we note that a two-year assessment timeframe is used 
elsewhere in the title IV, HEA regulations to establish continuity of 
operations and experience at new institutions. In Sec.  600.6(a)(5), 
for example, to establish institutional eligibility, a postsecondary 
vocational institution must be in existence for at least two years.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Multiple commenters requested that the Department add 
language to Sec.  668.236(a)(4) either requiring or encouraging 
transferability of credits to more than one institution in the State in 
which the correctional facility is located.
    Discussion: The Department declines to make this change, because 
section 484(t)(1)(B)(iv) of the HEA states that credits from a PEP must 
transfer to ``at least 1 institution of higher education[.]'' A 
postsecondary institution, the oversight entity, or the accrediting or 
State approval agency could set higher standards. The Department 
strongly encourages institutions to ensure that credits earned by 
students in PEPs are transferable to more than one other eligible 
institution, thus providing students enrolled in such programs with as 
many options as possible for continuing their education following 
release from incarceration.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that Pell Grant eligibility through 
a PEP should be expanded to include enrollment in liberal arts 
subjects.
    Discussion: Neither the HEA nor the applicable PEP regulations 
prohibit enrollment in liberal arts subjects offered through a PEP.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: In regard to Sec.  668.236(a)(6) and (b), one commenter 
wrote that the text itself specifies that an institution already 
offering one or more PEPs that are subject to an initiated adverse 
action may maintain eligibility for those existing PEPs, provided that 
they submit a teach-out plan. However, when read together, these 
provisions state that ``An eligible PEP means an education or training 
program that . . . [i]s offered by an institution that is not subject 
to a current initiated adverse action,'' which, according to the 
commenter, would seem to create a blanket policy of ineligibility for 
programs offered by institutions subject to an adverse action.
    Discussion: We believe the paragraph is clear both in the general 
description of the program and in defining the limited situation in 
which a program loses approval to enroll new students while teaching 
out those who are currently enrolled.
    Changes: The Department made non-substantive technical edits to 
restructure the paragraphs to improve the flow and clarity of the text.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department further 
regulate on the teach-out plan required under Sec.  668.236(b)(2), to 
require that the plan include options for confined or incarcerated 
individuals beyond transferring to a postsecondary institution once 
they are no longer incarcerated.
    Discussion: The definition of ``teach-out plan'' is in Sec.  600.2 
and the requirements related to teach-out plans and agreements for 
accrediting agencies are in Sec.  602.24(c). The Department declines to 
establish additional requirements for teach-out plans. The Department 
has not generally regulated on the contents of a teach-out plan because 
they are not one size fits all. The postsecondary institution's 
accrediting or State approval agency could also set standards for the 
teach-out plan.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked what would happen when a fully 
informed student is aware of licensure restrictions in advance but, 
nevertheless, desires to earn that credential and attempt to overturn 
an unjust licensure restriction. The commenter also recommended 
providing resources to approved PEPs, State Higher Education Executive 
Offices (SHEEOs), community-based partners, and prospective employers 
to help them advocate for the removal of unjust licensure restrictions 
that prevent people with felony convictions from attaining their 
educational and career goals.
    Discussion: There is no exception in the regulations to waive the 
requirements under Sec.  668.236(a)(8). While the Department 
acknowledges the commenter's concern, Sec.  668.236(a)(8) was adopted 
to protect confined or

[[Page 65437]]

incarcerated individuals from unnecessary exhaustion of their Pell 
Grant benefits, and to ensure PEP enrollees receive the full benefit of 
their education. These goals are undermined if time and money are spent 
pursuing training in an employment field barred to the student. If a 
State or Federal law prohibits licensure or employment of the formerly 
incarcerated individual in the State the correctional facility is 
located, or, for a Federal correctional facility, the State the most 
individuals will reside upon release, then that individual cannot 
enroll in the PEP. In general, the Department cannot lobby, recommend 
lobbying, or provide resources to aid in lobbying a State legislature 
for the purpose of removal or modification of laws.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to require oversight 
entities and postsecondary institutions to annually review collateral 
consequences relevant to education and workforce training pathways and 
add new pathways that align with confined or incarcerated individual's 
interests and labor market demands in the State and region under Sec.  
668.236(a)(8).
    Discussion: The Department does not have the authority to mandate 
that a postsecondary institution offer a PEP or add new pathways that 
better align with students' interests and labor market demands in the 
State or region. It is the postsecondary institution's choice whether 
to offer a PEP.
    For institutions that choose to offer a PEP, while we can prohibit 
them from enrolling students in programs for fields where they know 
their students will be barred, we cannot dictate how they otherwise 
structure the academic component of the PEP. The Department's authority 
in postsecondary education matters is limited to issues relating to 
Federal student aid, the use of Federal funds, and the specific 
programs administered by the Department. The Department is prohibited 
from exercising any direction, supervision, or control over curriculum 
or a certain type of PEP.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that we consider advising 
postsecondary institutions that, where they offer a vocational program 
affiliated with employment bans for a confined or incarcerated 
individual with certain convictions, the provider should offer another 
non-degree or degree program that does not lead to such licensure or 
employment prohibitions.
    Discussion: The Department does not have the authority to require 
that postsecondary institutions offer a confined or incarcerated 
individual specific prison education programming. We also do not have 
any regulations prohibiting a postsecondary institution from providing 
non-degree programs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that the requirement to meet ``any 
applicable education requirements'' in Sec.  668.236(a)(7) and (c)(1) 
and (2) is too broad in scope and would not allow for the materiality 
of education requirements to be considered. The commenter stated that 
postsecondary institutions may not have the resources to make these 
decisions annually.
    Discussion: The requirements in Sec.  668.236(a)(7) and (8) (and 
corresponding requirements in Sec.  668.236(c)(1) and (2)) are based in 
statute and further clarified through the regulation. The Department 
has the authority to set reasonable parameters in regulation. PEPs may 
not be widely accessible within a correctional facility and confined or 
incarcerated individuals may have to rely on the postsecondary 
institution's determinations regarding educational requirements for and 
prohibitions on licensure or employment to a greater extent than would 
individuals who are not incarcerated. A postsecondary institution is 
not required to offer a PEP in a State where it is unsure about 
educational or licensure requirements or where it does not wish to 
remain up to date regarding these requirements. The Department believes 
many postsecondary institutions will recognize the benefits of the 
regulatory framework for confined or incarcerated individuals.
    Changes: None.

Accreditation Requirements (Sec.  668.237)

    Comments: One commenter asked whether the regulations define the 
actions an accrediting agency should take to determine the academic 
quality of a program for an established PEP through the Second Chance 
Pell program, or whether an accrediting agency would be allowed to 
fully use their process and professional assessment standards in 
determining the academic quality of a program.
    Discussion: The accrediting agency must evaluate the first PEP at 
the first two additional locations. Additionally, the accrediting 
agency must conduct a site visit at those locations to evaluate the 
first additional PEP offered by a new method of delivery. They must 
also approve the methodology for how the institution made the best 
interest determination under Sec.  668.241. We fully specify the 
accreditation requirements for PEPs in these final regulations.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter called for the elimination of Sec.  668.237 
because accrediting and State approval agencies already have standards 
by which they evaluate educational programs, regardless of location. 
The commenter stated that prescribing additional program evaluations is 
unnecessary and burdensome and will discourage participation in PEPs.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with the commenter. First, we 
wish to make clear that the policies and standards of accrediting and 
State approval agencies differ, and the Department's regulations for 
agency recognition do not require the evaluation of every new program 
or location. Furthermore, PEPs are unique in that participants may only 
have one educational option at their correctional facility. The 
Department has chosen to mandate additional safeguards so that the PEP 
is beneficial to the confined or incarcerated individual. We also 
believe that requiring that the accrediting or State approval agency 
take a more proactive role in ensuring quality in PEPs is a logical 
outgrowth of the statutory requirements. Section 484(t)(1)(B)(v) of the 
HEA specifically provides, for example, that an institution offering a 
PEP cannot be subject to an adverse action in the last five years ``by 
the institution's accrediting agency or association.''
    Finally, the Department has similar rules for other programs, such 
as direct assessment programs under Sec.  668.10(a)(5), that require 
evaluation by the accrediting or State approval agency to establish 
eligibility for title IV purposes.
    Comments: One commenter believed that programs offered via 
correspondence courses should be exempt from the Department's 
requirements for accreditation review because postsecondary 
institutions are already required to be approved for that method of 
delivery by their accrediting or State approval agency. The commenter 
stated that the accreditation requirements would add unnecessary burden 
to correctional facilities and postsecondary institutions.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with the commenter, as we seek 
to hold all programs regardless of the method of delivery to the 
standards outlined in these final regulations. The Department believes 
that offering educational programming through any method of delivery in 
a correctional facility for the first time may present various 
challenges that require creative thinking and collaboration amongst 
several stakeholders. A new method of delivery

[[Page 65438]]

in a correctional facility may also involve unique obstacles that 
institutions are unaccustomed to, which in turn could result in risks 
to confined or incarcerated individuals that may not have been 
addressed when the accrediting agency or State approval agency last 
approved the institution's use of distance education or correspondence 
courses. The accrediting and State approval agencies are uniquely 
authorized to confirm educational quality and we believe they must do 
so for all methods of delivery.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to require that any 
postsecondary institution offering a PEP at an additional location for 
a program that also exists on the postsecondary institution's main 
campus be included in any programmatic accreditation that may be held 
by the institution for that same program.
    Discussion: The Department declines this recommendation because it 
can only require a postsecondary institution to hold accreditation by a 
nationally recognized accrediting agency for title IV purposes. We do 
not have the authority to require an institution to obtain programmatic 
accreditation for its PEPs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter requested that, under Sec.  668.237(b)(1), 
we require the accrediting or State approval agency, in addition to the 
oversight entity, to review and approve all PEPs.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with this commenter and 
believes that such a requirement would be overly burdensome to 
postsecondary institutions and accrediting and State approval agencies. 
If the PEP is a ``significant departure from existing offerings or 
educational programs, or method of delivery,'' Sec.  602.22(a)(1)(i) 
and (a)(1)(ii)(C) already require review and approval by an accrediting 
agency prior to implementation.
    Further, by requiring the Secretary's approval of the first PEP at 
the first two additional locations the regulations mirror the 
requirements of the accrediting and State approval agencies. We believe 
that a postsecondary institution that can sufficiently demonstrate 
satisfactory standards need not seek direct approval from the 
accrediting or State approval agency for every PEP. The regulations do 
not preclude an accrediting or State approval agency itself from 
requiring every PEP to be approved, however.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters stated that the Department should 
approve the PEP prior to the accrediting or State approval agency 
approval required under Sec.  668.237(b)(1).
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with commenters because we 
must have a completed application to decide whether the PEP meets all 
regulatory requirements, particularly for the first PEP at the first 
two additional locations.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked for clarification on Sec.  
668.237(b)(1), specifically about the process for a postsecondary 
institution that has recently completed the accreditation process for 
the first or second additional location at a correctional facility and 
is in compliance.
    Discussion: Rather than regulating on operational process, the 
Department intends to provide this information through guidance.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters suggested that the Department remove 
the requirement under Sec.  668.237(b)(3) for site visits, because 
postsecondary institutions have no control over correctional 
facilities. Instead, the commenters suggested that the Department 
require program evaluation, review of contact, and Learning Management 
System delivery.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with the commenters' 
suggestion. While the postsecondary institution does not have control 
over the correctional facility, it is important for the accrediting or 
State approval agency to ensure educational quality is still being 
achieved in unfamiliar or atypical settings. We believe that it is very 
important to have in-person on-site visits so that the accrediting or 
State approval agency can review how confined or incarcerated 
individuals are learning regardless of the method of delivery of the 
instruction.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked whether they could assume that the 
next site visit to a correctional facility would occur during the next 
accreditation cycle rather than no later than one year after initiating 
the PEPs in the first two additional locations, if an existing Second 
Chance Pell school's accrediting agency completed their site visit 
within 5 years of the July 1, 2023, regulations and found the 
institution to be compliant.
    Discussion: Under the regulations, a site visit must occur no later 
than one year after initiating the PEP at the first two additional 
locations. The Department wants to ensure that the PEP complies with 
all applicable accreditation requirements in these final regulations. 
We also want to ensure that sites are visited shortly after a PEP 
begins, to confirm that there are adequate faculty, facilities, student 
support systems, and other resources. The next accreditation cycle for 
an institution could potentially be years into the future and would be 
too long for an accrediting or State approval agency to wait to confirm 
that the PEP met their standards. It would also be too long for a PEP 
that was not providing quality education and could mean significant 
numbers of students exhaust sizable portions of their Pell eligibility 
in furtherance of a worthless credential from a low-quality program.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters asked for clarification about how the 
accreditation requirements in Sec.  668.237(b)(4) relate to the best 
interest determination in Sec.  668.241(a)(1) and whether that 
requirement is an additional evaluation. The commenters also asked 
whether the accrediting agency has the authority to invalidate the 
oversight entity's best interest determination if the agency does not 
find the oversight entity's methodology sufficiently rigorous.
    Discussion: These are two separate and unique approvals in the 
regulations. The Bureau of Prisons or the State department of 
corrections (oversight entity) conducts the best interest determination 
under Sec.  668.241. The other is the review and approval by the 
accrediting or State approval agency of methodology used the oversight 
entity in making the determination that the PEP is in the best interest 
of the confined or incarcerated individuals under Sec.  668.237(b)(4).
    Under Sec.  668.237(b)(4) the accrediting or State approval agency 
has reviewed and approved the methodology for how the institution, in 
collaboration with the oversight entity, determined that the PEP meets 
the same standards as substantially similar programs that are not PEPs 
at the institution for the elements listed under Sec.  668.241(a)(1)(i) 
through (iv).
    Finally, the PEP is not eligible if either the oversight entity or 
the accrediting or State approval agency denies approval. The PEP must 
meet all regulatory requirements to be an eligible PEP.
    Changes: None.

Application Requirements (Sec.  668.238)

    Comments: One commenter recommended the removal of Sec.  668.238.
    Discussion: The Department believes an application process is 
necessary to ensure that the PEP is able to comply with all applicable 
standards. We require a similar process for direct assessment programs 
under Sec.  600.10(c).

[[Page 65439]]

The Department is not proposing to approve all PEPs, but only the first 
PEP at the first two additional locations. We believe this is a 
reasonable requirement.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated there need to be explicit timeframes 
for each step of PEP approval.
    Discussion: The Department will work expeditiously to review and 
approve or deny applications, but we choose not to provide timeframes 
for those approvals.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter requested that any eligible programs that 
participated in the Second Chance Pell experiment under the 
Experimental Sites Initiative should be automatically approved to avoid 
a bottleneck of applications.
    Discussion: The Department will not exempt any postsecondary 
institutions or programs from the application process. Approving the 
first PEP at the first two additional locations will ensure that the 
PEP is able to comply with all applicable regulations. The Department 
continues to consider options for institutions currently participating 
in the Second Chance Pell experiment to transition to the new statutory 
and regulatory requirements and will announce its transition plans for 
the experiment at a later date.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter noted that the way Sec.  668.238(a) is 
written implies that after one postsecondary institution gets approval 
to offer a PEP at a particular correctional facility, another 
postsecondary institution would not need approval to operate a PEP at 
that correctional facility. The commenter suggested the paragraph be 
updated to read: ``Following the Secretary's initial approval of an 
institution's prison education program, additional prison education 
programs offered by the same institution at the same location may be 
determined eligible without further approval from the Secretary . . .''
    Discussion: The Department agrees that this will clarify the 
regulation. Every postsecondary institution, without exception, must 
have the first PEP at the first two additional locations where the 
postsecondary institution offers that PEP approved by the Department.
    Changes: We have revised Sec.  668.238(a) to provide that following 
the Secretary's initial approval of an institution's prison education 
program, additional prison education programs offered by the same 
institution at the same location may be determined eligible without 
further approval from the Secretary except as required by Sec.  600.7, 
Sec.  600.10, Sec.  600.20(c)(1), or Sec.  600.21(a), as applicable, if 
such programs are consistent with the institution's accreditation or 
its State approval agency.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department require a 
memorandum of understanding between the PEP and oversight entity that 
requires library services and resources.
    Discussion: The Department does not have the authority to regulate 
library services or resources.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that that people are leaving prison 
having earned a significant number of credits but have no pathway to an 
actual degree and have exhausted their Pell Grant eligibility. The 
commenter stated that postsecondary institutions should be required to 
submit to the Department and oversight entity a curricular plan that 
details how the program's course offerings will lead to a degree. The 
commenter requested that the Department amend Sec.  668.238(b)(1) to 
add a clause at the end as follows: ``A description of the educational 
program, including the educational credential offered (degree level or 
certificate), the field of study, and curricular plan or pathway for 
degree completion.''
    Discussion: The Department's authority in postsecondary education 
matters is limited to issues relating to Federal student aid, the use 
of Federal funds, and the specific programs administered by the 
Department. We are prohibited for exercising any direction, 
supervision, or control over curriculum. We cannot evaluate the PEP 
curriculum but would expect a review of curricula by accrediting 
agencies and State approval agencies.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters stated that the oversight entity should 
be required to prove that it properly gathered input from all the 
relevant stakeholders. The commenters said the Department should add a 
rule that requires the oversight entity to disclose all the feedback it 
received from stakeholders to the postsecondary institution, 
accrediting agency or State approval agency, and the Department. The 
commenters also said the Department should require postsecondary 
institutions to include this documentation in their application to the 
Department.
    Discussion: The Department declines to make this change, because we 
have language in Sec.  668.241(f) that requires a postsecondary 
institution to maintain records related to the eligibility of a PEP, 
which includes ensuring that the oversight entity responsible for 
determining that the PEP is being offered in students' best interest 
appropriately conducted outreach to stakeholders as part of its 
evaluation of the program.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter requested that the Department insert 
language into Sec.  668.238(b)(4) encouraging PEPs to align their data 
collection methodology and metrics with those required by the 
Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System, to ensure comparability 
of data across programs and ease the burden of submission.
    Discussion: The Department does not want to hinder flexibility and 
innovation by requiring the standardization of methods.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that requiring the postsecondary 
institution to explain the oversight entity's methodology for approving 
the PEP in Sec.  668.238(b)(4) is significant, overly broad, and not 
well defined.
    Discussion: Upon further review, the Department acknowledges that 
the oversight entity will not have to make the best interest 
determination for the first two years of the prison education program 
and therefore the postsecondary institution could not detail the 
methodology the oversight entity used in making the best interest 
determination under Sec.  668.241(a). The information that the 
Department will now request is simply any information from the 
postsecondary institution that the oversight entity used to approve the 
prison education program. The Department will not prescribe this 
information in regulation to allow the oversight entity and 
postsecondary institution flexibility to be innovative in the 
application.
    Changes: The Department will amend Sec.  668.238(b)(4) to provide 
that an institution's PEP application must provide information 
satisfactory to the Secretary that includes documentation detailing the 
methodology including thresholds, benchmarks, standards, metrics, data, 
or other information the oversight entity used in approving the PEP and 
how all the information was collected.
    Comments: One commenter stated that the Department needs to be more 
specific about information on reentry services requested in the 
application under Sec.  668.238(b)(5). The commenter proposed breaking 
the paragraph into academic counseling which refers to the educational 
and career support students receive to help guide their enrollment in 
the prison education program and beyond; academic reentry counseling 
which refers to the support students

[[Page 65440]]

receive to plan and prepare for continuing their education post-release 
from incarceration; and reentry counseling which refers to preparing 
students for all facets of reentry, including securing housing, parole 
preparation, merit release, etc.
    Discussion: While we decline to make this change in regulation, any 
postsecondary institution seeking approval of a PEP is welcome to 
provide this type of information to the Department. Reentry services 
are not required in the definition of a PEP in Sec.  668.236, but if 
they are offered, the Department would appreciate that information.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter requested that the Department make clear 
that postsecondary institutions can partner with community-based 
organizations that have expertise in the field of prison education to 
help provide orientation, tutoring, and academic counseling.
    Discussion: In Sec.  668.238(b)(5), the Department notes that it is 
aware that postsecondary institutions partner with community-based 
organizations to provide certain types of services. This is allowable 
as long as the postsecondary institution is following applicable rules 
regarding title IV aid, including those relating to written 
arrangements under Sec.  668.5.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that Sec.  668.238(b)(9), which 
allows the Department to request ``[s]uch other information as the 
Secretary deems necessary,'' is too open-ended. The commenter stated 
that postsecondary institutions may not be able to comply with the 
Department's request if the information and supported data are not 
collected through current information technology data systems.
    Discussion: The Department needs to be able to ask applicants for 
more information if any area of an application is lacking. The 
Department does not intend to request information from postsecondary 
institutions that they cannot obtain, and if the Department does so, 
the postsecondary institution will have the opportunity to note that it 
cannot obtain the information and why.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters asked that the Department create 
specific application requirements relating to correspondence PEPs, 
because the regulations would be burdensome, not feasible and cost 
prohibitive for those programs.
    Discussion: As noted throughout the discussion section, the 
Department will hold PEPs offered through all methods of delivery to 
the same standards. The Department therefore declines to adopt the 
commenter's suggestion.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked whether a postsecondary institution 
may offer PEPs in States other than where its main campus is located.
    Discussion: A postsecondary institution may offer PEPs in States 
other than where its main campus is located. Note that every 
correctional facility where a postsecondary institution offers a PEP 
and enrolls a confined or incarcerated individual must be reported as 
an additional location of the postsecondary institution, even if the 
prison education program is offered through distance education or 
correspondence courses.
    Changes: None.

Reporting Requirements (Sec.  668.239)

    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to mandate additional 
PEP reporting requirements including which PEP courses are equivalent 
to courses offered on the main campus and are eligible for credit 
transfer; the share of confined or incarcerated individuals accessing 
Pell grants who complete the course; and the share of confined or 
incarcerated individuals accessing Pell grants who fail to complete the 
course, indicating the reasons, including transfer or release.
    Discussion: The Department will have information on completion and 
withdrawal rates in our internal systems or databases. While we decline 
to incorporate other information collection into the regulation, we 
will consider these suggestions when developing an information 
collection under Sec.  668.239(a).
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters believe that the Department should not 
require postsecondary institutions to report information about transfer 
and release through an agreement with the oversight entity under Sec.  
668.239(c). One of those commenters suggested that the Department 
modify the National Student Loan Data System to allow the oversight 
entity to directly provide this information.
    Discussion: While we appreciate the commenter's input and emphasis 
on the most efficient method to collect this important data, the 
Department declines to remove the requirements for institutions to 
obtain this information. The HEA requires that the Department provide 
annual publicly available reports to Congress about PEPs. Some of that 
information is about outcomes, including earnings outcomes or 
individuals who continue their education post-release. The Department 
needs information about transfer or release dates to fulfill the 
statutory mandate, and it is unclear whether the Department can collect 
such information from the large number of separate agencies and 
facilities that would otherwise be required.
    The Department will also provide data through various systems to 
the oversight entity and postsecondary institutions to assist in 
completing the best interest determination.
    We commit to continue to analyze the feasibility of information 
collection directly from oversight entities or correctional facilities, 
and the regulatory language allows for that option. If the Department 
ultimately decides to collect such information from oversight entities 
or correctional facilities, we will not require institutions to obtain 
the information separately. We also intend to provide guidance 
regarding how and where transfer and release date information must be 
reported.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter expressed concern regarding the potential 
reporting under Sec.  668.239(a). This section allows the Department to 
publish a notice in the Federal Register requesting data from 
participating institutions. The commenter is concerned that the 
Department will require postsecondary institutions to report data 
beyond the specific data items prescribed in the HEA. The commenter was 
concerned that we will request additional data from the oversight 
entities and institutions that they may not typically collect. The 
commenter noted that postsecondary institutions may not have effective 
information technology systems that are capable to collecting some of 
the data that the Department may request.
    Discussion: Because the Department is required to submit an annual 
report to Congress, we must be able to collect applicable data items. 
We cannot publish in regulation all of the data elements that we will 
need from participating institutions, because we may need to update 
data items. The Department must have the flexibility to amend, change, 
rescind, or further develop collection items. We have used similar 
processes in other contexts. For example, we publish an annual notice 
regarding the application verification of FAFSA[supreg] information. 
The Department has not always added verification criteria; in fact, in 
response to data analysis and feedback received, we removed several 
verification items over the years and endeavored to streamline 
requirements annually. We hope to do the same with any notice regarding 
PEPs.

[[Page 65441]]

    Changes: None.

Limitation or Termination of Approval (Sec.  668.240)

    Comments: One commenter stated that the scope of the Department's 
authority to limit or terminate a PEP for violating any terms of 
proposed subpart P is unreasonable, too restrictive, does not consider 
the materiality of violation observed, and does not provide a process 
to appeal and time to cure the violation. The commenter suggested we 
clarify term violation and related materiality and establish a process 
for an institution to appeal and a time to cure the violation.
    Discussion: The Secretary's action to remove a PEP would be the 
same as an action to remove any other eligible program, meaning that 
the action would be taken under part 668, subpart G; through a 
revocation action under Sec.  668.13(d) for a provisionally certified 
institution; or addressed during an institution's application for 
recertification.
    The decision to terminate, revoke, or end the approval during 
recertification of a PEP will be based upon the Department's evaluation 
of the violation and in consideration of the institution's ability to 
administer the program. While the Department declines to create a 
separate process in regulation for removing PEPs, we acknowledge the 
commenter's concerns about materiality. We have changed the language to 
clarify these decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis. The 
Department will work with postsecondary institutions to resolve 
reasonable issues or minor violations throughout of the PEP 
requirements.
    Changes: We have revised Sec.  668.240(a) to state that the 
Secretary may limit or terminate or otherwise end the approval of an 
institution to provide an eligible prison education program if the 
Secretary determines that the institution violated any terms of the 
subpart or that the institution submitted materially inaccurate 
information to the Secretary, accrediting agency, State agency, or 
oversight entity.

Best Interest Determination (Sec.  668.241)

    Comments: Many commenters submitted concerns regarding the required 
assessment of the PEP by the oversight entity. Commenters generally 
stated that the Department was proposing to regulate beyond 
congressional intent and the Department's statutory authority. The 
commenters noted that postsecondary institutions and oversight entities 
may choose not to offer PEPs due to the regulatory burden and cost. 
Commenters argued that there was little research to support the 
requirement to assess items proposed in regulation.
    Many commenters also noted that the oversight entity may not have 
the expertise, data, training, or resources in the postsecondary 
education to set thresholds and benchmarks for the indicators related 
to outcomes, such as earnings and job placement rates of formerly 
confined or incarcerated individuals who have been released. Several 
commenters stated that the regulations do not consider labor market 
biases or post-release employment barriers to formerly incarcerated 
students.
    The following are recommendations made by commenters to improve the 
best interest determination:
    [middot] Make all best interest indicator assessments permissive 
instead of mandatory, by changing ``must'' to ``may'' assess.
    [middot] Remove the exception for exceptional circumstances from 
the assessment of transferability of credits to any location of the 
institution that offers a comparable program.
    [middot] Make all the indicators optional except transferability of 
credits and academic and career advising for at least four years due to 
lack of data.
    [middot] Replace the indicators with faculty contact hours, 
meaningful engagement with peers, and ability to engage in research.
    [middot] Replace the indicators with civic engagement, family 
reunification, and increased self-efficacy.
    [middot] Assess other dimensions including physical, mental, and 
emotional issues.
    [middot] Add as optional metrics information about reentry 
services, whether credentials gained align with current labor market 
needs for in-demand industry sectors, and credentials that confined or 
incarcerated individuals gain through their participation that led to 
in-demand careers.
    [middot] Add an optional metric of how much regular and meaningful 
involvement programs have between students, faculty, and program 
administrators at the correctional facility.
    [middot] Replace metrics with access to support services and 
academic resources, tutoring, library resources and services, and 
technology.
    [middot] Add additional indicators that include whether the mode of 
course instruction for the prison education program is substantially 
similar to the primary instructional format at the home institution, 
preferably weighting in-person over virtual instruction, whether the 
demographics of the confined or incarcerated individual match the wider 
prison population, regardless of the main campus population of the home 
institution, and whether the prison education program staff and faculty 
represent or have experience or background working with or pertaining 
to underrepresented populations and groups, including individuals 
directly impacted by systemic racism, generational cycles of poverty 
and exclusion, or incarceration.
    [middot] Remove threshold requirements for the indicators related 
to outcomes.
    [middot] Modify the indicator related to earnings post release to 
include a succeeding sentence to outline if earnings data for 
individuals who graduated from the prison education program has been 
recorded, that data should carry more weight than a comparison to 
graduates of programs offered by the institution writ large.
    [middot] Clarify and rearrange indicators related to transfer.
    [middot] Specify how the earnings indicator is calculated.
    [middot] Revert to the statutory language for the assessment of 
earnings.
    [middot] Replace the oversight entity with the accrediting or State 
approval agency as the entity that determines best interest.
    [middot] Remove the oversight entity from the best interest 
determination.
    [middot] Replace the oversight entity with the relevant 
stakeholders for the best interest determination.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with commenters that we are 
regulating beyond congressional intent and the Department's statutory 
authority. We have the general authority to regulate on the HEA unless 
otherwise directly prohibited from doing so in statute. We thank the 
community for its feedback on the best interest determination section. 
However, we acknowledge the wide-ranging comments and suggestions about 
the proposed best interest indicators, in particular those indicators 
focused on student outcomes. Based on persuasive commentary, we have 
decided to make all outcomes indicators optional but maintain the 
requirement that the current input indicators must be assessed by the 
oversight entity. We believe the input indicators are foundational 
requirements. It is important that the oversight entity assess whether 
confined or incarcerated individuals are receiving these necessary 
supports as a part of the PEP.
    The Department believes that assessment of inputs and outcomes is 
paramount in establishing a standardized framework for the oversight 
entity. We reiterate that the oversight entity is not required to deny 
a PEP if it fails to satisfy one of the

[[Page 65442]]

indicators. The oversight entity can take the totality of circumstances 
into account, which we have purposefully left undefined for flexibility 
in making decisions that are unique to each correctional facility and 
each PEP.
    While assessment of outcomes indicators is optional, we encourage 
the oversight entity to assess as many of them as possible. As we 
stated in the NPRM, we intend to provide the oversight entity with data 
to assist in making outcomes assessments, and we will do so even if the 
oversight entity chooses not to assess one or more of the outcomes 
metrics. The Department also will assess outcomes, because the HEA 
requires the Department to provide a publicly available annual report 
to Congress that includes numerous outcomes measures.
    The Department may:
     Publicly report on the rates of confined or incarcerated 
individuals continuing their education post-release. As the Department 
obtains transfer and release dates from postsecondary institutions, we 
could calculate rates of reenrollment using our internal data systems.
     Publicly report of job placement rates. The Department may 
be able to calculate and report on job placement rates through 
employment information that may be available via the College Scorecard 
using Internal Revenue Service (IRS) data or using the employment 
information of high school graduates from the U.S. Census Bureau.
     Publicly report on earnings of formerly confined or 
incarcerated individuals through program-level earnings via the College 
Scorecard using IRS data.
     Publicly report on rates of recidivism of PEP graduates 
through data obtained through reporting to the Department from States 
required by the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act. There may be 
additional data on recidivism from the Bureau of Justice Statistics and 
the U.S. Sentencing Commission that the Department may also be able to 
incorporate into a published analysis.
     Publicly report about rates of program completion of 
confined or incarcerated individuals. Postsecondary institutions 
currently report graduation rates to the Integrated Postsecondary 
Education Data System (IPEDS) and the Department produces completion 
rates of title IV recipients through the College Scorecard.
    Finally, there may be other items that the Department reports on as 
required by statute or if the Department requests information from the 
postsecondary institutions through a Federal Register notice as 
required in Sec.  668.239(a).
    With respect to the indicator related to transfers in Sec.  
668.241, the Department accepts the suggestion to remove the exception 
for exceptional circumstances surrounding the student's conviction. It 
is not our intention to encourage postsecondary institutions to deny 
admission to formerly incarcerated students that were once enrolled in 
PEPs, and we are persuaded by the commenter that such language could 
form the basis for an institution's decision for such a denial.
    With respect to the earnings indicator related to earnings, we have 
amended the language to no longer suggest a comparison to the earnings 
of a typical high school graduate. Although the Department continues to 
believe that post-graduation earnings are an important indicator of 
quality in postsecondary programs, we are persuaded by commenters that 
due to the ongoing barriers to employment for formerly incarcerated 
individuals and the resulting discrepancies in earnings between typical 
high school graduates and such individuals, it is not appropriate to 
compare the earnings of confined or incarcerated students who complete 
programs and are released from incarceration and the earnings of high 
school graduates.
    The Department declines to add additional indicators or to further 
edit the remaining indicators to the regulation, but the oversight 
entity in collaboration with the relevant stakeholders through the 
feedback process has the flexibility to add other pertinent indicators 
relevant to PEP success.
    The Department also declines to replace the oversight entity with 
the accrediting agency or relevant stakeholders. Section 484(t) of the 
HEA is clear that the oversight entity has sole authority to approve a 
PEP and make the best interest determination.
    With these changes, the Department is confident that there are 
sufficient existing guardrails in the final regulations to protect 
confined or incarcerated individuals from subpar prison education 
programs, support postsecondary institutions and oversight entities, 
and safeguard the taxpayer investment.
    Changes: We have revised Sec.  668.241(a) to make the three outcome 
indicators--postsecondary enrollment following release, job placement 
rates, and earnings for graduates--optional factors that an oversight 
entity may consider in its determination of whether a program is 
operating in students' best interest.
    Comment: One commenter suggested requiring that PEPs transcript 
credits in the same way that they would transcript courses offered to 
students who are not confined or incarcerated individuals.
    Discussion: The Department does not have the authority to regulate 
an institution's transcripts.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department require the 
oversight entity to identify how it determines the appropriate 
stakeholders, including any applicable conflict of interest standards.
    Discussion: Under the statute, the oversight entity has the 
authority the approve a PEP and determine that it is in the best 
interest of confined or incarcerated individuals. Relevant stakeholders 
provide nonbinding feedback to the oversight entity. The list of 
relevant stakeholders is reported to the Department under Sec.  
668.241(f). We decline to add additional requirements, but we do 
believe that these final regulations will create a more informed, 
holistic process.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the feedback process under 
Sec.  668.242(b)(1) be open to the public.
    Discussion: The feedback process allows relevant stakeholders to 
provide nonbinding input to the oversight entities. The Department does 
not intend to regulate further on the parameters of the feedback 
process, to allow the oversight entity flexibility to set up that 
process.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department provide 
guidance on how many indicators a PEP is permitted to not meet under 
Sec.  668.241(b)(2) but still be deemed as operating in the best 
interest of confined or incarcerated individuals.
    Discussion: The statute allows the oversight entity to not only 
approve a PEP's operation in a correctional facility but also to 
determine that it is operating in the best interest of the enrolled 
confined or incarcerated individuals. Apart from identifying the 
factors that the oversight entity may and must consider in making its 
determination, the Department will provide flexibility to the oversight 
entity and not regulate further in this area.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters suggested that the Department further 
articulate an appeal process under Sec.  668.241(c) if the oversight 
entity declines to permit a PEP from operating at a correctional 
facility. The commenters suggested that the appeal process include an 
explanation for the rejection, timeframes for an appeal,

[[Page 65443]]

incorporating a vote from the relevant stakeholders and a mediation 
process with the Department.
    Discussion: The Department agrees that an appeal process is a best 
practice and supports the use of an appeal process by oversight 
entities wherever possible. However, the oversight entities include the 
Federal Bureau of Prisons and the State departments of corrections, and 
the Department does not have the authority to directly regulate the 
process of another Federal or State agency.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department note in 
regulation that it will review the standards utilized by the oversight 
entity at recertification or in program reviews to ensure consistency 
and compliance across the oversight entities.
    Discussion: The Department will ensure that postsecondary 
institutions are complying with the regulations during program reviews 
and at recertification. As stated under Sec.  668.241(f), the 
postsecondary institution must maintain documentation about the PEP, 
which can be used by the Department for program reviews or 
recertification reviews.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that the Department include 
language that permits an approved PEP to continue in approved status if 
the institution provides all required materials to the oversight entity 
for approval 240 days in advance of the expiration of the program 
participation agreement. Section 668.241(e)(1) requires an institution 
to obtain final evaluations of each PEP not less than 120 days before 
the expiration of the institution's Program Participation Agreement 
(PPA), but there is no provision for delays by the oversight entity. 
The commenter requested the addition of regulatory language that 
permits approved programs to continue to be approved if the institution 
provides all required materials to the oversight entity for approval 
240 days in advance of the expiration of the PPA. This, according to 
the commenter, would put the onus on the oversight entity to act in a 
timely fashion.
    Discussion: The Department will consider the totality of 
circumstances on a case-by-case basis during the recertification 
process. The Department will consider whether the postsecondary 
institution is actively working with the oversight entity and the 
oversight entity indicates that it is actively reviewing the PEP. The 
Department declines to regulate on a formal process for case-by-case 
considerations.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that the term ``subsequent final 
evaluations'' under Sec.  668.241(e)(1) is not clear.
    Discussion: ``Subsequent final evaluations'' refers to the 
requirement that the oversight entity make a best interest 
determination at least 120 days prior to expiration of the 
postsecondary institution's program participation agreement, in 
perpetuity, as long as the institution seeks to maintain the 
eligibility of the PEP.
    Changes: We have removed the word ``final'' from Sec.  
668.241(e)(1).
    Comments: One commenter inquired whether the cross-reference to 
paragraph (c) in Sec.  668.241(e)(1) was correct.
    Discussion: The cross-reference was incorrect. We updated the 
paragraph for clarity.
    Changes: The paragraph will now state that after its initial 
determination that a program is operating in the best interest of 
students under paragraph (a), the institution must obtain subsequent 
evaluations of each eligible prison education program from the 
responsible oversight entity not less than 120 calendar days prior to 
the expiration of each of the institution's Program Participation 
Agreements, except that the oversight entity may make a determination 
between subsequent evaluations based on the oversight entity's regular 
monitoring and evaluation of program outcomes.
    Comments: Under Sec.  668.241(e)(2)(i), the regulation requires the 
postsecondary institution to submit data on ``all'' students for the 
oversight entity to determine continued approval. One commenter 
requested that the Department delete the word ``all,'' because in 
limited circumstances, data may not be available to the postsecondary 
institution.
    Discussion: The Department agrees in part with the recommendation. 
It is not our intent for an oversight entity to deny a PEP for reasons 
beyond an institution's control, because the institution may lack data 
that is unavailable, for example, or that was not part of the oversight 
entity's determination of whether the program was being operated in 
students' best interest. We do not agree, however, with the commenters 
who suggested that the regulation should not apply to all students. 
Instead, we believe that the regulation should require the institution 
to provide all applicable data for students who were enrolled in the 
PEP, which would exclude data that the oversight entity did not require 
to make its determination and any data that are unavailable and cannot 
be obtained by the institution.
    Changes: Section 668.241(e)(2)(i) will be updated to reflect 
application of ``applicable'' factors, providing that each subsequent 
evaluation must include the entire period following the prior 
determination and be based on the applicable factors described under 
paragraph (a) for all students enrolled in the program since the prior 
determination.
    Comment: One commenter suggested to remove the word ``for'' before 
``public disclosure'' in Sec.  668.241(f)(1).
    Discussion: The Department views this as a style preference and 
declines to make the change.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter suggested that all documentation related to 
records mandated under Sec.  668.241(f) be made public.
    Discussion: The Department believes that requiring the oversight 
entity or postsecondary institution to publish all documentation 
related to the decision-making process would discourage participation. 
There are also confined or incarcerated individual privacy 
considerations that would be particularly problematic given the small 
size of many of these programs. The oversight entity or postsecondary 
institution would not be able to publish data that would indirectly 
identify an individual from the information provided.
    The HEA requires the Department to release an annual data report 
that is available to the public, and we believe that will provide 
valuable information to both institutions and other policymakers 
sufficient to evaluate prison education programs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter stated that State departments of 
corrections will require financial assistance to offset material and 
human resources needed to implement the regulations in Sec.  668.241.
    Discussion: The HEA does not provide for an administrative cost 
allowance for oversight entities, and the Department does not have the 
authority to establish such an allowance.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to define several 
terms, including ``unique constraints,'' ``career advising,'' 
``substantially similar,'' and ``overarching requirement.'' In 
addition, the commenter asked many technical questions regarding how 
the process of the best interest determination will work.

[[Page 65444]]

    Discussion: The regulations establish a framework to implement the 
statutory provisions. While we believe this framework is sufficiently 
clear without providing additional defined terms and decline to provide 
technical guidance in this document, the Department intends to provide 
guidance to oversight entities and postsecondary institutions regarding 
the best interest determination, as required by section 484(t)(2) of 
the HEA.
    Changes: None.

Transition to a Prison Education Program (Sec.  668.242)

    Comment: One commenter requested that the Department specify the 
date on which a confined or incarcerated individual needs to be 
enrolled in a formerly eligible program in order to qualify for 
transitional eligibility. The commenter stated that it is not clear 
whether this provision applies to a confined or incarcerated individual 
who was enrolled in an eligible program outside a correctional facility 
prior to becoming incarcerated. The commenter also stated that it is 
unclear whether this provision restricts the ability of title IV-
eligible institutions to offer non-Pell-eligible programs in 
correctional facilities.
    Discussion: Section 668.242(b) provides that an institution is not 
permitted to enroll a confined or incarcerated individual on or after 
July 1, 2023, who was not enrolled in an eligible program prior to July 
1, 2023, unless the institution first converts the eligible program 
into an eligible prison education program as defined in Sec.  668.236.
    This provision applies to any individual who is confined or 
incarcerated and who is enrolled in any program at a correctional 
facility in which the individual is receiving any title IV aid. For 
example, if an individual was enrolled in a distance education program 
prior to July 1, 2023, and subsequently becomes incarcerated after July 
1, 2023, that individual can continue receiving a Pell Grant only until 
they have reached the time or eligibility limits under Sec.  
668.242(a), unless that distance education program becomes a PEP, which 
would include reporting the individual's correctional facility as an 
additional location.
    Finally, the Department does not have the authority to restrict the 
ability of an eligible institution to offer programs that are not 
eligible for title IV aid, including Pell Grants, at correctional 
facilities.
    Changes: None.

Calculation of a Federal Pell Grant (Sec.  690.62)

    Comment: One commenter stated that the Department should insert 
language requiring PEPs to include the cost of obtaining required 
professional credentials for confined or incarcerated individuals in 
PEPs in their cost of attendance calculations.
    Discussion: The Department will not regulate on cost of attendance 
with these final regulations. The Consolidated Appropriations Act of 
2021 made changes to allowable costs that may be considered in a 
confined or incarcerated individual's cost of attendance, which are 
``only tuition, fees, books, course materials, supplies, equipment, and 
the cost of obtaining a license, certification, or a first professional 
credential[.]'' Therefore, a postsecondary institution may include the 
cost of obtaining the first professional credential in the individual's 
cost of attendance. The Department will provide additional guidance on 
the changes to cost of attendance components established by the 
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 in the near future.
    Changes: None.

90/10 Rule (Sec.  668.28)

General Support

    Comments: Many commenters supported the 90/10 regulations and the 
consensus reached on the regulatory changes. Commenters overwhelmingly 
supported including financial aid administered by the VA as Federal 
revenue in the 90/10 calculation. Additionally, many commenters 
supported the changes to allowable non-Federal revenue and encouraged 
the Department to enforce the regulations with the full intent of the 
law.
    Discussion: The Department thanks commenters for their support. We 
intend to fully enforce the regulations.
    Changes: None.

General Opposition

    Comments: Several commenters opposed the proposed regulations on 
the basis that the regulations unfairly burden one sector of higher 
education and restrict academic choices of students. Several other 
commenters opposed the changes to the regulations because they stated 
that proprietary institutions will be disincentivized to enroll 
veterans because of the regulations and the significant cost of running 
a separate and distinct compliance program to remain eligible for VA 
funds. These commenters further stated that this will lead to decreased 
opportunities for veterans returning to civilian life after their 
service. Other commenters opposed the 90/10 rule generally because they 
claimed that the rule will cause proprietary institutions to increase 
tuition, incentivize proprietary institutions to recruit students who 
can pay for tuition without Federal funds, and reduce learning 
opportunities for low-income students and American students by 
encouraging proprietary institutions to recruit international students. 
One commenter suggested that the Department exempt certain 
institutions, such as those that offer terminal degree programs, post-
baccalaureate programs, or medical programs from 90/10 because these 
institutions are already held to a high standard by other oversight 
mechanisms and provide unique value by helping the country fill its 
need for medical providers.
    Discussion: The ARP modified section 487(a) and (d) of the HEA to 
require proprietary institutions to count all Federal funds in the 
numerator of their 90/10 calculation. The Department's regulations for 
which funds must be counted in the numerator and the formula for how 
these institutions must calculate the percentage of their revenue 
derived from Federal funds are consistent with statutory requirements. 
Further, the statute does not provide a basis to exempt certain 
proprietary institutions from this requirement.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters generally opposed the proposed changes 
to allowable non-Federal revenue. A few of these commenters requested 
additional facts, evidence, data, or other sources the Department 
employed as a basis for our assertion that proprietary institutions 
have maneuvered to game the system and that there is a need to modify 
allowable non-Federal revenue or other components of the 90/10 
calculation, including creating a disbursement rule and disallowing the 
proceeds from the sale of accounts receivable, in response to these 
behaviors.
    Discussion: As stated in the NPRM, the Department based its 
regulations on observations of 90/10 calculations, audit workpapers, 
program reviews, and other oversight activities.\1\ Based on the 
Department's observations and its experience enforcing 90/10 (and 
previous enforcement of 85/15), the Department believes that the 
changes to allowable non-Federal revenue are necessary to uphold the 
statutory intent of the 90/10 calculation.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ See 87 FR 45454 and 87 FR 45459.
    \2\ As an example, Kofoed (2020) demonstrates that proprietary 
institutions account for a disproportionate share of GI Bill 
spending while graduating relatively few veterans, which he 
attributes to the exclusion of GI Benefits from the 90/10 
calculation. See Kofoed, Michael (2020). ``Where have all the GI 
Bill dollars gone? Veteran usage and expenditure of the Post-9/11 GI 
Bill.'' Brookings Institute report available at https://www.brookings.edu/research/where-have-all-the-gi-bill-dollars-gone/.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 65445]]

    Changes: None.

Calculating the Revenue Percentage (Sec.  668.28(a)(1))

Statutory Authority and Congressional Intent

    Comments: Several commenters stated that the 90/10 regulations 
exceed statutory authority and Congressional intent. Some of these 
commenters stated that the proposed regulations do not provide a 
definition for ``Federal revenue,'' and the lack of a definition gives 
the Department an amount of discretion that Congress did not intend. A 
few commenters suggested that the Department restart the negotiation 
process to define ``Federal funds.''
    These commenters further stated that it is clear that Congress 
intended for the Department to include VA and DOD education funds used 
to attend such proprietary institution as ``Federal education 
assistance funds,'' and clarified that they are not disputing that 
portion of the regulations. These commenters further stated that 
Federal agencies are required to point to clear grants of congressional 
authority in order to enact the regulations that are contemplated. 
Commenters requested clarification on the congressional authority that 
the Department believes allows it to include other types of Federal 
education assistance funds as Federal funds beyond DOD and VA funding.
    Discussion: The ARP amended the HEA to state that proprietary 
institutions should include ``all Federal education assistance funds'' 
in the numerator of their 90/10 calculation. It is apparent that 
Congress intended for institutions to include all other Federal funds, 
in addition to title IV funds, used to pay for tuition, fees, and other 
institutional charges in the numerator of their 90/10 calculation based 
on this language, not just DOD and VA funds. Further, Federal 
appropriations for education assistance programs and disbursements to 
institutions may change from year to year. We do not want to 
inadvertently create an incentive for proprietary institutions to 
identify a large source of Federal funds not on the list and then 
target students that receive this funding.
    The Department defines Federal funds in Sec.  668.28(a)(1)(i) as 
title IV, HEA program funds and any other education assistance funds 
provided by a Federal agency directly to an institution or student 
including the Federal portion of any grant funds provided by or 
administered by a non-Federal agency, except for non-title IV Federal 
funds provided directly to a student to cover expenses other than 
tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. The ARP language is 
broad, and a broad regulatory definition aligns with statutory intent. 
We do not believe it is necessary to renegotiate the definition of 
Federal funds because the current definition implements the statutory 
change in the ARP.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few comments stated that in W. Virginia v. EPA, 142 S. 
Ct. 2587, 2608 (2022), the Court held that Congress did not grant a 
Federal agency the authority necessary to create a regulatory scheme 
that the agency had attempted to enact, and under a body of law, known 
as the ``major questions doctrine,'' the Court found that, given both 
the separation of powers principles and a practical understanding of 
legislative intent, an agency must point to ``clear congressional 
authorization'' for the authority it claims. These commenters 
questioned whether Congress provided clear authorization for the 
Department to make any changes to allowable non-Federal revenue in the 
proposed 90/10 regulations given that the ARP only modified what funds 
must be counted in the numerator. In addition, these commenters stated 
the proposed regulations violate the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) 
as the regulations are arbitrary and capricious.
    Discussion: The ARP modified the statutory provisions in section 
487 of the HEA governing which funds institutions must include in the 
numerator of their 90/10 calculation. The statute did not prohibit the 
Department from amending other portions of the 90/10 regulatory 
calculation related to allowable non-Federal funds. Further, it 
included a section directing the Department to amend the 90/10 
regulations through the negotiated rulemaking process, without any new 
limitation on our authority to revise other parts of the 90/10 
regulations, as has been done in prior years. The Department has the 
statutory authority granted by section 437 of the General Education 
Provisions Act to promulgate regulations that are consistent with 
statutory requirements and necessary for us to effectively administer 
the program using the negotiated rulemaking process required in section 
492 of the HEA. Additionally, our rulemaking to determine how to 
calculate the 90/10 statutory requirement is not of such political and 
economic consequence that involves a major question under W. Virginia 
v. EPA. Finally, we have provided our reasoned basis for these 
regulations in the proposed and final rules.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters requested clarification on the authority 
upon which the Department relied for its proposal that it has the 
authority to publish, on a semi-regular basis, ``updates'' as to what 
Federal funds should be counted in the 90/10 calculation without any 
notice and comment rulemaking or negotiated rulemaking process given 
that the ARP requires that its amendments to section 487 of the HEA be 
subject to negotiated rulemaking. These commenters stated that we 
should provide the public with an opportunity to comment on the 
definition of Federal funds.
    Several commenters stated the Department has no authority to 
enforce the proposed rule prior to the effective date of the 
regulations, and that the HEA states that a regulation related to title 
IV programs cannot take effect during the current award year. These 
commenters further stated the Department lacks the authority under the 
HEA to force proprietary institutions to early implement the 
regulation, and that the ARP stated that its statutory changes should 
follow master calendar. Several commenters questioned the statutory 
authority on which we relied to justify enforcing a title IV regulation 
prior to the effective date of the final rule. They requested further 
clarification on how we will reconcile its application of the proposed 
regulations to proprietary institutions with a fiscal year beginning on 
January 1, 2023, with the clear statutory authority set forth in 20 
U.S.C. 1089(c). These commenters recommended that revenues subject to 
the regulation should only be counted after July 1, 2023, regardless of 
the institution's fiscal year calendar. In addition, these commenters 
stated that the Department cannot retroactively apply these 
regulations. Some of these commenters requested that, if the Department 
contends that the regulations are not retroactively applied, the 
Department provide legal support for the assertion.
    Finally, a few commenters requested that we clarify on which HEA 
provisions we relied in determining that certain proprietary 
institutions, but not all, would be required to comply with the changes 
to the 90/10 regulations on January 1, 2023.

[[Page 65446]]

    Discussion: Section 668.28(a)(1) defines Federal funds. The updates 
published in the Federal Register would simply notify institutions 
about which types of specific educational assistance funds are covered 
by the regulatory language. This is similar to how the Department 
publishes annually in the Federal Register which components of the 
FAFSA[supreg] institutions must verify, and this type of guidance does 
not require notice and comment.\3\ Therefore, the Department's 
rulemaking activity has met the ARP's statutory requirements that the 
revisions to section 487 of the HEA be subject to public involvement 
and the negotiated rulemaking process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ 34 CFR 668.56.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Section 2013 of the ARP has two provisions related to the timing of 
this change. First, it requires that these changes be subject to master 
calendar requirements. It also states that the amendments to section 
487 of the HEA, which describe funds that must be included in the 
numerator of the 90/10 calculation, apply to institutional fiscal years 
beginning on or after January 1, 2023. This is why the Department chose 
to implement the regulations when an institution's fiscal year begins 
rather than requiring all institutions to implement the changes on 
January 1, 2023. The regulations meet both requirements because the 
regulations will apply to institutional fiscal years beginning on or 
after January 1, 2023, and institutions will determine their compliance 
with the regulations and file their related audited financial 
statements after July 1, 2023. The Department would enforce any 
consequences of failing 90/10 after July 1, 2023, and the regulations 
are, therefore, not retroactive in their application. It is not correct 
to characterize this process as ``early implementation'' of the 
regulations because the audit submissions and compliance requirements 
go into effect July 1, 2023. Proprietary institutions that fail the 90/
10 requirements for the 2023 fiscal year will not be impacted until 
early in 2024, and an institution must determine if it fails 90/10 
within 45 days after the end of its fiscal year.
    Changes: None.

Definition of Federal Funds

    Comments: A few commenters supported our definition of Federal 
funds as only those used to pay for tuition, fees, and other 
institutional charges. These commenters also supported not including in 
the definition of Federal funds those that are expressly used for other 
purposes, such as housing or books when those are not included in 
institutional charges.
    Discussion: The Department thanks commenters for their support. Our 
definition most accurately reflects statutory intent.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters urged the Department to publish the 
list of Federal funds as soon as possible so that proprietary 
institutions can begin developing systems and procedures to track these 
funds. These commenters emphasized that institutions also need adequate 
notice so that they can effectively manage any changes they might need 
to make regarding admissions and enrollment. A few commenters asserted 
that this lack of clarity on which Federal funds must be included in an 
institution's 90/10 calculation at this point of implementation 
deprives institutions of fair notice of laws they are supposed to 
follow. Many of these commenters urged the Department to delay 
implementation of the new 90/10 regulations for a year or publish an 
abbreviated list in the first year if we cannot publish the list in a 
timely manner.
    Discussion: The Department recognizes the need to publish the list 
so that proprietary institutions know which funds they must include, 
and we plan to publish on a timeline that will provide adequate time to 
account for the full list of Federal funds in the first fiscal year 
that begins on or after January 1, 2023.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter asked if Chapter 31 of the Veteran 
Readiness and Employment program would be counted as Federal funds in 
the 90/10 calculation. A few commenters recommended the Department 
exclude scholarship aid awarded through the Health Professions 
Scholarship Program (HPSP), the National Health Service Corps (NHSC) 
Scholarship Program, and the Indian Health Service Scholarship (IHSS) 
Program from the definition of Federal funds that institutions must 
include in the numerator of their 90/10 calculation. These commenters 
further recommended that we recognize the unique nature of these 
competitively awarded programs and not consider this aid as Federal 
funds under these regulations.
    Discussion: The Department will publish in the Federal Register the 
full list of Federal funds that proprietary institutions must include. 
We will publish on a timeline that provides institutions with adequate 
time to account for the full list of identified funds. The statute 
defines Federal education assistance funds that institutions must count 
as Federal funds as funds disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a 
student to be used to attend the institution. Therefore, the list will 
include all identified Federal education assistance funds that meet the 
definition in statute.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters supported including Federal funds 
awarded directly to students as Federal funds in the 90/10 calculation. 
A few other commenters opposed including Federal funds paid directly to 
students in the numerator of the 90/10 calculation. A few of these 
commenters expressed concern with how proprietary institutions should 
account for funds disbursed directly to students if the agency does not 
provide this information to the institution, and they recommended that 
the Department should limit this to only funds that the institution 
receives notice of. One commenter recommended that the Department 
accept a proprietary institution's use of a certification from an 
agency or student that contains the details of Federal funds received 
as sufficient basis for the Federal funds it includes in its 90/10 
calculation.
    Discussion: The Department appreciates commenters' support for 
including Federal funds disbursed directly to students in the numerator 
of the 90/10 calculation. The ARP amended section 487(a) of the HEA to 
require proprietary institutions to include ``Federal funds that are 
disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a student,'' and, thus, it is 
a statutory requirement to include all Federal funds disbursed to a 
student in the numerator of the 90/10 calculation.
    For purposes of 90/10, we understand that proprietary institutions 
need a basis to calculate the Federal funds disbursed directly to its 
students. The Department considers a certification from an agency 
describing the Federal funds that a student received as a sufficient 
basis for this calculation. In cases where an agency does not provide 
this information to an institution, we will evaluate on a case-by-case 
basis whether the institution made a good-faith effort to obtain this 
information, including if a student certifies that they received 
Federal funds and the amount of funds received.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters requested clarification on whether 
proprietary institutions would only need to include revenues from new 
Federal sources when those funds paid for institutional costs for the 
fiscal year

[[Page 65447]]

starting after the Federal program has been identified on the published 
list. These commenters requested further clarification on how 
proprietary institutions should manage the termination of students 
based on projections that the students' enrollment and reliance on 
Federal funds may cause the institution to violate the 90/10 rule. 
Additionally, one commenter suggested that the Department allow 
proprietary institutions to exclude in their 90/10 calculation newly 
identified Federal funds that are added to the Federal Register notice 
that a currently enrolled student receives. A few commenters asked that 
we publish any updates to the list of Federal funds by November 1 of 
the preceding year for an institution to be required to include those 
Federal funds in its fiscal year beginning on or after July 1 of the 
following year, following the master calendar outlined in section 482 
of the HEA. One commenter suggested revising the regulatory language to 
state that proprietary institutions will only be required to include 
newly added Federal funds that are added to the Federal Register notice 
at least six months before the start of an institution's fiscal year.
    Discussion: As we stated in the preamble to the NPRM, in instances 
where the Department updates the initial Federal Register notice midway 
through an institution's fiscal year, the proprietary institution will 
be responsible for including those funds paid for institutional costs 
the fiscal year starting after the Federal program has been identified 
on the published list.\4\ This lead time is also adequate for 
institutions to begin accounting for Federal funds from currently 
enrolled students, and therefore it is not necessary to allow 
institutions to exempt counting newly identified Federal funds that 
these students receive. Likewise, it is unnecessary to publish updates 
by November 1 or at least six months before the start of an 
institution's fiscal year for institutions to include those funds in a 
fiscal year beginning on or after July 1 of the following year. 
Proprietary institutions are responsible for generating at least 10 
percent of their revenue from allowable non-Federal sources. How to 
meet this requirement is up to the institutions, provided that they 
follow regulatory and statutory requirements. The regulations neither 
contemplate, nor require, institutions to terminate the enrollment of 
students if they would otherwise fail the 90/10 rule. The Department 
hopes that institutions make enrollment decisions that are best for 
students and clearly communicate about potential issues in a clear and 
timely manner.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ See 87 FR 54453.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters requested clarification upon what basis, 
elements, factors, and evidence will the Department evaluate whether an 
institution has made a ``good faith'' effort to identify all Federal 
funds. They further requested clarification of what process and 
procedures the Department will employ to make this determination and 
what appeal process proprietary institutions will be provided. A few 
commenters also requested clarification on how the Department will 
observe institutional due process protections during the determination 
and appeal procedures.
    Discussion: We will evaluate the facts of a situation on a case-by-
case basis to determine if an institution made a good faith effort to 
identify all Federal funds. This evaluation may include what 
information was readily available to an institution and the materiality 
of funds from that Federal source to an institution's 90/10 measure. 
Institutions have opportunities to resolve disputes with Department 
staff regarding the 90/10 measure (for example, providing additional 
information and/or documentation), or through an administrative process 
if a resolution is not reached.
    Changes: None.

Appendix C

    Comments: Several commenters recommended the Department clarify and 
streamline appendix C in the final rule, including by combining certain 
refund and adjustment categories and by combining title IV and Federal 
funds into one section. A few of these commenters suggested that the 
Department work with external certified public accountants to revise 
appendix C. Many of these commenters also requested that we include 
additional examples of adjustment and revenue categories in appendix C 
to allow institutions to reflect revenues more accurately in their 90/
10 calculation. One commenter stated that it is confusing for appendix 
C to include an institutional matching payment as a subtraction from 
cash payments as usually it is treated as a non-cash write off. In 
addition to asking that we publish the list of Federal funds in the 
Federal Register at least six months prior the start of an 
institution's fiscal year, a few commenters asked the Department to 
publish any updates to appendix C at least six months before the start 
of an institution's fiscal year.
    Many commenters recommended that as these 90/10 changes are 
implemented, we should be vigilant in monitoring the cash flows of 
institutions, through the calculations derived from the modified 
appendix C, to better understand how the new regulations changes 
institutional financial behavior and to ensure the regulations are 
strongly enforced to protect students and taxpayers.
    Discussion: The Department intends to evaluate the impact of the 
new 90/10 regulations on institutional financial behavior, as supported 
in the comments. Thus, the Department declines to combine Federal funds 
and title IV, HEA funds in appendix C so that the Department can more 
easily observe how the inclusion of other Federal funds impacts 90/10 
rates. Likewise, we decline to collapse and combine the title IV and 
Federal funds category to only require institutions to report a topline 
dollar amount for Federal funds received because that would make it 
difficult for us to ascertain the impact of our new regulations. The 
Department expects institutions to apply title IV funds before applying 
other Federal funds to student accounts for 90/10 purposes because 
these regulations relate to title IV eligibility, and the Department 
intends to evaluate how the inclusion of Federal funds effects 
institutions' ability to comply with 90/10 requirements.
    We understand that appendix C does not include every type of 
adjustment an institution may need to make when calculating 90/10. 
Appendix C is intended to generally outline how institutions must 
calculate 90/10 by providing an example that cannot reflect every 
situation. Institutions may need to add other refund or adjustment 
categories that are not included in our example to calculate their own 
90/10 compliance. We have shown a variety of common line items in an 
institution's 90/10 calculation, and therefore we decline to add 
additional line items in appendix C. We also clarify that institutions 
should include a general adjustment category that reflects one 
adjustment amount for Federal funds rather than calculating and 
attributing adjustments to specific sources of Federal funds. However, 
to comply with title IV administration requirements, institutions must 
track adjustments and refunds by category of title IV funds, and the 
Department expects that institutions to include this level of detail in 
their 90/10 calculation for title IV funds.
    We also clarify why we included an example of an institutional 
matching payment as a subtraction from cash

[[Page 65448]]

payments rather than a non-cash write-off. There are instances where 
institutional matches to programs are cash payments rather than non-
cash write-offs, such as when institutions use state grant funds for 
matching payments. How an institution reflects institutional matches in 
its 90/10 calculation is dependent upon the source of the match.
    As with publishing new Federal funds, institutions would only be 
required to comply with changes to appendix C the fiscal year after the 
changes are made to appendix C, which provides sufficient time for 
institutions to comply. Additionally, appendix C is an example of how 
institutions should calculate their 90/10 compliance, and generally we 
only change appendix C if there are statutory or regulatory changes to 
the 90/10 calculation, which do not happen often.
    Changes: None.

Disbursement Rule (Sec.  668.28(a)(2))

Creation of a Disbursement Rule

    Comments: Several commenters expressed support for the creation of 
the disbursement rule. A few other commenters stated that they do not 
believe such a rule is necessary, and few of these commenters stated 
that it is unnecessary because the funds will be included in the 90/10 
calculation in the following fiscal year. These commenters also claimed 
that the disbursement rule conflicts with cash management regulations 
and forces proprietary institutions to make what they described as a 
false 90/10 calculation. A few commenters also recommended that the 
Department add a good faith phrase to the regulations to better ensure 
that unintentional and unavoidable delays, resulting from various 
extenuating circumstances, will not become the basis for administrative 
capability findings or other adverse findings or actions against an 
institution.
    Discussion: We appreciates the commenters' support. The Department 
disagrees with comments that the rule is unnecessary. We have observed 
through our review of 90/10 calculations and audit workpapers that some 
proprietary institutions delay disbursements to students to the next 
fiscal year in order to avoid two consecutive 90/10 failures. The 
Department also disagrees with commenters that these regulations 
conflict with cash management regulations. Proprietary institutions can 
still establish disbursement timelines that are consistent with 
regulatory requirements (see Sec.  668.14), and we will evaluate 
whether an institution made timely disbursements, deviated from its 
standing policy, or created policies for the purpose of impacting its 
90/10 revenue calculation. In this evaluation, the Department would 
also consider if there were factors outside of the institution's 
control that impacted its disbursement timelines, and therefore does 
not agree with commenters that there is a need to add this to the 
regulations.
    Changes: None.

Revenue Generated From Programs and Activities (Sec.  668.28(a)(3))

Activities Necessary for the Education and Training of Its Students

    Comments: A few commenters opposed the new requirement that 
allowable non-Federal revenue from activities conducted by the 
proprietary institution that are necessary for the education and 
training of its students be related directly to services performed by 
students. These commenters objected to the preamble of the NPRM citing 
sales of hair care products as an example of disallowed revenue because 
commenters claimed that developing sales skills is important for 
students' careers.
    Discussion: We disagree with these commenters. Requiring that 
allowable revenue from these activities be related directly to services 
performed by students more closely aligns with the statutory intent of 
90/10.
    Changes: None.

Ineligible Education and Training Programs

    Comments: Several commenters generally supported the changes to 
allowable non-Federal revenue generated from ineligible programs. These 
commenters encouraged the Department to monitor the percentage of non-
Federal revenue that proprietary institutions derive from ineligible 
programs and publish this information.
    Discussion: The Department thanks the commenters for their support. 
We intend to monitor non-Federal revenues that institutions include in 
their 90/10 calculations through appendix C submissions.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters opposed the changes that ineligible 
programs must meet for proprietary institutions to be allowed to count 
revenue generated from these programs in their 90/10 calculation. These 
commenters observed that ineligible programs have quality oversight 
measures, including approval by relevant State agencies or 
accreditation by another entity, and the commenters encouraged the 
Department to recognize the quality of these programs. These commenters 
further stated that other guardrails in the HEA, the existing 90/10 
regulations, and the educational marketplace ensure that the ineligible 
educational programs are subject to consumer protection standards and 
that the programs prepare students for gainful employment.
    A few commenters stated that the Department's proposed regulations 
concerning the curriculum and content of ineligible programs exceed our 
statutory authority. One commenter also asserted that our rationale for 
the proposed changes to allowable revenue from ineligible programs is 
conjecture and does not meet APA standards.
    In response to the Department's request for feedback about how to 
provide flexibility to proprietary institutions to offer ineligible 
programs that provide value to students while ensuring appropriate 
guardrails, many commenters supported ensuring that proprietary 
institutions offer ineligible programs that provide value to students. 
These commenters stated current regulations have allowed proprietary 
institutions to provide student opportunities that not only support 
their academic pursuits but complement their skills development and 
there has been a push toward badging and micro-credentialing as a 
mechanism to affirm student skills. These commenters further stated 
that the current language in Sec.  668.28(a)(3)(iii)(A) through (D) 
more adequately provides the flexibility for proprietary institutions 
to offer ineligible programs that provide value to students. Some of 
these commenters suggested that, if the Department wants to enact 
consumer protection measures, we may consider amending Sec.  
668.28(a)(3)(iii)(E) or using the Guide For Audits of Proprietary 
Schools and For Compliance Attestation Engagements of Third-Party 
Servicers Administering Title IV Programs to provide specific direction 
regarding the standards for industry-recognized credential or 
certification rather than the proposed changes to Sec.  
668.28(a)(3)(iii) introductory text and (a)(3)(iii)(A) through (D).\5\ 
These commenters stated that auditors could require that proprietary 
institutions provide evidence that a credential is, in fact, industry 
recognized by documenting job announcements requiring or preferring 
such qualifications. They cautioned us against a narrow definition that 
will

[[Page 65449]]

limit student opportunities and maintain the current regulatory 
language. A few commenters did not support the idea that the programs 
need to be related to the proprietary institution's eligible programs, 
stated that this requirement is not stated anywhere in statute or 
regulations, and stated that the idea that ineligible programs cannot 
offer courses that are also offered in title IV-eligible programs 
contracts the idea that they must be related.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ This guide and accompanying guidance documents can be found 
on the Department of Education's Office of Inspector General web 
page under Reports and Resources: https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/oig/nonfed/proprietary.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Discussion: We recognize that some ineligible programs have 
consumer protection and oversight measures, but others may not since 
ineligible programs may not be required to be approved by any entity. 
This is unlike title IV-eligible programs, which are all required to 
meet the standards of accrediting agencies, State authorizing agencies, 
and the Department in order to be eligible to participate in the title 
IV program. Previously, when the 90/10 calculation (and previously 85/
15) has been changed, proprietary institutions have made changes to 
their programs and related activities to meet the new revenue 
requirements. Some changes likely strengthened the programs and 
provided better outcomes for students, while other changes were likely 
made to exploit ambiguities in the regulations and that provided 
questionable or no value for students. We expect that proprietary 
institutions will adapt to the statutory change that requires all 
Federal funds to be included in the numerator of the 90/10 calculation 
to remain compliant with 90/10 requirements. In response to this 
change, institutions may seek other ways to bring in non-Federal 
revenue. The Department wishes to ensure that those revenues are in 
line with the statutory intent of the 90/10 calculation, which is that 
an institution provides enough value in its programs to account for at 
least 10 percent of its revenues. Thus, the Department is implementing 
appropriate guardrails that provide value to students without limiting 
the ways that institutions may offer innovative and flexible programs. 
These guardrails for ineligible programs were developed through 
negotiations with Committee members and reflect consensus of the 
Committee.
    We appreciate feedback from commenters regarding consumer 
protection measures. With the guardrails that the regulations enact, it 
is not necessary to modify or curtail ineligible programs that meet the 
requirements in Sec.  668.28(a)(3)(iii)(E). The Department may further 
consider how we can help auditors and proprietary institutions define 
industry-recognized credential in a meaningful yet appropriately broad 
manner.
    These regulations neither prescribe nor limit the curriculum or 
content of ineligible programs. In addition, the regulations only apply 
to revenue generated from ineligible programs that the institution 
wishes to include in its 90/10 calculation.
    The Department agrees with commenters that stated that ineligible 
programs are not required to be related to the proprietary 
institution's title IV programs in order to be counted in the 90/10 
revenue calculation under the proposed regulation and that these 
programs may differ. We clarify that we do not expect that ineligible 
programs must be related to an institution's title IV programs, but we 
do expect it to meet the outlined requirements in Sec.  
668.28(a)(3)(iii).
    Finally, these guardrails only apply to revenue included in the 90/
10 calculation. Proprietary institutions can continue to offer 
ineligible programs that do not meet the criteria outlined in Sec.  
668.28(a)(3)(iii), but they cannot include revenue generated from these 
programs in their 90/10 calculation.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters opposed modifying Sec.  
668.28(a)(3)(iii) to exclude revenue from ineligible programs that 
include courses also offered in eligible programs. These commenters 
opposed the change because they stated that many ineligible programs 
include general education courses or other content-specific courses 
that are also included in title IV-eligible programs, and it is more 
efficient for institutions to be able to offer the same course in both 
programs. One commenter stated that it is illogical to exclude these 
courses because revenue generated from the same courses would count in 
the 90/10 calculation if included in an eligible program. Commenters 
also asserted that it is unrealistic to expect proprietary institutions 
to not have any overlapping courses. Additionally, some of these 
commenters opined that title IV-eligible courses have demonstrated 
quality, and therefore the Department's regulations that do not allow 
students in ineligible programs to enroll in these courses do a 
disservice to these students. These commenters requested the Department 
explain the intention of modifying the non-title IV revenue 
requirements to prohibit programs that include courses offered in an 
eligible program.
    A few commenters stated that they understood why the Department 
proposed to exclude revenue from ineligible programs that include 
courses also offered in title IV-eligible programs, but they believed 
it would be more appropriate to limit the number of courses an 
ineligible program could incorporate from eligible programs rather than 
outright prohibiting these courses. A few commenters asked how the 
Department would define ``course'' for the purposes of Sec.  
668.28(a)(3)(iii).
    Discussion: We recognize that some proprietary institutions will 
need to adapt to meet the new requirement that proprietary institutions 
must count all Federal revenue in the numerator of the 90/10 
calculation. The Department is concerned this change may incentivize 
proprietary institutions to push students to enroll in ineligible 
programs that generate 90/10 revenues rather than programs that are 
eligible for title IV aid, perhaps even ineligible programs that are 
similar to, or piecemeal duplicates of, eligible programs if 
institutions are allowed to include revenue from ineligible programs 
that offer even a limited number of courses offered in eligible 
programs. As some commenters noted, there may be eligible programs that 
include general education courses, as well as more specialized content, 
and institutions might recruit students to take the specialized content 
courses that would not be eligible for title IV funds on a standalone 
basis. Revenues from students who only enroll in courses from an 
eligible program without enrolling in the eligible program will not be 
counted in the institution's 90/10 revenues to avoid instances where 
students eligible for title IV funds might be persuaded to pay for some 
courses out-of-pocket to alter revenues an institution would report in 
the 90/10 calculation. The Department is not preventing institutions 
from offering any ineligible programs and these requirements only apply 
when an institution wants to include revenue from the ineligible 
program in its 90/10 calculation.
    Regarding the definition of course in the context of ineligible 
programs, the Department would determine on a case-by-case basis if an 
institution should not count in its 90/10 calculation revenue from an 
ineligible program because the ineligible program included content from 
an eligible program for purposes of Sec.  668.28(a)(3)(iii).
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters requested clarification on proposed 
Sec.  668.28(a)(3)(iii)(B) and language included in the preamble of the 
NPRM which stated that a non-eligible course would need to be taught by 
one of its instructors of an eligible program. These commenters 
believed that statement differs from the proposed regulatory language, 
which requires that the course

[[Page 65450]]

be taught by one of the institution's instructors. These commenters 
stated the proposed rule does not conform to the consensus language and 
that our interpretations as expressed in the NPRM preamble will reduce 
educational opportunities for students seeking to enter essential 
professions. These commenters further stated that the NPRM preamble 
describing the proposed changes to Sec.  668.28(a)(3)(iii) arbitrarily 
incorporates new language that changes the requirement to one that 
requires the non-title IV eligible educational program's courses be 
taught by instructors of a title IV eligible program in order for the 
associated revenues to be included in the 90/10 calculation.
    Discussion: We agree with commenters that the regulatory language 
means that the instructor must be employed by the proprietary 
institution, not that the instructor must be an instructor in a title 
IV-eligible program. The Department clarifies that courses in an 
ineligible program must be taught by one of the institution's 
instructors, and that instructor may or may not teach in a title IV-
eligible program. We interpret this language to mean an instructor 
employed by the institution, not an instructor under independent 
contractor status.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter supported the proposed regulations that 
would allow institutions to include revenue from ineligible programs 
offered at an employer facility. Several commenters opposed the 
Department's proposed regulations which would disallow revenue from 
ineligible programs not offered at the institution's main campus, an 
approved additional location, another school facility approved by the 
appropriate State agency or accrediting agency, or an employer 
facility. One of these commenters observed that institutions can offer 
up to half of title IV-eligible programs at an unapproved location. A 
few of these commenters asserted that distance education is a 
beneficial mode of education and should be allowed when employers 
accept training offered through this modality or when the program is 
taught at a main campus approved by the appropriate State licensing or 
accrediting agency.
    Discussion: The Department appreciates the commenter's support for 
allowing institutions to include revenue from an ineligible program 
offered at an employer facility. We disagree with commenters that we 
should allow proprietary institutions to count funds generated from 
programs offered at other unapproved locations or through distance 
education as non-Federal revenue in their 90/10 calculations. The 
Department worked with the Committee to develop the language regarding 
the location of ineligible programs and believes that the regulations 
strike a balance between providing necessary consumer protections 
guardrails for purposes of 90/10, while allowing proprietary 
institutions to incorporate revenue from non-title IV programs of value 
to students at other approved locations that provide Title IV programs 
and from their main campus. The guardrails negotiated by the Committee 
require proprietary institutions to exclude revenue generated from 
ineligible programs offered through distance education. Restricting 
program revenues for 90/10 to sources from approved locations will 
better provide a nexus for those ineligible programs to be offered by 
the institution's instructors. This will also ensure that the programs 
are offered from locations that have authorization from an 
institution's accrediting agency and from the states in which they are 
located. Limiting these ineligible programs from distance education or 
from unapproved locations will also permit greater oversight of the 
reported revenues by the Department. After weighing the potential 
benefits and risks, the Department has determined that the risk of 
abuse outweighs the potential benefits. We decline to allow 
institutions to include revenue generated from these ineligible 
programs in their 90/10 calculations. We further note that these 
regulations only govern revenue generated from ineligible programs that 
an institution counts in its 90/10 calculation and does not exclude a 
proprietary institution's ability to offer these programs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters requested clarification that the 
appropriate State agency that can approve an ineligible program may be 
the agency responsible for the profession and not the State educational 
agency. Commenters stated educational programs not eligible for title 
IV funding frequently provide specialized training education in 
specific trades, including entry-level healthcare programs, electrical 
and plumbing programs, and commercial truck driving. The commenters 
further stated that in these cases, State agencies outside of the 
States' Department of Education are often charged with approving trade-
specific education programs, such as Boards of Contractors, State 
Licensing Authorities, Departments of State, Departments of 
Transportation, or the State may contract out the certification process 
to a third-party acting under the authority of the applicable State 
agency.
    Discussion: The Department interprets the appropriate State agency 
to mean the agency responsible for approving or licensing the program, 
which may not be the State education agency.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters expressed concern that the term ``self-
study'' is ambiguous, and depending on the structure of certain 
courses, the term ``self-study'' might mean a course that does not 
follow a prescribed lecture format, a course that has little or no 
direct student or instructor interaction, a course of independent 
study, or an asynchronous distance education course. These commenters 
requested clarification from the Department for what constitutes 
``self-study.'' One commenter claimed the term is impermissibly vague.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with commenters that the term 
self-study is vague and believes the definition of self-study course is 
self-evident. Section 487(d) of the HEA states that institutions can 
count funds paid by a student or on behalf of a student for an 
ineligible program in their 90/10 calculation if the revenue is 
generated from an ineligible education or training program if it meets 
certain requirements related to industry credentialing or external 
approvals from a state or accrediting agency. Self-taught or similar 
types of self-directed programs often do not represent anything other 
than an off-the-shelf product to which the institution adds no value or 
enrichment for its students. Even in instances where they do not 
represent an off-the-shelf product, they still represent little value-
added by the institution because they are self-taught or directed. One 
of the purposes of the 90/10 calculation is to show that what the 
institution offers is of sufficient value that students or others are 
willing to invest non-Federal money to attend that institution. 
Charging for an off-the-shelf product and counting that as non-Federal 
revenue does not reflect any value from the institution any more than 
revenues from unrelated products an institution might sell.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters stated that the regulations should allow 
institutions to count in their 90/10 calculation revenue from programs 
that prepare students for initial licensure in a field because the 
proposed regulations allow them to count revenue generated by programs 
that help students maintain or supplement licensure.
    Discussion: Ineligible programs that prepare students for licensure 
would

[[Page 65451]]

generally be considered programs that provide an industry-recognized 
credential or certification. Therefore, the Department would consider 
revenue generated from these programs as permissible non-Federal 
revenue for purposes of 90/10, as long as these programs meet the other 
criteria outlined in Sec.  668.28(a)(3)(iii).
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters noted that the current 90/10 regulations 
permit institutions to include revenues from programs that prepare 
students to take an examination for an industry-recognized credential 
or certification issued by an independent third party to count as non-
title IV revenue in their 90/10 calculation, and the proposed 
regulations remove this provision. These commenters recommended that 
the Department continue to allow this practice. A few commenters also 
disagreed with the Department's assertion that quality programs 
generally prepare students to sit for an exam without an additional 
test preparation program. A few commenters also stated that students 
may struggle with taking an exam for an industry-recognized credential 
and noted that these test preparation courses help those students.
    A couple of comments also asked for clarification on the proposed 
language. They questioned if institutions could include revenue from 
ineligible programs that train students for an industry-recognized 
credential that is issued by a third party, not the institution, as 
non-Federal revenue in their 90/10 calculation. A few of these 
commenters provided examples of programs that they believe the 
Department should recognize as allowable revenue.
    Discussion: Test preparation programs do not constitute education 
or training as required by section 487(d) of the HEA. These courses 
represent review material, rather than the substantive training 
provided to a student that is supposed to underpin the test preparation 
classes. Additionally, the Department does not want to inadvertently 
incentivize institutions to offer lower-quality education or training 
programs that would have to be supplemented by taking a test 
preparation course to pass the exam for an industry-recognized 
credential in order to generate institutional revenue from the test 
preparation class, or add additional requirements such as test 
preparation courses that might unnecessarily raise costs for 
students.\6\ Institutions may provide test preparation classes so long 
as the revenues are not included in the 90/10 revenue calculation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ 87 FR 45456.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Department clarifies that the institution itself is not 
required to provide the industry-recognized credential for the program 
to be included in the 90/10 calculation. We consider revenue generated 
from ineligible programs that provide education or training needed for 
an industry-recognized credential that is issued by a third-party, such 
as commercial truck driving or allied health professions, as allowable 
non-Federal revenue for purposes of 90/10.
    Changes: None.

Application of Funds (Sec.  668.28(a)(4))

Presumption That Federal Funds Are Used To Pay Tuition, Fees, or Other 
Institutional Charges

    Comments: One commenter recommended that the Department modify the 
presumption that Federal funds disbursed directly to a student are used 
to pay tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. The commenter 
recommended that we clarify that this presumption only applies if the 
student makes a payment to the institution and that institutions should 
limit the amount that they include as Federal revenue as the smaller 
amount of the Federal funds the student received or the payment that 
the student made to the institution.
    Discussion: The regulations already clarify that proprietary 
institutions only make this presumption if a student makes a payment to 
the institution. In terms of limiting the payment to the lesser amount 
of the Federal funds received or the funds the student paid the 
institution, section 487(d) of the HEA states that the institution 
should presume that ``any Federal education assistance funds that are 
disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a student will be used to pay 
the student's tuition, fees, or other institutional charges.'' 
Therefore, it would be inconsistent with the statute to limit the 
presumption to be either the lesser of the payment or the Federal funds 
received.
    Changes: None.

Grant Funds Provided by Non-Federal Agencies That Are Comprised of 
Federal and State Funds

    Comments: Several commenters recommended that the Department not 
require proprietary institutions to obtain the breakdown of Federal and 
State portions of grant funds from non-Federal agencies because this 
would be a de minimis amount and would be unduly burdensome for the 
institution. A few other commenters recommended that the dollar amounts 
would be so small that the Department should allow institutions to 
count the full grant from the non-Federal agency as funds that can 
satisfy a student's tuition, fees, or other institutional charges, even 
if those grant funds have some Federal dollars. A few commenters 
suggested that the Department reduce the burden on institutions by 
publishing the Federal and State percentages of grant funds from non-
Federal agencies for institutions to reference. One commenter suggested 
that we allow institutions to exclude students from their 90/10 
calculations if those students received grant funds from a non-Federal 
agency and the proprietary institution is unable to determine the 
breakdown of Federal and State funds for the grant. Finally, one 
commenter asked to what lengths an institution should go to obtain this 
breakdown of grant funds.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with assertions that it will 
be unduly burdensome for institutions to obtain the Federal portion of 
grant funds. Non-Federal agencies are required to follow strict 
accounting procedures for Federal funds, and proprietary institutions 
should be able to work with the relevant agencies to obtain this 
breakdown.\7\ Institutions, not the Department, are the best situated 
entities to be familiar with grants from non-Federal agencies and to 
work with those agencies to obtain additional information as necessary. 
The statute clearly intends for all Federal funds to be captured in the 
numerator of the 90/10 calculation, and it would be inconsistent with 
the statute to allow institutions to count certain Federal funds as 
reducing other Federal funds or to not count a student's other Federal 
revenue in limited situations where the institution cannot obtain the 
breakdown of Federal and non-Federal funds. The regulations clarify 
that in instances where the institution cannot determine the amount of 
Federal funds, the institution must exclude the entirety of the funds 
from the calculation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ OMB Circular A-87, revised May 10, 2004: www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A87/a87_2004.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Although institutions must exclude funds for which they cannot 
determine the breakdown, we expect institutions to attempt to determine 
the Federal and non-Federal breakdown of grant funds. The Department 
would evaluate whether the institution sufficiently attempted to 
determine the Federal and non-Federal components of grant funds on a 
case-by-case basis in when the

[[Page 65452]]

institution is unable to obtain this breakdown.
    Changes: None.

Funds Allocated Under Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA)

    Comments: A few commenters stated the classification of WIOA-type 
funds as Federal education assistance funds would violate section 
487(d)(1)(C)(ii) of the HEA, which states that an institution can apply 
funds provided under a contractual arrangement with a Federal, State, 
or local government agency for the purpose of providing job training to 
select individuals to satisfy a student's tuition, fees, or other 
institutional charges before it applies Federal funds to those charges. 
The commenters further stated that we have long recognized that WIOA 
funds fit this definition because WIOA funds are provided under a job 
training contract funded for the purpose of providing job training to 
dislocated workers and individuals who are unemployed, underemployed, 
or disabled. They opined that the Department has long permitted 
proprietary institutions to apply WIOA-type funds to tuition and fees 
prior to applying title IV funds. The commenters suggested that even 
under the ARP, an institution must continue to apply first any WIOA-
type funds to a student's tuition, fees, or other institutional 
charges. One commenter concluded that categorizing WIOA-type funds as 
Federal education assistance funds and as job training funds applied 
first would render the presumption rule superfluous as to WIOA-type 
funds, in violation of Supreme Court precedent.\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ The comment cited McNeill v. United States, 563 U.S. 816, 
822 (2011) citing United States v. Wilson, 503 U.S. 329, 334 (1992) 
(``[A]bsurd results are to be avoided'')
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Discussion: Institutions can apply non-Federal portions of WIOA-
type funds to tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. Section 
487(d)(1)(C)(ii) of the HEA refers to the application of funds that the 
institution receives from a contract. The section does not categorize 
those funds as Federal and non-Federal. It would be inconsistent with 
the statutory change enacted by the ARP, which states that institutions 
must include all Federal education assistance funds in the numerator of 
their 90/10 calculation, to continue to allow institutions to first 
apply Federal portions of WIOA-type funds to tuition, fees, and other 
institutional charges before applying other Federal funds.
    Changes: None.

Revenue Generated From Institutional Aid (Sec.  668.28(a)(5))

Institutional Loans

    Comments: Many commenters supported the Department's proposal to 
clarify that only principal payments on institutional loans count as 
non-Federal for 90/10 purposes. One commenter also supported the 
Department clarifying that institutional scholarships defined in Sec.  
668.28(a)(5) exclude funds from the institution, its owners, or 
affiliates.
    Discussion: We thank the commenters for their support. We clarified 
appendix C to show how institutions should record this when calculating 
90/10. We modified the line item for institution loans in appendix C to 
show how institutions should notate the full amount they received from 
students repaying institutional loans in the first column, but 
institutions should calculate and only include the principal payment 
amount in the second adjusted amount column.
    Changes: We revised the line item showing institutional loans in 
appendix C.

Income Share Agreements

    Comments: Many commenters generally supported the Department's 
proposed guardrails that institutions must abide by in order to include 
revenue from ISAs in their 90/10 calculation. Many of these commenters 
also supported not allowing institutions to count proceeds from the 
sale of ISAs in their 90/10 calculation.
    Discussion: The Department thanks these commenters for their 
support.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters opposed the proposed requirement that 
only the portion of cash payments that represent ``principal payments'' 
on ISAs or alternative financing agreements should be included in 90/10 
calculations. These commenters stated that because ISAs do not have 
principal balances or charge interest, and because the amount that 
students may ultimately pay under an ISA (if any) is indeterminable 
until after the end of the end of the ISA, no portion of any student's 
payment is a payment of principal, and there is no established 
methodology for imputing or inferring what amount of a student's 
payment can reasonably be attributed to ``principal.'' These commenters 
stated that, in its current form, the proposed rule unreasonably fails 
to provide sufficient guidance to proprietary institutions that provide 
ISAs to comply with the proposed requirements. They recommended that we 
should count the entirety of each payment until the total amount of 
payments exceeds the amount financed and any amount exceeding the 
amount financed should not count as non-Federal revenue.
    A few other commenters requested additional clarification on 
whether the principal payments on the income share agreement or other 
financing agreement must be aligned with current institutional charges, 
or whether principal payments made following matriculation, but still 
related to an institutional charge, may be counted. The commenters 
stated that this would arise in a situation in which the borrower has 
graduated, but the terms of the payment extend beyond the completion 
date.
    Discussion: The Department does acknowledge the commenters' 
assertions that ISAs may be structed differently than traditional 
private loans and may use different terminology than ``principal'' and 
``interest'' for similar concepts. In the normal course of business, an 
entity must record what portion of payments they receive from students 
is considered profit and what portion is considered a return of 
capital. For 90/10 purposes, a portion of student payments must be 
allocated to profit, and a portion must be allocated as a return of 
capital. Institutions must limit the return of capital included in 
their 90/10 calculation to the amount of capital originally applied to 
tuition, fees, and other institutional charges according to the 
application of payments for the 90/10 calculation. We revised our 
terminology to be broader in two paragraphs and also revised the ISA 
line item in appendix C to reflect that the total amount of student 
payments that an institution receives is not the same amount that it 
counts in its 90/10 calculation. We modified Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii)(B) 
to provide that the agreement clearly identifies the maximum time and 
maximum amount a student would be required to pay, including the 
implied or imputed interest rate, any fees, and any revenue generated 
for a related third-party, the institution, or any entity described 
above for that maximum time period, and Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii)(C) to 
provide that all payments must be applied with a portion allocated to 
the return of capital and a portion applied to profit and that revenue, 
interest, or fees would not be included in the calculation.
    We continue to believe that institutionally-issued ISAs and other 
alternative financial products should be treated the same as 
institutional loans in the 90/10 calculation. Institutions may only 
count in their 90/10 calculation the principal payments made on private 
institutional loans, and it is appropriate

[[Page 65453]]

to have similar requirements for ISAs. If the Department allowed an 
institution to include the full payments on ISAs up to the amount of 
institutional charges, this may incentivize the use of ISAs because 
institutions would be able to count the student's full payment amount 
in their 90/10 calculation rather than only a portion of the payment.
    The Department, the Truth in Lending Act (TILA), and its 
implementing Regulation Z \9\ require that institutions provide 
numerous disclosures on private institutional loans so that borrowers 
can make an informed financial choice. Students should be able to make 
meaningful comparisons between ISAs and traditional loans. ISAs and 
other alternative financial products should be required to provide 
similar disclosures so that students can compare the various financial 
options available to them. The Department declines to remove the 
disclosure requirements and believes that institutions base the imputed 
or implied interest rate it discloses based on the maximum time and 
amount that a student would be required to repay. These requirements 
only apply to revenue from ISAs or other alternative financing 
agreements that institutions wish to count in their 90/10 calculation, 
and these regulations do not apply to ISAs or alternative financing 
agreements that institutions do not wish to include in their 90/10 
calculation or to ISAs or alternative financing agreements financed by 
an unrelated third-party that does not meet any of the criteria 
described in Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ 12 CFR part 1026.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In response to questions about the application to tuition, fees, 
and other institutional charges, the Department clarifies that ISAs and 
other alternative financing products should be treated like 
institutional loans. This means that the relevant tuition, fees, and 
other institutional charges that the institution should identify in its 
agreement and consider when determining the portion of a student's 
payment that counts in its 90/10 calculation are those at the time the 
student signs the agreement. Institutions are also required to take 
into consideration the amount of payments for tuition and fees that 
were allocated to payments of Federal funds under the presumption in 
Sec.  668.68(a)(4). The institution is responsible for keeping track of 
the relevant tuition, fees, and other institutional charges that were 
not deemed to be paid for with title IV funds to ensure that when the 
student begins making payments on the product, the institution does not 
count in its 90/10 calculation payments that exceed the tuition, fees, 
and other institutional charges that were not paid by title IV funds. 
We have clarified that regulation to convey more clearly which 
institutional charges are relevant to the agreement.
    Changes: We clarified Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(iii)(A) to better 
communicate what stated institutional charges the agreement must not 
exceed. The Department revised Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(iii)(B) to provide 
that the agreement clearly identifies the maximum time and maximum 
amount a student would be required to pay, including the implied or 
imputed interest rate and any fees and revenue generated for a related 
third-party, the institution, or any entity described above, for that 
maximum time period, and Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii)(C) to provide that all 
payments are applied with a portion allocated to the return of capital 
and a portion allocated to profit and that revenue, interest, and fees 
are not included in the calculation. We also revised the line item in 
appendix C showing how institutions should count payments on ISAs 
covered by Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii) in their 90/10 calculation.
    Comments: Commenters stated that the Department lacks the legal 
authority to establish an interest rate limit, either real or imputed, 
on ISAs for 90/10 purposes or for any other purpose. These commenters 
stated that, even if the Department has such authority, the proposed 
regulation is arbitrary and favors more traditional private student 
loans over ISAs without any countervailing policy benefits. The 
commenters further suggested that, if the Department is correct in its 
concurrence with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's (CFPB's) 
assertion that ISAs are private education loans, then the Department 
has no more authority to restrict the imputed interest rates of ISAs 
then it has to restrict interest rates for more traditional private 
education loans. These commenters stated that interest rate limits on 
ISAs are regressive and opined that the regulation fails to fully 
define ISAs or alternative financing mechanisms. A couple of commenters 
asked if an institution could subsidize the interest rate if so that it 
would, in effect, be same as or lower than the comparable Direct Loan 
interest rate.
    A few commenters stated that ineligible programs, by definition, 
are not eligible for title IV funding and noted there are situations in 
which individual students may not be eligible for title IV funds. Thus, 
they questioned the Department's rationale for requiring that the 
implied or imputed interest rate of ISAs not exceed the interest rate 
on comparable Federal loans since students may not be eligible for 
those loans. They also recommended that we amend the section governing 
interest rates for ISAs to include all borrower types, and not just 
undergraduates and graduates.
    Discussion: In light of the comments the Department received 
regarding the structure of ISAs, we have removed the proposed limit on 
the interest rate that ISAs can assess if they are included in an 
institution's 90/10 calculation. We have decided to remove this 
proposed requirement because, as commenters noted, the rate will vary 
from student to student and at various times over a students' payment 
trajectory if their income changes.
    Changes: The Department removed the proposed limit on the interest 
rate for an ISA that an institution must disclose to a student if the 
ISA funds are included in its 90/10 calculation in Sec.  
668.28(a)(5)(ii)(D). As a technical change, we moved proposed Sec.  
668.28(a)(5)(iii) to Sec.  668.28(a)(6)(vii), redesignated proposed 
Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(iv) as Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(iii), and redesignated 
proposed Sec.  668.28(a)(6)(vii) as Sec.  668.28(a)(6)(viii). We moved 
this paragraph because this provision is more appropriately included in 
the paragraph that outlines what funds must be excluded from an 
institution's 90/10 calculation.
    Comments: A few commenters requested clarification on whether Sec.  
668.28(a)(5), specifically the paragraph about ISAs, applies to both 
eligible and non-eligible programs. These commenters observed that the 
example in appendix C of revenue generated from ineligible programs 
does not include an example of these payments. A few commenters urged 
the Department to be mindful of student affordability concerns and 
allow institutions to include payments on ISAs or other alternative 
financing agreements in their 90/10 calculations with appropriate 
guardrails.
    Discussion: Institutions can generate non-Federal revenue from 
payments on ineligible programs from sources identified under Sec.  
668.28(a)(5). As previously stated, appendix C is an example and is not 
intended to reflect every line item an institution may include. 
Finally, we believe these regulations align with commenters who urged 
us to allow institutions to include ISAs with appropriate guardrails.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A couple of commenters asked us how we would evaluate the 
relationship between a vendor and an institution and if the term 
limitation applies to both ISAs and private loans.

[[Page 65454]]

    Discussion: We revised Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii) to clarify the 
relationships covered by these regulations. The Department would 
evaluate if the relationship between a vendor and an institution meets 
these criteria to determine if the ISA or alternative financing 
agreement is covered by this section. ISAs and private loans must meet 
the Department's established criteria for private loans, and those 
would be the applicable term limitation for them. (See 34 CFR part 
601.) We also note that TILA and Regulation Z outline additional 
requirements for private education loans.
    Changes: The Department revised the relationships covered by Sec.  
668.28(a)(5)(ii) to include agreements with the institution only or 
with any entity or individual in the institution's ownership tree, or 
with any common ownership of the institution and the entity providing 
the funds, or if the entity or another entity with common ownership has 
any other relationships or agreements with the institution.
    Comments: A few commenters asked the Department what we would 
consider to be an ISA or alternative financing agreement.
    Discussion: We would generally consider an agreement with a student 
or prospective student that is not a traditional loan but involves the 
institution or related party, as defined in Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii), 
paying or reducing tuition, fees, or other institutional charges with 
the anticipation that a student will repay that entity later using 
other defined repayment terms as an ISA or other alternative financing 
agreement.
    Changes: None.

Institutional Scholarships

    Comment: One commenter argued that the Department should include 
``tuition discount'' in its definition of allowable revenue from 
institutional scholarships because that is included in section 
487(a)(1)(D)(iii) of the HEA, which describes allowable revenue from 
institutional scholarships.
    Discussion: The commenter is correct about the content of this HEA 
section. However, section 487(d)(1)(a) of the HEA requires that 
proprietary institutions calculate their revenue for purposes of 90/10 
through cash basis accounting. Tuition discounting is not a cash 
payment on a student's ledger, and therefore it would not be able to be 
counted as allowable institutional revenue using this method of 
accounting.
    Changes: None.

Funds Excluded From Revenues (Sec.  668.28(a)(6))

Institutional Matches and Returned Federal Funds

    Comments: One commenter asked the Department to clarify if 
institutional matching funds for Federal programs that are not title IV 
programs are excluded from a proprietary institution's 90/10 
calculation. The commenter stated that they assumed the Department 
means to treat institutional matching funds the same for both title IV 
and Federal programs. The commenter also requested that the Department 
clarify if it intends for proprietary institutions to exclude all 
Federal funds that are required to be refunded or returned, or if the 
Department intends only for institutions to exclude title IV funds that 
must be returned under Sec.  668.22. Similarly, the commenter stated 
that they assume the Department means to treat Federal funds the same 
as title IV funds for purposes of exclusions.
    Discussion: The commenter is correct, and we have changed Sec.  
668.28(a)(6)(iii) and (iv) to clarify our intent. The final rule 
excludes from the proprietary institutions' revenue calculation all 
funds provided by the institution as matching funds for all Federal 
programs. The exclusion is not limited to just title IV programs. 
However, we clarify that if institutions use any qualified outside 
funds, such as state grants, to satisfy institutional matching 
requirements for Federal funds, institutions can include those 
qualified funds in their 90/10 calculation. This is consistent with 
what we allow for institutional matching funds for title IV programs.
    Likewise, the final rule excludes from proprietary institutions' 
90/10 calculation the amount of all Federal funds, not just title IV 
funds, that must be returned to their respective granting agencies.
    Changes: The Department changed Sec.  668.28(a)(6)(iii) to provide 
that, for the fiscal year, the institution does not include the amount 
of institutional funds used to match Federal funds. Further, the 
Department changed Sec.  668.28(a)(6)(iv) to provide that, for the 
fiscal year, the institution does not include the amount of Federal 
funds refunded to students or returned to the Secretary under Sec.  
668.22 or required to be returned to the applicable program.

Sale of Accounts Receivable

    Comments: Several commenters supported the Department's proposal to 
exclude proceeds from selling accounts receivable in an institution's 
90/10 calculation. Several other commenters supported allowing 
proprietary institutions to count proceeds from accounts receivable as 
non-Federal revenue in their 90/10 calculation. Many of these 
commenters indicated that the HEA does not authorize the Department to 
deny an institution from taking accelerated tuition payments, which 
they stated is what proceeds from the sale of accounts receivable 
represent. A few commenters observed that institutions are currently 
allowed to count revenue from accounts receivable in their 90/10 
calculation and asked the Department to explain its rationale for 
changing current practice. A few commenters requested clarification 
whether Sec.  668.28(a)(6) is intended to exclude any amount of this 
revenue, or only the portion of the sale that is not tied back to 
tuition, fees, and institutional charges.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with commenters that the 
proceeds from sales of accounts receivable represent payments of 
tuition, fees, or other institutional charges for the purposes of 
education or training. As stated in the NPRM, through program reviews 
and oversight activities, the Department has observed instances where 
sales of institutional loans were made at inflated prices to entities 
that were later identified as being parties to other business 
relationships with the institution.\10\ Even instances where the sales 
of accounts receivables are to unrelated business entities, the 
Department has determined that those proceeds should be excluded 
because they are not for tuition and fees provided by the institution 
that should be counted in the 90/10 revenues. These payments are from 
entities that are purchasing assets in an expectation that they may be 
able to profit from collecting on those debts. Since these sales to 
other parties are not made to pay tuition and fees for students, 
excluding these proceeds from the institution's revenues for the 90/10 
calculation is consistent with intent of the statute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ 87 FR 45459.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Changes: None.

Sanctions (Sec.  668.28(c))

Requirement That a Proprietary Institution Notify Students if It Fails 
90/10

    Comments: Many commenters supported the Department's proposed 
regulations to require an institution to notify students if it does not 
pass 90/10. A few commenters recommended that the Department not 
require institutions

[[Page 65455]]

to notify students because it might encourage students to prematurely 
leave the school when the failure may be minor or a calculation error. 
One commenter recommended that Sec.  668.28(c)(3) note that proprietary 
institutions, when informing students of the institution's 90/10 
failure for a particular fiscal year, may also provide a statement 
about the institution's remedial plan for seeking to achieve 90/10 
compliance in the next fiscal year. One commenter asked the Department 
to define what it considers a notification.
    Discussion: We appreciate support from commenters who agree that an 
institution should notify students if it fails 90/10 in a fiscal year. 
The Department disagrees with commenters that do not think an 
institution should be required to notify students because students 
should have timely information about a potential loss of title IV 
eligibility at that institution so that they can make informed 
enrollment decisions. Nothing in the Department's requirement that 
institutions notify students prohibits institutions from describing the 
steps that they are taking or will take to address the 90/10 failure.
    Institutions are the best judge of how to communicate information 
to their students, but we would generally expect that a notification 
would be published on an institution's website, emailed to students, 
and communicated in some medium that all students can and do access. 
Additionally, the notification should use plain language and clearly 
communicate that a consecutive failure would mean that students are no 
longer able to use their title IV funds at the school.
    Changes: None.

Notifying the Department if an Institution Later Determines That It 
Failed 90/10

    Comments: A few commenters requested clarification of Sec.  
668.28(c)(4) and what the Department considers immediate notification 
that the institution obtained additional information and calculated 
that it had failed the 90/10 calculation more than 45 days past the 
fiscal year end date. A few commenters recommended we include a 
timeframe with a specific number of business days instead of requiring 
an ``immediate'' notification.
    Discussion: We decline to include a certain number of business days 
that an institution must notify the Department because we recognize 
that institutions may obtain new information under different 
circumstances, and it is more appropriate to maintain the flexibility 
to determine if the institution provided an immediate notification. 
Generally, we would interpret the plain language reading to mean that 
institutions notify the Department as soon as they obtain this 
additional information.
    Changes: None.

Liability for Title IV Funds Disbursed After Losing Eligibility Due to 
90/10 Failure

    Comments: A few commenters opposed the Department's proposal to 
institute full liability for title IV funds disbursed after an 
institution fails 90/10 and encouraged us to continue our current 
practice of using the estimated loss formula to assess liability. These 
commenters observed that initial determinations of 90/10 compliance 
made in good faith may be overturned months later after many loan 
disbursements have been made based on additional information the 
institution obtains. These commenters argued that if the institution 
acted in good faith, the Department should not gain a double recovery 
on loan payments from students and punish the school. One commenter 
opined that this proposal seems designed to close any proprietary 
institution that loses title IV eligibility due to failing 90/10.
    Several commenters requested clarification for when an 
institution's liability begins. A few commenters stated that an 
institution can only be liable for funds it disburses after it 
determines that it failed 90/10.
    Discussion: The Department clarified Sec.  668.28(c)(5) that 
institutions are liable for title IV funds that they disburse beginning 
on the first day of the fiscal year immediately following their second 
consecutive 90/10 failure. Instituting full liability beginning on the 
first day of the fiscal year after an institution loses title IV 
eligibility due to two consecutive 90/10 failures will better protect 
the integrity of taxpayer dollars. Based on the Department's 
experience, institutions monitor their compliance with 90/10 throughout 
the fiscal year and are aware when they are going to fail, or are close 
to failing, the standards. Establishing full repayment liability is 
necessary to discourage institutions from disbursing title IV funds 
after losing eligibility or delaying conducting their 90/10 calculation 
in order to prolong title IV eligibility where the institution would 
otherwise benefit by having its students being responsible to repay the 
ineligible loan funds that the institution received on their behalf. 
The decision to continue disbursing funds when there is a loss of 
eligibility, or a high risk of a loss of eligibility, falls solely with 
the institution and therefore the institution should solely be 
responsible for the repayment of those funds. The Department disagrees 
with commenters that claimed that we do not have the authority to 
assess liability for any part of a fiscal year before the institution 
determines that it fails 90/10. Section 487(d) of the HEA establishes 
that a failure of the 90/10 revenue requirements for two consecutive 
years makes the institution ineligible. The regulations try to mitigate 
any liabilities for title IV funds provided to ineligible institutions 
by requiring the institutions to monitor and report promptly when an 
institution fails the 90/10 requirement for a fiscal year. Institutions 
that are at-risk of losing title IV eligibility for a second 
consecutive 90/10 failure should monitor their funding closely, 
including making inquiries of students about the sources of aid they 
may be receiving from Federal sources. Further, institutions are 
required to submit their 90/10 calculation within 45 days of the end of 
their fiscal year and, in most situations, institutions know or should 
know within that window if they failed 90/10.
    Changes: The Department added language to Sec.  668.28(c)(5) 
clarifying when liability begins.

Change in Ownership (Sec. Sec.  600.2, 600.4, 600.20, 600.21, and 
600.31) (HEA Sections 101, 102, 103, 410, and 498)

General Support

    Comments: A few commenters offered unqualified support for the 
Department's suggested changes to the change in ownership (CIO) 
regulations. Many commenters offered some support, if only for our 
intent to clarify and improve the CIO regulations and the need to 
create regulations to address what commenters described as significant 
problems, while also offering suggestions for or objections to some of 
the proposed changes.
    Discussion: The Department thanks commenters for their support. We 
have attempted to clarify and otherwise improve the CIO process for all 
concerned parties.
    Changes: None.

General Opposition

    Comments: Some commenters expressed concern that the Department is 
over-regulating since CIOs are uncommon and suggested this overreach is 
a result of some large, prominent, and disruptive failed transactions. 
Commenters disagreed that the regulations would provide greater clarity 
as the Department argued. Other commenters expressed opposition to 
individual components of the CIO regulations. One commenter

[[Page 65456]]

recommended that, rather than promulgate these regulations, the 
Department should work with Congress to clarify the CIO provisions as 
Congress works to reauthorize the HEA.
    Discussion: There are several reasons for the Department pursuing 
these changes to the CIO regulations, including to provide greater 
clarity in, and codification of, current practice, as well as address 
distinct problems identified by the referenced Government 
Accountability Office (GAO) report at https://www.gao.gov/products/gao-21-89. As noted in the NPRM, and as reported in 2020 by the GAO, 
between January 2011 and August 2020, of 59 changes of ownership 
(involving 20 separate transactions) involving a conversion from a for-
profit entity to a nonprofit entity, one entire chain that comprised 13 
separate institutions was granted temporary continued access to title 
IV, HEA aid but ceased operations prior to the Department reaching a 
decision on whether to approve the requested conversion to nonprofit 
status. Three-fourths were sold to a nonprofit entity that had not 
previously operated an institution of higher education, increasing the 
risk that students may not get the educational experience for which 
they are paying. One-third had what GAO termed ``insider involvement'' 
in the purchasing of the nonprofit organization (i.e., someone from the 
former for-profit ownership was also involved with the nonprofit 
purchaser), suggesting greater risk of impermissible benefits to those 
insiders. Altogether, the 59 institutions that underwent a change in 
ownership resulting in a conversion received more than $2 billion in 
taxpayer-financed Federal student aid in Award Year 2018-19.
    Given the high impact that will likely result from these 
transactions, we believe these regulations are necessary to carry out 
our statutory obligation to prudently implement and oversee the title 
IV, HEA student assistance programs. We respond to specific comments 
about pieces of the CIO regulations in the appropriate sections.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Some commenters requested further clarification regarding 
what they described as the insufficiency of the current regulatory 
framework and requested the Department provide further explanation of, 
and justification for, the regulatory changes. These commenters stated 
that the amended definitions do not provide sufficient clarity and that 
the definitional changes could result in profound disruption to 
institutions undergoing the CIO process. These commenters further 
stated the Department does not sufficiently justify under the APA the 
need for the changes to the definitions and should provide actual, 
realistic, and evidence-based justifications.
    Discussion: The GAO report on nonprofit conversions is sufficient 
justification for these regulatory changes. It demonstrated both a 
significant increase in the number of CIOs, as well as significant 
title IV funds flowing to institutions involved in CIOs (and as 
specifically reviewed in the report, conversions to nonprofit status). 
Moreover, in reviewing numerous CIO applications, we believe these 
regulations will provide necessary clarity about what will and will not 
lead to a successful CIO process. This clarity will in turn help 
institutions undertaking a CIO to meet the standards in these 
regulations more easily. We disagree that the definitions are unclear; 
for example, the amended definition of ``nonprofit institution'' adds a 
description of institutional characteristics that do not generally meet 
the definition, which will ensure that institutions do not reach an 
inaccurate interpretation. We also disagree that these amended 
definitions will contribute to the disruption of institutions going 
through changes in ownership. Instead, the regulations create a more 
structured process that includes deadlines for when the Department must 
receive certain information and clarifies the standards for what 
constitutes a CIO. We also increase the percentage of ownership 
interest that will, by definition, constitute a change of ownership and 
control, sparing institutions that previously may have had to undergo 
lengthy CIO reviews for certain ownership changes that did not in fact 
represent a change in control. Finally, 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3 and 3474 
authorize the Secretary to promulgate regulations relating to programs 
administered by the Department and as the Secretary determines 
necessary and appropriate to administer and manage the functions of the 
Department.
    Changes: None.

Value of CIOs

    Comments: Some commenters emphasized that CIOs are often in the 
best interests of schools and taxpayers in that they allow for new 
investment in institutions or the continued healthy operations of 
institutions. These commenters further stated that CIOs typically occur 
because an interested buyer has more resources to inject into the 
school to strengthen it, the current owner is planning to retire or 
leave the industry, or an investment fund has timed out. These 
commenters added that CIOs can prevent the closure of institutions that 
may be struggling, thereby preventing disruption to students' 
educational programs, and saving both taxpayers and institutions from 
covering the cost of avoidable closed school discharges.
    Discussion: The changes will not preclude CIOs, and the Department 
acknowledges, as some commenters have stated, that a CIO can be 
beneficial for a school. That is true in some, but not all 
circumstances, so the changes also strive to protect students and 
taxpayers.
    Changes: None.

Regulatory Implementation

    Comments: In response to questions from the Department about when 
to implement these regulations, several commenters recommended at least 
one full academic year to allow institutions an appropriate amount of 
time to implement the regulations. A few commenters suggested delaying 
the rule up to 3 years. Other commenters requested clarity on how the 
new regulations would apply to institutions currently in the process of 
a CIO. They argued that these regulations should not apply to 
transactions currently in process. Several other commenters argued for 
the need to address this pressing problem without commenting on a 
specific implementation date.
    Discussion: In considering the implementation question further, the 
Department believes it is appropriate to follow the master calendar 
provision in section 482 of the HEA and have these regulations take 
effect on July 1, 2023. The Department is concerned that as the number 
of applications for CIOs continues to grow it is important to put in 
these rules clarifying the process as soon as possible. Doing so will 
help institutions put together transactions that are reviewed in a more 
efficient manner. We disagree with waiting one or as many as three 
years for the implementation of these regulations. Given that these 
regulations consider the structuring of transactions rather than the 
way institutions operate, we do not believe that institutions will need 
significant time to adjust the way they administer the title IV 
programs to meet these requirements. As such, we see no need to delay 
the implementation date.
    Regarding CIOs that are underway, because these regulations will go 
into effect on July 1, 2023, any transaction that is slated to close on 
or after July 1, 2023, would be subject to the requirements in this 
regulation. However, the 90-day advance notice requirement would not go 
into effect

[[Page 65457]]

until July 1, 2023, as well. That means any transaction that is 
scheduled to close between July 1, 2023, and October 1, 2023, would not 
be subject to this 90-day requirement since that would require 
submitting a notice prior to the effective date of the regulations.
    Changes: None.

GAO Report and Risk

    Comments: Commenters requested clarification on the types of 
transactions that have proven extremely risky for students and 
taxpayers. Some commenters requested clarification on how the 
referenced GAO report that focused on nonprofit conversions informed 
the Department's approach to transactions that do not involve 
conversions.
    Commenters stated that risk is an unavoidable part of any 
transaction and asked what level of risk we would be willing to accept. 
Commenters further stated that the Department provides no evidence of 
assessments of ``imminent or excessive risk'' to students and taxpayers 
and requested examples of previous transactions that constituted an 
unacceptable amount of risk.
    Discussion: The GAO report explains the kind of risk that 
conversions entail and has been linked to. As noted above, the GAO 
report deals with conversions. However, all CIOs--whether they involve 
conversions or not--involve risk. When a new entity takes control of an 
institution, we are concerned with whether the institution has the 
ability and financial resources to operate the school. We have seen 
instances where a new institution either lacked the financial resources 
or was too burdened with debts or other obligations (whether to former 
owners or other creditors) to succeed. In other instances, an entity 
that has never operated a school struggles to maintain a school, or an 
entity that has operated a smaller school struggles to operate a larger 
school or to integrate additional campuses and locations into their 
operations. Because the concerns vary and are often case-specific, the 
Department believes that the regulations lay out a concrete process 
that will ensure we receive the information we need to make a thorough 
review of a CIO, discourage the instances that have been the most 
concerning in the past, and provide flexibility for institutions that 
may previously have been subject to a CIO review because they met the 
current 25 percent threshold, but the proposed transaction did not 
actually involve a change in control.
    Evidence that we could adduce to support regulating in this 
instance is based on Department experience with a wide variety of 
CIOs--each of which is fact-specific--and does not lend itself to 
exposition in this final rule.
    Changes: None.

Definitions (Sec.  600.2)

    Comments: Some commenters expressed concern related to the amended 
definitions for ``additional location'' and ``branch campus'' and asked 
why those definitions refer to ``physical'' facilities. These 
commenters questioned what impact these changes have on the definition 
of ``prison education programs,'' which are considered additional 
locations but can be offered through distance education.
    Commenters requested further clarification regarding these 
definitions on the inclusion of ``separate'' from the main campus when 
``geographically apart'' is a more precise term. Some commenters asked 
what a location is called that has less than 50 percent of an academic 
program.
    Finally, commenters suggested the Department define ``ownership 
structure.''
    Discussion: We refer to additional locations and branch campuses as 
physical locations to emphasize that they are ``brick and mortar'' 
places of education. PEPs are similar in that they consist of actual 
locations where students are collectively located and receiving 
education together even if that is just, for example, a computer lab 
dedicated to distance education.
    We agree that some precision might have been lost in the change to 
the word ``separate'' and have added back the word ``geographically'' 
in the definition of ``additional location'' and ``branch campus.''
    ``Ownership structure'' refers to the entities and individuals 
involved in the ownership of an institution.
    We do not define in regulation a special term for a location that 
offers less than 50 percent of a program.
    Changes: We have changed ``separate'' to ``geographically 
separate'' in the definitions of ``additional location'' and ``branch 
campus'' in Sec.  600.2.

Distance Education (Sec.  600.2)

    Comments: Commenters stated that the amended definition of 
``distance education'' is ambiguous and asked whether it is only 
relevant to the Department's internal reporting systems. These 
commenters contended that requiring distance education programs to be 
offered and approved from the main campus would create significant 
disruptions to students and unnecessary costs for institutions without 
a discernable benefit.
    These commenters further stated that institutions have used the 
flexibility afforded under current regulatory guidance to offer 
distance education programs from locations that will benefit the most 
students and some students will lose eligibility for State grant funds 
if a distance education program can only be offered from a main campus 
that is in a different State.
    Some commenters stated that requirements related to distance 
education should not be included in CIO regulations and should instead 
be promulgated in a distance education rulemaking package to ensure 
that affected institutions are aware of the proposed changes. 
Commenters recommended that we allow distance education programs to be 
offered from branch campuses. Some commenters recommended that if the 
proposed changes to the definition of ``distance education'' are 
finalized, we should alleviate institutional burden by grandfathering 
existing distance education programs and delaying the effective date 
for three years to allow students to graduate from existing programs. 
Some commenters also referred to waiving fees and costs whenever 
possible, presumably referring to fees that some States and accrediting 
agencies charge, because the Department does not charge fees.
    Commenters stated the regulation does not take into account the 
varying State standards related to physical presence. They noted that 
many States have physical presence triggers that describe these 
standards, and whether institutions are physically located in a State 
or offer instruction in a State may or may not trigger a State 
licensure requirement under applicable State laws. Commenters requested 
clarification that an institution only needs to provide CIO approvals 
from States in which its operations trigger a license requirement and 
greater clarity on how ``physically located'' will be interpreted.
    Discussion: As described in the NPRM, the Department's primary goal 
for updating the definition of distance education is to ensure 
equitable treatment to students enrolled in distance education, 
including for closed school discharges. However, we are persuaded by 
the commenters that the change we proposed could create significant 
unintended challenges for students and institutions that requires 
additional consideration. We also believe that there could be other 
ways to address programs that are offered fully through distance 
education programs. Therefore, we removed the proposed addition to the 
regulations

[[Page 65458]]

stipulating that distance education must be associated with an 
institution's main campus. However, we do not plan to change the 
Department's longstanding practice of associating distance education 
with an institution's main campus that we sought to codify in these 
regulations. Institutions should report to the Department any distance 
education programs offered that are not associated with the 
institution's main campus. The Department intends to explore this issue 
further.
    Changes: We have removed proposed paragraph (6) from the definition 
of ``distance education.''

Nonprofit Institution (Sec.  600.2)

    Comments: Some commenters supported the Department's position that 
we do not exclusively rely on the IRS to determine whether an 
institution is a nonprofit, as the IRS framework is not designed to 
implement title IV and fails to further title IV goals in certain 
respects. These commenters recommended that to reduce uncertainty, we 
should articulate a clearer rationale for the definition of a nonprofit 
institution. Other commenters expressed concerns that the expanded 
definition is beyond what is currently in statute.
    Some commenters stated that only the IRS has the ability to 
determine the tax-status of an organization. Commenters further 
requested clarification on the statutory justification under the HEA 
for the Department to make a determination on the tax-status of an 
institution. Similarly, some commenters argued that we should not adopt 
tests on excess benefits that are more stringent than what the IRS 
requires. In addition, commenters requested clarification on the 
Department's experience making these determinations. Commenters also 
questioned whether we have legal authority to make a determination on 
the tax-status of an institution under W. Virginia v. EPA, 142 S. Ct. 
2587, 2608 (2022). Some commenters requested clarification on how we 
plan to treat institutions that do not meet the nonprofit definition 
but are owned by nonprofit entities under State law and are considered 
tax-exempt organizations for IRS and State tax purposes.
    Some commenters stated ``net earnings'' in paragraph (1) is 
inconsistent with the statutory definition of nonprofit. Commenters 
also stated that the term ``private shareholder'' implies that the 
benefit can occur only between a nonprofit, tax-exempt entity and a 
for-profit entity, or between a nonprofit, tax-exempt entity and an 
individual. These commenters suggested statutory and regulatory 
definitions demonstrate that it is improper to define a nonprofit 
institution by excluding an institution if any part of its net earnings 
``benefits'' any ``private entity'' if that ``private entity'' is 
another 501(c)(3) organization.
    Discussion: We agree with the commenters that it would not be 
appropriate to rely solely on IRS determinations of tax-exempt status 
to decide if an institution is nonprofit. Although tax-exempt status 
under the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) and the definition of nonprofit 
institution under the regulations for purposes of participation in HEA 
programs are related, these are not the same concepts. The Department 
does not determine the tax status of institutions or their owner 
entities. Having 501(c)(3) status is only one element of the definition 
of a nonprofit under the regulations. However, when we determine 
whether the institution's revenues provide an impermissible private 
benefit, we are also guided--but not bound--by authority developed by 
the IRS, as well as the tax court and other courts addressing the issue 
of private or excess benefit transactions. Through this final 
definition, we clarified what qualifies as a nonprofit institution for 
the purpose of HEA program participation and do so under the authority 
provided to the Secretary under 20 U.S.C. 1221e-3 and 3474 to 
promulgate appropriate regulations.
    The Department is concerned about excess benefit transactions even 
when they benefit another nonprofit entity, because they remove funds 
from the institution that should benefit its students. We will consider 
these on a case-by-case basis.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Some commenters asked for clarification on how we would 
treat a situation where an institution is deemed to be nonprofit at the 
state level but not by the Department. They asked if such an 
institution met a State-level requirement for nonprofit institutions 
but not for proprietary institutions, would the Department consider 
that institution to be out of compliance?
    Discussion: The Department cannot determine that an institution is 
a nonprofit without the State also concluding that under its laws. 
However, the Department could conclude that an institution deemed a 
nonprofit under State law should still be treated as a proprietary 
institution for title IV aid. In either situation, the institution 
would need to abide by the State requirements for a nonprofit 
institution, and there is no conflict.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters argued that the HEA definition of a nonprofit 
institution borrowed language from the Internal Revenue Code to define 
a nonprofit, with the exception of an additional clause to say that no 
part of the net earnings ``may lawfully inure'' to the private benefit 
of a shareholder or individual. Commenters argued that the proposed 
definition of a nonprofit institution adopts a different test of what 
constitutes private inurement than what is contemplated in the HEA.
    Discussion: The 501(c)(3) tax exempt status conferred by the IRS, 
while a single requirement under the regulations, is not the only 
requirement for nonprofit status to participate in the HEA programs.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters raised concerns that the lack of a definition 
of ``entity'' and requested greater clarity. One commenter argued that 
the lack of a definition could result in the Department fighting with 
more institutions about their tax status.
    Discussion: The proposed changes to these regulations will provide 
greater clarity without including a definition for entity and we 
disagree this will foment disagreements. The Department refers to 
``entity'' in its regulations at Sec.  600.31 to mean a legal entity 
and does not believe there will be any confusion.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A commenter suggested that the definition of a nonprofit 
should be revised to state that ``nonprofits formerly structured as 
proprietary institutions cannot have net earnings that benefit a 
private entity or person.'' They argued that because the excess revenue 
is used for the mission of a nonprofit institution that a range of 
stakeholders at private nonprofit institutions, including parents, 
faculty, staff, board members, and others can have a beneficial stake 
in the revenue.
    Discussion: The Department does not think it would be appropriate 
to limit the definition only to institutions that were previously 
proprietary institutions. We review many CIOs that are not conversions 
from proprietary to nonprofit status, and we believe we must have 
consistent rules for all of these reviews. The situation described by 
the commenters differs from what the Department addressed with net 
earnings requirements. An institution that invests excess net earnings 
in the improvement of its educational enterprise or building an 
endowment is not specifically benefiting a private individual in the 
ways described in paragraphs (2) through (4) of the definition. In 
addition, institutions that newly apply

[[Page 65459]]

to participate in HEA programs must also meet the definition.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Some commenters thought that the word ``generally'' in 
the lead phrase ``For example, a nonprofit institution is generally not 
an institution that . . .'', presents a loophole that would permit some 
institutions to maintain improper debts and arrangements with former 
owners after a change in ownership. Some commenters argued that 
including the word ``generally'' provided enough flexibility for the 
Department to address some limited situations where an institution 
should be approved as a nonprofit and that adding specific 
clarifications of what those situations could be in the rest of the 
definition created too many carve outs. Other commenters suggested that 
any agreement with a former owner, current or former employee, or board 
member should disqualify the institution from the definition of 
nonprofit, regardless of whether the payments and terms are reasonable. 
Along similar lines, commenters recommended removing carve-outs that 
permit revenue-sharing and other contractual arrangements with 
affiliates of former owners. A commenter also argued that we should 
further explain the instances in which we would not find this general 
definition. One commenter suggested that we add the same language to 
paragraph (2)(i) that is included in paragraph (2)(iii)(C) to allow for 
debt owed to a former owner of the institution or a natural person or 
entity related to or affiliated with the former owner in cases where 
the Secretary determines that the payments and terms under the 
agreement are comparable to payments and terms in an arm's-length 
transaction at fair market value. The commenter also suggested 
clarifying in paragraphs (2)(ii)(C) and (2)(iii)(C) that the provision 
applies specifically to paragraphs (2)(ii)(A) and (B) and (2)(iii)(A) 
and (B), respectively. The commenter suggested these changes stating 
that they would strike a better balance between ensuring the 
transaction benefits students, institutions, and taxpayers without 
impeding the evolution of institutions. One commenter asked the 
Department to clarify whether nonprofit institutions may have debt 
arrangements with their former owners as long as they are reasonable 
based on the fair market value, and if so, whether we could explain the 
standards we will apply in evaluating those arrangements.
    Discussion: We intentionally used the word ``generally'' in the 
proposed definition for nonprofit institution. The Department has 
denied requests to convert to nonprofit status where debts to former 
owners are based on inflated or unsupportable valuations and, 
therefore, do not permit an institution to meet the definition of a 
nonprofit.
    As to the prohibition on a debt owed to a former owner, we have 
seen that those kinds of arrangements allow continuing direct or 
indirect control by that former owner. As such, we do not think the 
suggestion of applying a fair market test would be appropriate for that 
type of relationship.
    A review may include a variety of factors when to assess whether 
there is an impermissible benefit to a private entity. These depend on 
the details of the transaction and what types of agreements are 
involved, particularly as to debt financing or servicing agreements. It 
would be imprudent to try to list them all or to codify them in the 
regulations at the risk of omitting some or giving the impression that 
those listed will necessarily be used and those left out will not. 
However, providing some specificity as to what those items may be is 
important for granting clarity, and we identified them in the 
regulatory language. The Department believes the additional paragraphs 
that follow the lead-in language that uses the word ``generally'' 
provide sufficient detail to clarify that exceptions to these 
requirements will be limited and unusual.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Some commenters argued that the proposed definition of a 
nonprofit institution is internally inconsistent with other regulatory 
requirements for a CIO. They noted that becoming a nonprofit 
institution is the triggering event for the CIO process, but the 
proposed definition of a nonprofit would involve the Department 
determining if the institution is nonprofit. They argued this created 
inconsistency since the nonprofit status would trigger the CIO review, 
but the CIO review is now needed to determine the nonprofit status.
    Discussion: The Department review is to determine whether the 
institution will be recognized as a nonprofit for purposes of the HEA 
programs, and this is not inconsistent having a CIO review triggered 
when a nonprofit entity under state law with an IRS tax-exempt status 
acquires an institution, or if the existing owner of an institution 
converts under state law from a for-profit corporation (or other legal 
entity) to a non-profit corporation (or other legal entity), without 
the institution actually undergoing a change in ownership through, for 
example, an asset sale or a membership interest or stock sale.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters stated that Congress did not intend for public 
institutions of higher education to be categorized as nonprofit 
institutions and the Department's existing definition appropriately 
reflects that intention. These commenters further stated that if public 
institutions are included as ``private shareholders,'' we need to 
clarify the prohibition with former owners in paragraph (2) because 
public institutions do not have former owners. Similarly, these 
commenters suggested clarifying that paragraph (3) does not apply to 
public institutions.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees. HEA section 101(a)(4) 
specifically defines an ``Institution of higher education'' as a public 
or ``other'' nonprofit. In referring to ``other'' nonprofit 
organizations, Congress made clear that the public institutions it was 
referring to were also nonprofit organizations. We also disagree that 
paragraphs (2) and (3) should not apply to public institutions. It is 
possible that there could be prior owners if an institution converts 
from proprietary to public status.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter argued that the Department should refer to 
nonprofit institutions as being ``controlled'' rather than ``owned or 
operated'' since nonprofit entities are not typically owned. They 
argued that it is more common for one nonprofit entity to exercise 
control over another rather than own it.
    Discussion: Institutions are owned by entities regardless of 
whether a nonprofit entity that owns an institution is owned by others.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: One commenter recommended that if an institution can show 
that the transaction has been reviewed by a State agency that oversees 
nonprofit entities, this should suffice as proof that no excess benefit 
was provided to former owners. This commenter further stated that a 
fairness opinion that looks at transactions holistically should provide 
the Department with sufficient comfort that there is no excess benefit 
and that the transactions contemplated are at fair market value. The 
commenter provided suggested regulatory text for their suggestions.
    Discussion: The Department disagrees with the commenter. The 
commenter provided an indication of one State that does such reviews. 
It is unclear, however, if that State's review would examine the same 
situations that concern us. We seek to ensure that an institution is a 
nonprofit solely for the

[[Page 65460]]

purposes of the HEA programs that we administer. It is also unclear how 
many States conduct similar reviews.
    The Department also disagrees with simply accepting a fairness 
opinion. The fairness opinion would not guarantee that it addresses all 
the issues that we need to consider in our review of the CIO for title 
IV purposes. We have sufficient expertise and resources to review and 
analyze materials submitted in support of a transaction (including 
market valuation or appraisals) and do not currently plan to defer to 
conclusions reached by outside parties.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Several commenters argued for providing additional 
limitations on the situations in which agreements with prior owners 
would not be acceptable. They argued that the excess benefit should 
have to be material or provided to an owner who had a certain 
percentage ownership stake in the institution. Another commenter argued 
that there could be situations in which the net earnings of the 
institution benefit a prior owner, but it should not be unlawful. They 
provided an example of transactions in which a buyer pays the seller 
back over time or finances the purchase.
    Discussion: If the relationship with the prior owner is a debt 
obligation, it precludes nonprofit status. Other agreements will be 
evaluated in the context of market rates or actual costs for any 
services and whether the agreement is at arm's length.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters requested clarification whether the Department 
will apply the same reasonableness standard to evaluate the revenue-
sharing arrangements with the persons or entities referenced at 
paragraphs (2)(ii)(A) and (2)(iii)(A) and paragraphs (2)(ii)(B) and 
(2)(iii)(B). Some commenters requested clarification regarding why we 
use a different standard for market analysis of revenue-sharing 
arrangements than the standard for market analysis of leases and other 
agreements. These commenters also requested clarification on what each 
standard means and how the standards differ.
    Discussion: The difference in the language between paragraphs 
(2)(ii)(A) and (2)(iii)(A) and paragraphs (2)(ii)(B) and (2)(iii)(B) is 
due to the difference between revenue-sharing agreements and other 
types of agreements. The same reasonableness standard will apply in 
both cases, but the differences in the types of agreements will affect 
the factors we review in making our determination.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters recommended excluding charitable grants and 
contributions from consideration as revenue sharing agreements, as 
fundraising can extend to personal financial contributions. They raised 
concerns that conditional pledges or matching commitments might be 
considered revenue sharing. Additionally, according to these 
commenters, board members and former employees can gift conditional 
contributions such as matching gifts, donor-advised funds, and split-
interest agreements to nonprofit institutions.
    Discussion: It is not clear why charitable grants and contributions 
would be considered revenue-sharing agreements, but we will review all 
relevant information when determining whether an institution meets the 
definition of nonprofit.
    Changes: None.

Fair-Market Value Assessment (Sec.  600.2)

    Comments: We received a number of comments related to determining 
fair market value, including how that relates to restrictions on 
agreements with former owners.
    Some commenters stated the Department needs to further strengthen 
oversight over market price. Other commenters requested clarification 
on how we will determine ``market price,'' what factors we will to do 
so, what evidence we will use to evaluate reasonableness or fair market 
value, as well as to provide the relevant statutory authority. Some 
requested that we include the factors used to determine market price in 
the regulations. Relatedly, commenters recommended that institutions be 
able to submit specific documentation such as valuations, appraisals, 
and market studies to demonstrate fair market value while another asked 
for clarity on what documentation schools will be required to submit.
    Some commenters suggested that the market assessment would pose a 
barrier to future business relationships or mergers between proprietary 
institutions and nonprofit or public institutions.
    Some commenters recommended that the regulations should not require 
the Secretary to determine market price for arrangements or 
transactions between existing nonprofit institutions. These commenters 
stated the application of these regulations to existing nonprofit 
institutions outside the context of conversions will have a chilling 
effect on transactions between existing nonprofit institutions. They 
further recommended that all such agreements can be deemed permissible 
if there is a determination that the terms are reasonable.
    Discussion: As already noted, we have performed and will continue 
to perform a review of materials submitted by parties to a transaction 
so we can ensure that the transaction does not violate the Department's 
definition of nonprofit. To restrict our consideration to tangible 
assets alone is not tenable because intangible assets affect an 
institution's value and the reasonableness of consideration paid for a 
transaction. However, we will continue to carefully scrutinize inflated 
intangibles when analyzing valuation studies submitted to support 
requests for nonprofit status.
    The Department does not intend to halt all valuations before 
further considering the GAO report. Moreover, the GAO report found that 
we had strengthened our CIO process. Additionally, there are no current 
processes for the IRS to engage with us on specific cases when we 
conduct our review to determine whether an institution is a nonprofit 
for the purposes of participating in programs under the HEA. As noted 
in the GAO report, we have conducted a rigorous and substantive 
analysis since 2016 to determine whether an institution is a nonprofit 
for the purpose of participation based on the pertinent regulations and 
does not depend solely on whether an institution is a 501(c)(3) 
organization under the IRC--which is only one of the requirements under 
the existing regulations.
    To remove the allowance for market-value agreements between 
institutions and affiliates of former owners would eliminate the 
possibility for arrangements that are beneficial for all parties, so we 
will retain that allowance.
    The Department sees no persuasive evidence that expecting parties 
engaged in a CIO ensure that the sums being paid represent a fair 
market valuation will chill beneficial and appropriate requests for 
nonprofit status. Taking control of an institution can carry 
significant expense. Overpaying for a transaction in the short-term or 
through long-term could hamper the ability of the new owner to make any 
necessary investments in educational instruction and quality. We see no 
evidence that requiring parties to a transaction to demonstrate that 
the transaction is based on an assessment of fair value is a burdensome 
requirement. Moreover, this comports with standard expectations for due 
diligence in an arm's length transaction. We are eager to review 
ownership changes and requests for nonprofit status in a way that is 
fair and beneficial for all parties in the

[[Page 65461]]

transaction, as well as for students and taxpayers.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters argued that if the agreement is determined to 
be offered at or below the fair-market value the Department should not 
restrict how that price is financed. They argued that if the former 
owner offers better financial terms on a fair-market price transaction 
we should allow it, and the word ``generally'' should permit such cases 
and not rule out all debts to former owners.
    Discussion: It is not unusual to see the pricing for a CIO to be 
structured in a way that long-term value accrues to the former owner 
through financing arrangements or through restrictive service 
agreements. While we will not approve owner-financed arrangements as 
nonprofit, we intend to evaluate other arrangements between the parties 
that impact the valuation of the CIO, including longer-term 
requirements that may limit an institution's resources or inhibit its 
ability to enter into arm's-length transactions with other parties.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters argued that the Department should not simply 
assume that a revenue-sharing agreement between an institution and a 
former owner is acceptable just because it is offered at a fair-market 
value. They argued that the concern about revenue sharing is not just 
the price, but the incentives it creates for the institution with 
respect to its former owner. They argued that the regulations should 
specifically state that there could be certain circumstances when 
revenue-sharing agreements that are at a fair-market price could still 
not be allowed. The commenters also suggested explicitly stating that 
debt agreements that are related to an institution's profits or 
revenues are not allowable, nor would debt instruments that limit the 
institution's ability to set policy or priorities be allowable.
    Discussion: We agree that evaluating long-term arrangements between 
the seller and purchaser in a CIO is essential to evaluating the 
transaction. The examples the commenter highlighted are why the 
regulatory language intentionally uses the market price as an instance 
that may allow for an agreement for a prior owner. Because this 
language is not definitive it would provide the flexibility that the 
commenter requests for denying such arrangements if a thorough review 
of the specific details of the CIO merits it.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Some commenters argued that the limitations on revenue 
sharing with prior owners should also be extended to cover successor 
owners or assignees. They argued that without this criterion, a former 
owner would simply sell the agreement to another entity and continue to 
profit.
    Discussion: We disagree with the commenters that any regulatory 
changes are needed to address this issue. The regulatory text captures 
any relationship with the prior owner. This would capture the 
assignment of the contract to another individual or entity.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: Commenters argued that the Department should apply a fair 
market test to all other agreements used by schools to ensure they are 
reasonable. One commenter pointed to agreements with football coaches 
who may be receiving private inurement and excess benefits as an 
example of a transaction to evaluate.
    Discussion: We do not believe the commenters' examples are 
analogous to other types of arrangements captured in the definition of 
a nonprofit. The commenter offers no evidence that the arrangements 
with football coaches would represent a revenue-sharing agreement or an 
obligor to a debt owed to a former owner.
    Changes: None.
    Comment: One commenter argued that we should eliminate the option 
for an allowable revenue sharing agreement with a former owner if it is 
based upon market price. They argued that the Department should specify 
that it be the nonprofit market price if we retain this option.
    Discussion: We disagree with the proposal to eliminate the 
consideration of agreements based upon market price. With respect to 
the nonprofit market price, we do not think such a requirement is 
appropriate. We believe the requirement that the terms of the revenue-
sharing agreement are reasonable based upon the market price and that 
price bears a reasonable relationship to the cost of the services or 
materials provided provides us enough flexibility to ensure that 
institutions are unable to engage in the kind of transactions we have 
seen in the past that has allowed former owners to impermissibly profit 
from a CIO.
    Changes: None.

90-Day Reporting Requirement (Sec.  600.20)

    Comments: Some commenters supported the addition of a 90-day notice 
requirement. Others requested further clarification on how the 
Department determined the 90-day window for the notice requirement. 
Some commenters suggested that 90 days would not provide the Department 
sufficient notice and adequate time to review proposed transactions. 
One of these commenters suggested that notice should be provided 120 
days in advance. Commenters requested clarification on the elements, 
requirements, and provisions required for notifications to be 
compliant.
    Other commenters requested clarification on the consequences of an 
institution failing to submit a notice or meet other application 
timelines.
    Some commenters supported the 90-day notice requirement but wanted 
further clarification on how the Department will respond once it has 
received notice. Commenters requested clarification on whether this 
pre-acquisition review would be an abbreviated pre-acquisition review 
(APAR) or comprehensive pre-acquisition review (CPAR) and what happens 
if we do not respond within the 90-day period. Commenters asked how 
this requirement would alleviate the issues the Department has raised 
with regard to staffing and making timely decisions on transactions. 
Commenters also asked why we settled on 90 days as the amount of 
requested advance notice.
    Commenters recommended that the Department issue a pre-acquisition 
review letter prior to the proposed closing date that identifies 
whether the new owner will be required to post a letter of credit and 
identifies any impediments to the approval of the change and conditions 
that the Department might impose if it approves the school's 
eligibility under the new ownership or structure. Commenters suggested 
that having this information prior to closing benefits the current and 
future owners as well as students who may be harmed by adverse actions 
taken by the Department that may have been avoided if information was 
provided to parties prior to closing.
    Commenters recommended that to avoid disputes occurring after a CIO 
has been closed, issues such as qualifications of a business appraiser, 
the appropriateness of a valuation methodology and then the 
acceptability of the results of a valuation process are all matters 
that a nonprofit buyer should be able to present to the Department in 
advance of the closing of the nonprofit buyer's purchase of the assets 
of an institution without resetting the 90-day clock. The commenters 
also argued that these items should be added to a pre-closing 
validation review process. Some commenters stated that the proposed 
process has the potential to greatly prolong the transaction review and 
recommended the 90-day timeframe should only reset for a substantive

[[Page 65462]]

change. Another suggested that the clock should not reset if there is a 
change to the ownership structure.
    One commenter suggested that the Department should provide a 
contingency that allows the waiving of the 90-day advance notice 
requirement for an institution that is in financial distress.
    Discussion: The purpose of the 90-day notice is to prevent an 
institution from being in a situation where there is little time for 
the Department to consider the change in ownership and the institution 
is put into a title IV-ineligible status, even if temporarily. Ninety 
days is not the amount of time in which we will conduct a review of the 
proposed CIO. We believe the 90-day period is important for adding 
structure to the CIO process and setting proper expectations. Too often 
to date the Department has reviewed numerous proposed CIO options with 
an institution over a period of months, only to be presented with a 
completely new proposal just days before (or even after) a transaction 
closes. It is not unusual for an institution or its counsel to ask us 
for guidance on a proposed CIO just a few weeks or even days before a 
scheduled closing. Such an approach wastes resources for the Department 
and the institutions. It can also cause confusion over what elements 
have or have not been reviewed. Providing clearer structure and having 
institutions give the Department 90 days advance notice will make the 
CIO process work better for all involved. Failing to provide this 
timely notice could result in a period of title IV ineligibility for an 
institution.
    Institutions that wish to have more information about what the 
Department expects may also submit a preacquisition review request 
separately from the 90-day notice--and may do so well in advance of the 
notice. Because we have ended CPARs, this would be an abbreviated 
review. See the September 15, 2022, Electronic Announcement on https://fsapartners.ed.gov/knowledge-center for more information. The 
abbreviated review would inform institutions whether a new owner letter 
of credit will be required to meet the requirements of a materially 
complete application.
    The Department declines to provide any exceptions for the 90-day 
advance notice. In the Department's experience, it is highly unusual 
for an institution to face financial distress where the CIO plans are 
solidified at least 90 days prior to the CIO. The institutions that 
have financial struggles typically have been in situations where the 
CIO structure was unsettled prior to the transaction taking place.
    The required elements for the 90-day notice are provided in 
paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (iii) of Sec.  600.20.
    Institutions should include all relevant information available to 
them when they provide their initial notice. This will prevent the 90-
day clock from resetting and prolonging the process; an institution 
would have an incentive to submit rough proposals that end up not 
resembling the ultimate transaction, which would defeat the purpose of 
the advance notification.
    Changes: None.
    Comments: A few commenters stated the 90-day advance notice and 
requiring the institution and its new owners to provide the materially 
complete application within 10 days after the CIO are duplicative. 
Commenters argued that some of the information requested for the 90-day 
advance notice is more detailed than it needs to be at this stage of 
the process. The commenters noted that we currently request a lot of 
detailed information even though we only evaluate if we are going to 
request a letter of credit based upon the new owner's financial 
statements. Similarly, a commenter argued that the Department should 
more clearly specify what we need for the 90-day advance notice versus 
the post-acquisition application. They also argued that information 
provided on the 90-day advance notice should not need to be duplicated 
on the post-acquisition application. For example, they argued that if 
the institution provided evidence of its State license in the 90-day 
advance notice then the post-acquisition should only need to show that 
such license remained in effect as of the day before the change in 
ownership.
    Discussion: The Department does not think it is necessary to change 
to the regulatory text any further. Where an institution provides the 
same information on the 10-day post-acquisition application that it 
provided on the 90-day advance notice, it could submit copies of what 
it already provided. We do not think it would difficult or burdensome 
for an institution to resubmit documentation that it has already 
provided. Additionally, it establishes that any changes to that 
information must be reported and ensures that all necessary 
documentation is in one place.
    Changes: None.

Student Notification (Sec.  600.20(g)(4))

    Comments: Some commenters stated that providing notice to students 
of a potential CIO would cause undue stress and confusion, noting most 
students are unaware of school ownership and are not interested in that 
information. Commenters further stated that students may interpret the 
notice as negative news about the institution and therefore choose not 
to enroll or to withdraw without completing their program. These 
commenters recommended that the institution receiving a preacquisition 
review letter provide evidence to the Department within 10 days that it 
has either notified students of the proposed CIO or formally notified 
the Department that the proposed transaction is being terminated. 
Institutions often do not continue with the CIO, which according to 
these commenters, is another reason not to require student notification 
so early in the process. Other commenters recommended notice be 
provided on the earlier of 10 days prior to the CIO or within 10 days 
after receipt of any required pre-closing accreditation approval and 
receipt of a pre-acquisition review response. Another commenter 
suggested that the Department require notice to students closer to when 
the transaction will be completed but did not specify a date. A 
different commenter suggested the institution should inform the 
Department no later than 2 business days before closing and provide 
proof of student notification at the same time. Some commenters 
recommended that the Department eliminate any student notification 
requirement or require the notification after the transaction is 
complete.
    Commenters also asked if a banner or other type of announcement on 
an institution's website would be sufficient to notify students.
    Discussion: We disagree with the commenters that a notification to 
students is inappropriate. While many students may not be concerned 
with who owns their school, some are. We believe this notification is 
as necessary as those made to consumers who receive a notification that 
their mortgage is being transferred to a new lender. Students have a 
right to know where their money is going and, in this case, who owns 
the school they attend.
    We appreciate the suggestions from the commenters about multiple 
options for when to require notice to students. However, we disagree 
with the suggestions to provide notice either after the transaction or 
just a few days before it occurs. Providing notice so late in the 
process diminishes the usefulness of the notification, would act as an 
unfair surprise to students, and would provide them little time to 
consider whether it affects their plans for enrollment.
    We believe that it is best to align the student notification 
requirements with those for notifying the Department. Doing so ensures 
that institutions

[[Page 65463]]

provide consistent information and that students have more time to 
consider their options. As articulated elsewhere in this final rule, 
part of our goal with these regulations is to ensure that there is a 
more structured process for CIOs and fewer instances in which 
institutions have to resolve significant issues before closing 
transactions. We believe this approach will mean that agreements will 
be further along by the time institutions approach the Department and 
will contain greater detail than they might have in the past. This will 
also reduce the likelihood that institutions need to inform students 
about CIOs that do not occur.
    Regarding the requirements for making the student notification, 
institutions must inform students individually via email or some other 
method of the proposed change in ownership. Electronic notifications 
provided directly to individual students would be acceptable, but a 
simple message on a web page would not be sufficient.
    Changes: None.

Temporary Provisional Program Participation Agreements (Sec.  600.20)

    Comments: Commenters supported clarifying the Department's ability 
to withdraw title IV eligibility based on a review of a change in 
ownership. They also supported the Department adding conditions to an 
institution's TPPPA when a prospective owner of the institution does 
not have sufficiently acceptable audited financial records. Commenters 
recommended that we include additional financial and regulatory 
conditions, such as heightened cash monitoring 1 or 2, into TPPPAs. 
Commenters further recommended that when for-profit institutions 
convert to nonprofit status, we should continue to consider them as 
for-profit institutions until the Department has made a decision on the 
conversion. The commenters noted that this should include being subject 
to 90/10 and meeting the statutory requirement to show that their 
programs prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized 
occupation. Some commenters recommended an institution may only 
participate under a provisional PPA for a total consecutive period of 3 
years and at the expiration, the institution must have executed a non-
provisional PPA with the Department.
    Other commenters argued that institutions must know what conditions 
they would be subject to before an acquisition is completed and should 
receive notice of any TPPPA conditions prior to the transaction 
closing. They said institutions would not be able to plan for unknown 
conditions and said such a situation would have a chilling effect on 
transactions. These commenters expressed concern that more limited pre-
transaction review will only lead to more prolonged post-transaction 
review before ultimately issuing a provisional PPA. These commenters 
recommended institutions not subject to growth restrictions due to a 
CIO, or institutions that were subject to growth restrictions but have 
since provided acceptable new owner financial statements, may apply to 
remove such restrictions while the post-transaction review is pending. 
These commenters further recommended that we should review and act on 
substantive change applications in the ordinary course and without 
waiting to complete our CIO review.
    Discussion: The nature of CIO reviews and the contents of TPPPAs 
depend on the unique aspects of each case. Because of this, automatic 
inclusion of certain conditions is not justified. However, the 
Department agrees that it makes sense that for-profit institutions 
seeking to convert to nonprofit status should remain as for-profit 
until we approve a conversion. The Department amended Sec.  
600.31(d)(7) accordingly. Making this change will result in any 
conditions that are associated with being a private for-profit 
institution, such as the 90/10 rule or demonstrating that programs 
provide gainful employment in a recognized occupation, will continue.
    We believe it is beneficial to be able to issue new TPPPAs after 
the initial TPPPA for a CIO approval has ended on a case-by-case basis 
if the situation warrants it.
    As we improve the CIO review process through these regulations, 
institutions should see increased efficiency and clarity in the 
process. The goal of these regulations is that by providing more detail 
in the regulations, the Department will be able to direct its resources 
toward reviews that result in a transaction ultimately occurring. This 
is in opposition to our current practice where it is not uncommon for 
the Department to conduct detailed reviews of multiple proposals for a 
single institution, none of which end up being what the final 
transaction looks like. Spending less time on reviews that do not 
result in a transaction will free up resources to expedite the overall 
review process and address the concerns of commenters about added 
delays.
    As we discuss in various places in this rule, the CIOs the 
Department receives are increasingly complicated and require a 
significant amount of time to review. Accordingly, it would not be 
feasible for us to inform institutions about what TPPPA conditions we 
might require based solely on the application received 90 days before 
closing. The Department notes the risks institutions mention here are 
no different than what exists today, where we must currently decide 
whether title IV aid should continue after the transaction and there is 
a possibility that we could terminate Federal financial aid after the 
transaction occurred.
    We disagree with commenters that institutions that are subject to 
growth restrictions or request a substantive change should be able to 
apply to have those restrictions removed or the change approved while 
the post-acquisition review is ongoing. We are concerned that removing 
a growth restriction or approving such a change that may not ultimately 
allow title IV aid to continue would risk increasing the number of 
students who must then find another institution that accepts Federal 
aid or that institutions might then try to argue that disapproving aid 
would be unfair to the newly enrolled and existing students. 
Institutions are not entitled to operate at a particular size or make 
substantive changes while we review their CIO application.
    Changes: We clarify in Sec.  600.31(d)(7) that for-profit 
institutions undergoing a change in status to nonprofit will remain in 
for-profit status until the review is complete.

State Authorization and Accreditation Approvals (Sec.  600.20)

    Comments: Commenters agreed with having the most recently granted 
State and accrediting agency approvals readily available for the 
Department's review of a materially complete application. However, they 
stated that the requirement to provide this information as of the day 
before the CIO is overly burdensome and may be hard to obtain from 
States or accreditors. Commenters recommended the Department require 
institutions certify that approvals they submitted are current, up-to-
date, and not withdrawn.
    Commenters requested clarification on what constitutes acceptable 
supplemental documentation demonstrating an approval was in effect the 
day before a CIO occurred. Commenters suggested a signed letter on 
agency letterhead would suffice, but the 10-day requirement would pose 
difficulties. Commenters recommended meeting this requirement with 
either an email from the agency or a screenshot from the agency's 
website obtained no earlier than the day before the CIO. Other 
commenters raised concerns about the ability to obtain this

[[Page 65464]]

documentation from multiple states since some require approval to be 
obtained after the transaction goes through. They provided regulatory 
text to address this concern.
    Some commenters argued that the Department should only have to 
provide evidence of the most current grant of accreditation or State 
licensure. Others argued for an extension if the institution could show 
it tried to get the documentation but has yet to receive it from the 
agency.
    Discussion: The Department will consider whatever documentation is 
presented by institutions to show the requisite approvals have been 
met. Section 600.20.(g)(3)(i) states that the day-before evidence of 
approval supplements the documentation the institution submits as part 
of a materially complete application.
    We believe the commenter concerned with different State and 
accrediting agency approvals misunderstood the requirement. The 
Department is requiring documentation that the institution has the 
required State approval and accreditation as of the day before 
transaction--not documentation reflecting the CIO. The concerns about 
post-acquisition approval should not be relevant.
    We believe the documentation showing the State licensure (or 
equivalent authorization) and accreditation were in effect the day 
before the transaction is critical to maintain. Doing so provides 
safeguards regarding the institution's eligibility that would not be 
present if such approvals had lapsed.
    We disagree that we should provide for any extension if an 
institution attempts but has yet to obtain documentation. A CIO 
involves the potential continued flow of as much as tens of millions of 
taxpayer dollars a year. Institutions should obtain and submit all 
necessary documentation timely.
    Changes: None.

Audited Financial Statements (Sec.  600.20)

    Comments: One commenter argued that the requirement to submit 
audited financial statements for the last two completed fiscal years 
would force transactions to only occur during a set period. The 
commenter argued that institutions would not have audits finished until 
several months after the end of the fiscal year, depending on if the 
auditing schedule was under the institution's control. The commenter 
recommended instead that we require the two most recently completed 
financial statements plus an audited current balance sheet if the 
Department desired.
    Discussion: We disagree with the commenter. We are not persuaded 
that it is more important for an institution to be able to complete a 
transaction when it wants than for the Department to ensure that the 
continued flow of potentially tens of millions of taxpayer dollars is 
going to institutions in sufficient financial shape. Accepting the 
commenter's proposal would risk receiving financial statements that are 
months and perhaps close to a year out of date. For institutions that 
are highly dependent upon tuition and meeting enrollment targets, that 
time gap could result in a meaningfully different financial picture. 
Moreover, except in very rare cases where an institution is at risk of 
a precipitous closure, there is no reason to rush a change of ownership 
transaction. The CIO process will be better served if transactions are 
well thought through and developed. If doing so means waiting to ensure 
we have up-to-date financial information, we see no significant 
downside.
    Changes: None.

Financial Protection (Sec.  600.20)

    Comments: Commenters stated the Department should provide the 
elements, bases, and factors to determine the amount of financial 
protection. Commenters further stated the Department should provide the 
factors used to determine when a 25 percent or 10 percent surety is 
insufficient.
    Several commenters recommended requiring at least a 50 percent 
letter of credit when an owner does not have prior audited financial 
statements. One commenter argued that it is legally required to ask for 
a 50 percent letter of credit. Commenters recommended raising letter of 
credit requirements from 25 percent to 50 percent for owners who cannot 
demonstrate financial responsibility.
    Some commenters stated the proposed financial protections and past 
practices are unlawful because of financial responsibility requirements 
elsewhere in the HEA. These commenters stated neither 10 percent nor 25 
percent equal the fifty 50 percent requirement set forth in the HEA, 
presumably referring to the 50 percent requirement for financial 
responsibility set forth in section 498(c)(3) of the HEA, which bases 
the surety amount on ``prior year volume of title IV aid'' rather than 
on ``annual potential liabilities.'' One commenter said that the 10 
percent or 25 percent amount for an LOC fails to account for the true 
costs of potential discharges, which often span well beyond the ``prior 
year'' volume of title IV aid. Another commenter argued that the 
Department should require at least a 25 percent letter of credit for 
institutions that had one but not two years of audited financial 
statements and a 50 percent letter of credit for institutions that had 
no audited financial statements.
    Other commenters argued that the Department should not allow for 
the possibility of requiring additional letters of credit after a 
transaction closes because it would chill transactions. They argued 
that the Department was not clear if institutions that have a CPAR or 
APAR pending or submitted after the rule change will be notified of an 
additional letter of credit during the pre-acquisition review.
    Some commenters also objected to basing letters of credit on the 
volume of title IV aid received by institutions under common ownership. 
They argued that those institutions are not related to the transaction 
and that those other institutions are already subject to financial 
responsibility requirements.
    Discussion: The 10 percent and 25 percent protection amounts codify 
the current practice by the Department to specifically address a new 
owner who does not have acceptable financial statements to meet the 
audited financial statement requirements for a materially complete 
application following a CIO. As noted in the NPRM, the Department 
believes that there may be situations where additional financial surety 
is needed to ameliorate financial or administrative risk based upon a 
case-by-case determination. This would reflect situations such as when 
a much smaller institution acquires a much larger one. For situations 
like that, a letter of credit requirement based only on the title IV 
volume of the smaller institution would severely underestimate the 
financial risk that the transaction presents. With respect to the 
comment that said the minimum requirement must be 50 percent, the 
financial protection addressed in the regulation is not the financial 
protection required when an institution fails to meet the financial 
ratios described in the HEA. As such, the Department does not consider 
the requirement to be either unlawful or insufficient--it requires a 
separate element of surety when a new owner does not have two years of 
financial statements to meet the requirements of a materially complete 
application. A failure to meet the financial ratios is addressed in the 
financial responsibility regulations in subpart L.
    There is significant variation in CIOs, as no two deals will have 
the same

[[Page 65465]]

terms, ownership structures, or other elements. The variability in CIOs 
thus necessitates a more flexible approach than might exist for other 
situations, such as what kinds of conditions the Department should 
enforce when an institution fails a financial responsibility score. As 
a result, adding financial conditions, including heightened cash 
monitoring, depends on individual cases and is not appropriate for a 
rule that applies more broadly.
    Changes: None.

Updating Application Information--5 Percent Reporting Requirement 
(Sec.  600.21)

    Comments: Commenters suggested that the 5 percent ownership 
reporting requirement is unlikely to result in more meaningful 
visibility. Commenters requested further clarification on the 
determination that the cost of the reporting burden will be minimal. 
They stated that there are frequent and inconsequential changes to 
owners of institutions with low percentages of ownership, and such 
owners typically have no role in the operations of the institution. 
Commenters further stated that the low threshold of the reporting 
requirement will create compliance issues and additional administrative 
burden to update electronic applications. These commenters recommended 
that the requirement not apply to passive investors such as those 
individuals or entities who invest in a fund that is actively managed 
by a partnership. These commenters stated these investors have no role 
in the control or operations of an institution or any entity in an 
institution's ownership structure and recommended the Department 
maintain the current 25 percent reporting requirement. One commenter 
suggested that the 5 percent requirement should only apply to voting 
ownership. One commenter noted that such minor changes could occur a 
few times a month. Other commenters recommended the reporting 
requirement should be increased to 10 percent to better capture voting 
interests and not require reporting of purely financial interests.
    Some commenters recommended the alignment of Sec. Sec.  600.21 and 
600.31 by incorporating details on change in control into Sec.  600.31. 
The commenters suggested that the reporting requirements in Sec.  
600.21 could simply cross-reference the events described in Sec.  
600.31 that the Department wants an institution to report.
    Commenters asked what specific evidence and experience the 
Department relies on about CIOs that institutions seek to evade 
Department oversight.
    Discussion: As has been noted, we expect the new 5 percent 
reporting requirement will increase visibility into the ownership of 
institutions in a way that is not burdensome. This will allow the us to 
obtain more information without greatly increasing burden on schools. 
When combined with the considerable decline in burden from the change 
to the 50 percent review threshold, we will have more insight while 
allowing for an overall burden reduction.
    The Department disagrees with suggestions to limit reporting to 
non-passive investors or those with voting interests. We believe that 
would increase burden as it could result in arguments between schools 
and the Department about what constitutes a passive owner. Moreover, 
the Department believes a more complete view of all ownership is 
important. This type of reporting will also make it possible for the 
Department to see acquisition of ownership over time, such as someone 
who steadily acquires shares until they become a 50 percent owner.
    While the Department maintains that this information is important, 
we agree that it is not critical to obtain it on the same timeline as 
other information mentioned in this rule. Accordingly, we are adjusting 
the reporting timeline for these types of changes to require 
institutions to report them every quarter.
    Changes: We adjusted Sec.  600.21(a)(6)(i) to shift the 10-day 
reporting requirement to quarterly based on the institution's fiscal 
year for changes representing at least 5 percent but under 25 percent 
(either on a single or combined basis). However, when an institution 
plans to undergo a change in ownership, all unreported ownership 
changes of 5 percent or more in the existing ownership must be reported 
prior to submission of the 90-day notice. Thereafter, any changes of 5 
percent or more in the existing ownership must be reported within the 
10-day deadline, up through the date of the change in ownership.

Automatic Recertification (Sec.  600.20)

    Comments: Commenters requested clarification on the interaction 
between the proposed changes to Sec.  600.20(h), which explains the 
requirements for an extension of a temporary provisional program 
participation agreement and Sec.  668.13(b)(3), which provides an 
automatic recertification. Commenters stated the Department proposed 
deleting Sec.  668.13(b)(13) in negotiated rulemaking, but the deletion 
was not included in the proposed regulation.
    Discussion: The month-to-month extension of the temporary approval 
for the duration of the review of the CIO application is unrelated to 
the provisional certification periods in Sec.  668.13.
    Changes: None.

Fifty Percent CIO Review Threshold (Sec.  600.31)

    Comments: Commenters recommended the Department maintain the 25 
percent CIO review threshold. These commenters stated that the 
Department should maintain the current review threshold because there 
are so few CIOs and owners might try to purposefully avoid scrutiny by 
acquiring an ownership interest just below the 50 percent threshold. 
They expressed concern that even at or below 25 percent, an owner or 
group of owners could exert effective control over an institution as 
long as no other owner has a similarly large ownership share. Other 
commenters stated that to determine whether any of the transactions at 
the 50 percent or above threshold are really hiding a genuine change of 
control, the Department will need to review them anyway and may not 
find the heightened limits alleviate the workload or sharpen the focus.
    Some commenters stated that the Department has not sufficiently 
explained why the 50 percent threshold is appropriate. These commenters 
also noted that the assertion that a 25 percent threshold is too 
burdensome is not sufficient to justify a 50 percent threshold.
    Although these commenters expressed concern related to loosening 
the standards, they recommended a 35 percent threshold, standing alone, 
or combined with a 20-percent standard for related parties, which is in 
line with the IRS. Other commenters recommended that we amend the 
regulations to better capture written voting agreements and include 
language to not include temporary proxies given for a particular 
meeting or part of a meeting.
    Other commenters supported the 50 percent threshold and recommended 
eliminating the addition or removal of an entity that submits financial 
statements to satisfy financial responsibility requirements as an 
automatic CIO resulting in a change in control.
    Discussion: It has been the Department's experience that changes in 
control typically do not occur at the 25 percent level. Therefore, we 
can eliminate considerable unnecessary

[[Page 65466]]

burden for the Department and institutions by increasing this threshold 
to 50 percent. This standard comports more with our experience than the 
current 25 percent standard or the suggested 35 percent IRS standard. 
Voting agreements and proxies are considered on a case-by-case basis. 
Moreover, the 50 percent threshold only mandates when a CIO review must 
occur. The regulations make clear that levels below 50 percent will be 
subject to the CIO regulations when a change of control occurs despite 
being under the 50 percent threshold. The enhanced reporting 
requirements under Sec.  600.21 will allow the Department to monitor 
these potential shifts in control more closely.
    The entity that submits financial statements is key to the 
financial strength of the institution. That is typically the highest 
level of unfractured ownership, but we want to ensure that we maintain 
flexibility for other circumstances.
    Changes: None.

Executive Orders 12866 and 13563

Regulatory Impact Analysis

    Under Executive Order 12866, the Office of Management and Budget 
(OMB) must determine whether this regulatory action is ``significant'' 
and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and 
subject to review by OMB. Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines 
a ``significant regulatory action'' as an action likely to result in a 
rule that may--
    (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, 
or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, 
jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or 
Tribal governments or communities in a material way (also referred to 
as an ``economically significant'' rule);
    (2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
action taken or planned by another agency;
    (3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, 
user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
thereof; or
    (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the 
Executive order.
    The Department estimates the quantified annualized economic and net 
budget impacts to be $835 million, consisting of an $879 million net 
increase in Pell Grant transfers and $-44.3 million reduction in loan 
transfers among students, institutions, and the Federal Government, 
including annualized transfers of $82.7 million at 3 percent 
discounting and $81.9 million at 7 percent discounting. Most of these 
transfers are due to statutory changes made by Congress that are 
addressed by these regulations. Additionally, we estimate annualized 
quantified costs of $3.4 million related to paperwork burden and $1.1 
million of administrative costs to the government. Therefore, this 
final action is ``economically significant'' and subject to review by 
OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Pursuant to the 
Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Office of 
Information and Regulatory Affairs designated this rule as a ``major 
rule,'' as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). Notwithstanding this 
determination, based on our assessment of the potential costs and 
benefits (quantitative and qualitative), we have determined that the 
benefits of this regulatory action will justify the costs.
    We have also reviewed these regulations under Executive Order 
13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, 
structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in 
Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 
13563 requires that an agency--
    (1) Propose or adopt regulations only on a reasoned determination 
that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits 
and costs are difficult to quantify);
    (2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, 
consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into 
account--among other things and to the extent practicable--the costs of 
cumulative regulations;
    (3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select 
those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential 
economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other 
advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
    (4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather 
than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must 
adopt; and
    (5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct 
regulation, including economic incentives--such as user fees or 
marketable permits--to encourage the desired behavior, or provide 
information that enables the public to make choices.
    Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency ``to use the best 
available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future 
benefits and costs as accurately as possible.'' The Office of 
Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these 
techniques may include ``identifying changing future compliance costs 
that might result from technological innovation or anticipated 
behavioral changes.''
    We are issuing these final regulations to address inadequate 
protections for students and taxpayers in the current regulations and 
to implement recent changes to the HEA. In choosing among alternative 
regulatory approaches, we selected those approaches that maximize net 
benefits. Based on the analysis that follows, the Department believes 
that these regulations are consistent with the principles in Executive 
Order 13563.
    We have also determined that this regulatory action would not 
unduly interfere with State, local, and Tribal governments in the 
exercise of their governmental functions.
    As required by OMB Circular A-4, we compare these final regulations 
to the current regulations. In this regulatory impact analysis, we 
discuss the need for regulatory action, potential costs and benefits, 
net budget impacts, and the regulatory alternatives we considered.
1. Need for Regulatory Action
    The Department has identified a significant need for regulatory 
action to address inadequate protections for students and taxpayers in 
the current regulations and to implement recent changes to the HEA.
Pell Grants for Confined or Incarcerated Individuals
    In the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, Congress added a new 
provision allowing confined or incarcerated individuals to access Pell 
Grants for enrollment in approved PEPs. Regulatory changes are 
necessary to implement the law and to ensure access to high-quality 
postsecondary programs for incarcerated individuals. Among existing 
higher education programs in prisons, there is considerable variation 
in available resources, operational requirements, and the depth of 
stakeholder partnerships they have established.\11\ Research shows that 
high-quality prison education programs increase learning and skills 
among incarcerated students, and increase the likelihood of stable 
employment post-incarceration.\12\ Individuals who were

[[Page 65467]]

formerly incarcerated face significant challenges in finding employment 
when returning to their communities. Many lack vocational skills and 
have little or no employment history, leading to high rates of 
unemployment and low wages for these individuals.\13\ In a study funded 
by the U.S. Department of Justice, researchers found that postsecondary 
correctional education programs are highly cost-effective, and can help 
incarcerated individuals reenter the employment arena and reduce 
recidivism.\14\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ Castro, E.L., Hunter, R.K., Hardison, T., & Johnson-Ojeda, 
V. (2018). ``The Landscape of Postsecondary Education in Prison and 
the Influence of Second Chance Pell: An Analysis of Transferability, 
Credit-Bearing Status, and Accreditation.'' The Prison Journal, 
98(4), 405-26. https://doi.org/10.1177/0032885518776376.
    \12\ Ibid.
    \13\ Coady, N.M. (2021). A Qualitative Evaluation of Prison 
Education Programs in Delaware: Perceptions of Adult Male Returning 
Citizens. ProQuest Dissertations Publishing. Retrieved from 
www.proquest.com/openview/af55946da2d8d2213f500ffaa89a3102/1.pdf.
    \14\ Davis, L., et al. ``How Effective is Correctional 
Education, and Where Do We Go From Here?'' Rand Corp. (2014). 
www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR564.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Department has explored postsecondary education for 
incarcerated individuals through its Second Chance Pell experiment, 
first announced in 2015.\15\ The goal of the experiment has been to 
learn about how Federal Pell Grant funding expands postsecondary 
educational opportunities for incarcerated individuals and explore how 
such funding fosters other positive outcomes.\16\ Data reported to the 
Department indicate that recipients of Second Chance Pell Grants 
successfully completed a high percentage of the credits they 
attempted.\17\ The institutions participating in the Second Chance Pell 
experiment reported that their programs had positive effects related to 
public safety, as well as safe working and living conditions in their 
carceral facilities. Further research has illustrated that correctional 
education programs contribute to successful rehabilitation and 
subsequent reentry for those who were incarcerated, thereby improving 
safety within the facilities that offer postsecondary programming and 
recidivism and public safety outcomes overall.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ Department of Education Experimental Sites Initiative site, 
Updated June 8, 2022, https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ope/pell-secondchance.pdf.
    \16\ Second Chance Pell Fact Sheet. (n.d.). In U.S. Department 
of Education. https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ope/pell-secondchance.pdf.
    \17\ U.S. Department of Education. (2020, August). Experimental 
Sites Initiative Second Chance Pell: Evaluation Report for Award 
Years 2016-2017 and 2017-2018. Federal Student Aid. Retrieved from 
https://experimentalsites.ed.gov/exp/pdf/20162018SecondChancePellESIReport.pdf.
    \18\ Chesnut, K., & Wachendorfer, A. (2021, April). Second 
Chance Pell: Four Years of Expanding Access to Education in Prison. 
Vera Institute of Justice. Retrieved from www.vera.org/publications/second-chance-pell-four-years-of-expanding-access-to-education-in-prison.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Correctional education can offer rehabilitation to incarcerated 
individuals, because the programs are able to capitalize on acquired 
education and skills. Soft skills in particular, such as communication 
and interaction with others, are a significant benefit of correctional 
education.\19\ In one study of correctional education in Delaware, the 
surveyed participants noted that the program provided ``credentialing 
and a variety of skills . . . that they may not otherwise have obtained 
due to lack of confidence, missing opportunities to participate in 
educational programs offered in the community, [and] incapability of 
making time to commit to such programs outside of incarceration.'' \20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ Bennett, B. (2015). ``An Offender's Perspective of 
Correctional Education Programs in a Southeastern State.'' Walden 
Dissertations and Doctoral Studies. 457. https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/dissertations/457.
    \20\ Coady, N.M. (2021). A Qualitative Evaluation of Prison 
Education Programs in Delaware: Perceptions of Adult Male Returning 
Citizens. ProQuest Dissertations Publishing. Retrieved from 
www.proquest.com/openview/af55946da2d8d2213f500ffaa89a3102/1.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Department's framework for PEPs will clarify and implement 
statutory requirements for the benefit of incarcerated individuals and 
other stakeholders, including correctional agencies and institutions, 
postsecondary institutions, accrediting agencies, and related 
organizations. Our final regulations clarify definitions of confined or 
incarcerated individuals and PEPs that align with the statute. These 
regulations clarify the processes that the oversight entity (including 
a State department of corrections or the Bureau of Prisons) will follow 
in determining whether a PEP is operating in the best interests of the 
students. Consistent with the statute, the final regulations will 
prevent proprietary institutions or institutions subject to certain 
adverse actions from offering PEPs. These final regulations also 
provide protections for incarcerated individuals against programs that 
do not satisfy applicable licensure or certification requirements or 
where such students are typically prohibited under Federal or State law 
from employment in the field due to the nature of a student's 
conviction. Under the final rule, institutions must disclose whether 
their program is designed to lead to occupations in which formerly 
incarcerated individuals typically face barriers in other States. These 
final regulations are designed to clarify how oversight entities can 
meet statutory requirements, and to guide PEP educational institutions 
and practitioners on access to, and eligibility for, Federal Pell 
Grants.
90/10 Rule
    The ARP amended section 487 of the HEA to require that proprietary 
institutions count all Federal funds used to attend the institution as 
Federal revenue in the 90/10 calculation, rather than only counting 
title IV, HEA program funds. In FY 2021, proprietary institutions were 
eligible to receive funding from at least 26 non-title IV Federal 
programs. The largest two non-title IV, Federal programs with 
documented funding provided to proprietary institutions were Post-9/11 
GI Bill education benefits, which accounted for approximately $1.3 
billion in FY 2021, and the DOD Tuition Assistance program, which 
accounted for $185 million in that year. Some proprietary institutions 
have aggressively recruited service members and veterans in order to 
use funds from GI Bill education benefits and DOD Tuition Assistance to 
comply with the current 90/10 requirement since these funds helped 
offset title IV, HEA program funds in the calculation.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ See, for example, Hollister K. Petraeus, ``For-Profit 
Colleges, Vulnerable G.I.'s,'' The New York Times (Sept. 21, 2011), 
www.nytimes.com/2011/09/22/opinion/for-profit-colleges-vulnerable-gis.html; and For-Profit Higher Education: The Failure to Safeguard 
the Federal Investment and Ensure Student Success, U.S. Senate, 
Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee, Majority Committee 
Staff Report (Jul. 30, 2012), www.help.senate.gov/imo/media/for_profit_report/PartI-PartIII-SelectedAppendixes.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition, the changes to Sec.  668.28 modify allowable non-
Federal revenue in the 90/10 calculation to better align the 
regulations with statutory intent and to address practices proprietary 
institutions have used to alter their 90/10 calculation or inflate 
their non-Federal revenue percentage. These combined changes include:
    (1) Creating a new requirement for when proprietary institutions 
must request and disburse title IV, HEA program funds to prevent 
delaying disbursements to the subsequent fiscal year in order to reduce 
their Federal revenue percentage for the preceding fiscal year. The 
changes to the disbursement rules in Sec.  668.28(a)(2) will prevent 
such practices.
    (2) Clarifying the regulatory requirements that ineligible programs 
must meet in order to be included in the 90/10 calculation. The 
Department is concerned that these sources of non-Federal revenue may 
provide an incentive for institutions to create, offer, and market 
programs with little oversight or few consumer protections, or to 
create programs that bear little, if

[[Page 65468]]

any, relationship to eligible programs subject to the 90/10 revenue 
requirement in order to increase the amount of non-Federal funds 
proprietary institutions receive in a fiscal year to comply with 90/10. 
The changes to Sec.  668.28(a)(3) will prevent such revenue from being 
included to inflate the amount of non-Federal funds.
    (3) Creating guardrails for ISAs and other financing agreements 
between students and proprietary institutions. Payments made by 
students or former students on institutional loans or alternative 
financing agreements currently count as non-Federal revenue in a 
proprietary institution's 90/10 calculation, and thus some proprietary 
institutions may have an incentive to encourage students to utilize 
these products, which may be more costly to borrowers and lack the same 
consumer protections as Federal student loans.\22\ The addition of 
Sec.  668.28(a)(5)(ii) will mitigate incentives for institutions to use 
these products to meet the 90/10 revenue calculation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ See, for example, Loonin, D. (2011). Piling On: The Growth 
of Proprietary School Loans and the Consequences for Students. 
Student Loan Borrower Assistance Program at the National Consumer 
Law Center. Received from www.studentloanborrowerassistance.org/wp-content/uploads/File/proprietary-schools-loans.pdf and Consumer 
Financial Protection Bureau (Jan 20, 2022). Consumer Financial 
Protection Bureau to Examine Colleges' In-House Lending Practices. 
Retrieved from www.consumerfinance.gov/aboutus/newsroom/consumer-financial-protection-bureau-to-examine-colleges-in-house-lending-practices. Ritter & Weber 2021 The Emergence of Income Share 
Agreements Chapter 14 in Social Finance, Inc., Federal Reserve Bank 
of Atlanta, and Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, Workforce 
Realigned: How New Partnerships are Advancing Economic Mobility. 
Risks identified include ``deceptive marketing, high implied annual 
percentages rates in the event of high realized incomes, potentially 
insufficient protections for low incomes or disruptive life events 
or low incomes, and potentially burdensome aggregate income shares 
for individuals who take on multiple ISAs or combine ISAs with 
loans.'' Retrieved from https://socialfinance.org/wp-content/uploads/Workforce-Realigned-Full-Book.pdf on October 8, 2022.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Modifying revenue that must be excluded from the 90/10 
calculation. The Department is modifying allowable revenue generated 
from institutional aid and funds that cannot be included in the 90/10 
calculation to prohibit proprietary institutions from including revenue 
from the sale of ISAs, alternative financing agreements, or 
institutional loans in their 90/10 calculation. The revenue to the 
institution from these transactions is for an asset sale and not a 
payment by that party for the education provided by the institution as 
intended under the 90/10 revenue requirement. Thus, the Department does 
not consider funds generated from these sales as representative of 
funds paid to the institution for the purposes of education and 
training. The addition of Sec.  668.28(a)(6)(vi) and (vii) will 
explicitly exclude proceeds from such sales from being counted as non-
Federal revenue in the 90/10 calculation.
    Finally, we also remove several outdated provisions, such as those 
related to the Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act (ECASLA) 
of 2008.
Changes in Ownership
    The Department has received a growing number of CIO applications in 
recent years. We processed over 150 transactions from October 2018 
through the end of 2021; dozens more remain pending. Moreover, the CIO 
applications that we received and reviewed have been increasingly 
complex and require significant effort and expertise to review, 
particularly given that the current regulations are not always clear 
for institutions or the Department. Some of these CIOs include 
institutions converting from proprietary to nonprofit status, which 
further complicates the Department's review and presents a greater risk 
to students and taxpayers. Given this changing landscape of CIO 
applications, the Department needs to further clarify and define the 
CIO process to better protect students and taxpayers from potentially 
risky transactions, restrain profit-motives at the expense of student 
outcomes, and to provide the Department and institutions with clearer 
processes and regulations to mitigate loss and noncompliance. These 
improvements will enable the Department to identify high-risk 
transactions and require financial protection as needed.
    Accordingly, these final regulations clarify the requirements for 
institutions undergoing CIOs, including by requiring adequate advance 
notice of such transactions to ensure the Department can assess the 
requirements of continued participation in the title IV, HEA programs 
prior to completion of the transaction. Further, these regulations will 
increase transparency into CIOs to better enable the Department to 
identify individuals with control over the institution, while reducing 
the burden of reviewing transactions in which a change in ownership is 
unlikely to result in a change in control. These final regulations also 
clarify that the Department may apply terms for continued participation 
in the Federal financial aid programs to ensure that we are able to 
take appropriate steps to protect students and taxpayers from risky 
transactions. Changes to the definition of a ``nonprofit institution'' 
will clarify the requirements for operating such institutions to 
prohibit enrichments to private parties, ensuring that proprietary 
institutions are not able to receive approval as nonprofit institutions 
without sufficiently addressing their business practices and the profit 
interests of former owners.\23\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ Shireman, R. (2020). How For-Profits Masquerade as 
Nonprofit Colleges, The Century Foundation. https://tcf.org/content/report/how-for-profits-masquerade-as-nonprofit-colleges/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To provide additional clarity to institutions and ensure 
consistency in the application of the regulations, the Department is 
also finalizing some technical changes to adjust the definitions of 
additional locations and branch campuses of the institution to conform 
with current practice and clarify how the Department views such 
locations.
2. Summary of Comments and Changes From the NPRM

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Provision                      Regulatory section           Description of change from NPRM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Pell Grants for Confined or Incarcerated Individuals
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Participation Percentage................  Sec.   600.7(c)(4)(i)(B)...  Following the period described in
                                                                        paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A), no more than 75
                                                                        percent of the institution's regular
                                                                        enrolled students may be confined or
                                                                        incarcerated.
Waiver..................................  Sec.   600.7(c)............  Waiver will now be split into paragraphs
                                                                        separately addressing waiver grant and
                                                                        waiver denial.

[[Page 65469]]

 
Institution Location....................  Sec.   668.238(a)..........  Following our initial approval of an
                                                                        institution's PEP, additional PEP
                                                                        offered by the same institution at the
                                                                        same location may be determined eligible
                                                                        without further approval from the
                                                                        Secretary except as required by Sec.
                                                                        600.7, Sec.   600.10, Sec.
                                                                        600.20(c)(1), or Sec.   600.21(a), as
                                                                        applicable, if such programs are
                                                                        consistent with the institution's
                                                                        accreditation or its State approval
                                                                        agency.
Documentation...........................  Sec.   668.238(b)(4).......  Documentation detailing the methodology
                                                                        including thresholds, benchmarks,
                                                                        standards, metrics, data, or other
                                                                        information the oversight entity used in
                                                                        approving the PEP and how the
                                                                        information was collected.
Limitation or Termination of Approval...  Sec.   668.240.............  The Secretary may limit or terminate or
                                                                        otherwise end the approval of an
                                                                        institution to provide an eligible
                                                                        prison education program if the
                                                                        Secretary determines that the
                                                                        institution violated any terms of the
                                                                        subpart or that the institution
                                                                        submitted materially inaccurate
                                                                        information to the Secretary,
                                                                        accrediting agency, State agency, or
                                                                        oversight entity.
Best Interest Determination.............  Sec.   668.241.............  Revised so all outcome indicators are
                                                                        optional but maintain that the current
                                                                        input indicators as mandatory to assess
                                                                        and removed ``barring exceptional
                                                                        circumstances surrounding the student's
                                                                        conviction'' from the assessment of
                                                                        transferability of credits.
Best Interest Final Evaluations.........  Sec.   668.241(e)(1).......  After its initial determination that a
                                                                        program is operating in the best
                                                                        interest of students under paragraph
                                                                        (a), the institution must obtain
                                                                        subsequent evaluations of each eligible
                                                                        prison education program from the
                                                                        responsible oversight entity not less
                                                                        than 120 calendar days prior to the
                                                                        expiration of each of the institution's
                                                                        Program Participation Agreements, except
                                                                        that the oversight entity may make a
                                                                        determination between subsequent
                                                                        evaluations based on the oversight
                                                                        entity's regular monitoring and
                                                                        evaluation of program outcomes.
Period Following Best Interest            Sec.   668.241(e)(2)(i)....  Include the entire period following the
 Determination.                                                         prior determination and be based on the
                                                                        applicable factors described under
                                                                        paragraph (a) for all students enrolled
                                                                        in the program since the prior
                                                                        determination.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      90/10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISA.....................................  Sec.   668.28(a)(5)(ii)....  Clarified ISA agreements covered by the
                                                                        requirements in Sec.
                                                                        668.28(a)(5)(ii)(A) through (C).
Covered Institutional Charges...........  Sec.   668.28(a)(5)(ii)(A).  Clarified ISA or alternative financing
                                                                        agreement must identify what
                                                                        institutional charges the agreement
                                                                        covers, and those charges cannot be more
                                                                        than the stated institutional charges at
                                                                        the time the student signs the
                                                                        agreement.
Required Disclosures....................  Sec.   668.28(a)(5)(ii)(B).  Clarified that the ISA or alternative
                                                                        financing agreement must disclose: the
                                                                        maximum time and amount a student would
                                                                        be required to repay, the maximum amount
                                                                        a student would be required to repay,
                                                                        the implied or imputed interest rate,
                                                                        and any fees or revenue generated for a
                                                                        third-party.
90/10 Calculation.......................  Sec.   668.28(a)(5)(ii)(C).  Clarified that revenue, interest, and
                                                                        fees are not included in the 90/10
                                                                        calculation.
ISA Interest Rate.......................  Sec.   668.28(a)(5)(ii)(D).  Removed the proposed limit on the
                                                                        interest rate for an ISA that an
                                                                        institution must disclose to a student
                                                                        if the ISA funds are included in its 90/
                                                                        10 calculation.
Federal Funds...........................  Sec.   668.28(a)(6)(iii)...  Revised funds to be the amount of
                                          Sec.   668.28(a)(6)(iv)....   institutional funds used to match
                                                                        Federal funds.
                                                                       Revised language to state the amount of
                                                                        Federal funds refunded to students or
                                                                        returned to the Secretary under Sec.
                                                                        668.22 or required to be returned to the
                                                                        applicable program.
Institutional Loans and ISAs............  Appendix C.................  Revised the line item for institutional
                                                                        loans to show that institutions should
                                                                        count the full payment amount in the
                                                                        amount column and only the amount of
                                                                        principal payment in the adjusted amount
                                                                        column.
                                                                       Revised the line item for payments on
                                                                        ISAs counted under institutional aid to
                                                                        show that institutions should count the
                                                                        full payment amount in the amount column
                                                                        and only the payment amounts that
                                                                        represent a return of capital in the
                                                                        adjusted amount column.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Change in Ownership
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Definitions.............................  Sec.   600.2...............  Eliminated proposed paragraph (6) from
                                                                        the ``distance education'' definition.
Definitions.............................  Sec.   600.2...............  Revised definition of additional location
                                                                        and branch campus from ``separate'' to
                                                                        ``geographically separate.''
State authorization and accreditation     Sec.   600.20..............  Clarified that for-profit institutions
 approvals.                                                             undergoing a change in status to
                                                                        nonprofit will remain in the former
                                                                        until the review is complete.
Reporting changes.......................  Sec.   600.21..............  Clarified that certain ownership changes
                                                                        at the 5 percent level can be reported
                                                                        quarterly instead of within 10 days.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 65470]]

3. Discussion of Costs and Benefits
    3.1 Pell Grants for Confined or Incarcerated Individuals:
    From the 1990s until the amendments made by the Consolidated 
Appropriations Act, 2021, the HEA prohibited students who are 
incarcerated in a Federal or State penal institution from participating 
in the Federal Pell Grant program, which provides need-based grants to 
low-income undergraduate and certain post-baccalaureate students to 
promote access to postsecondary education. This restriction prevents 
many otherwise eligible incarcerated individuals from accessing 
financial aid and benefiting from the postsecondary education and 
training that can be crucial to their successful reentry into society 
and their communities upon the completion of their sentences. The HEA 
was amended to eliminate this restriction for students who meet the 
definition of confined or incarcerated individuals and who enroll in 
eligible PEPs. The Department is implementing the statutory requirement 
to extend Federal Pell Grant eligibility to incarcerated individuals 
and increase their participation in high-quality educational 
opportunities.
    Costs of the Regulatory Changes:
    These final regulations will impose some additional costs on the 
Department, educational institutions, oversight entities, and 
accrediting agencies.
    First, adding eligible Pell Grant recipients as provided for by 
Congress will expand the costs of the Pell Grant program for the 
Federal government. The Department expects these costs to be more than 
offset by the benefits noted in the benefits section, however, 
especially in the form of lower recidivism rates and increased 
employment opportunities. Research has found that the average cost to 
incarcerate an inmate in the United States totals more than $33,000 per 
year.\24\ However, participating in correctional postsecondary 
education programs reduces a former inmate's recidivism risk by 28 
percent.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ www.vera.org/downloads/publications/the-price-of-prisons-2015-state-spending-trends.pdf.
    \25\ Bozick, R., Steele, J., Davis, L., & Turner, S. Does 
providing inmates with education improve postrelease outcomes? A 
meta-analysis of correctional education programs in the United 
States. J. Experimental Criminology 14, 389-428 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11292-018-9334-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Second, the educational institutions offering in-prison instruction 
will face some additional costs of achieving and maintaining compliance 
with new, higher standards. Thus far, correctional education programs 
have not had to comply with the same requirements as programs that 
receive title IV and Federal Pell Grant funding, although institutions 
that participate in the Second Chance Pell experiment have already met 
some of the program requirements for incarcerated individuals. 
Additional costs of meeting the higher standards may include the cost 
of seeking and obtaining approval of initial PEP offerings from the 
accrediting agency and the Secretary, as well as the costs of providing 
the data necessary for the oversight entity to determine whether the 
PEP is operating in the best interests of students. Correctional 
facilities may also face some increased costs related to providing 
appropriate facilities and resources, including staffing, to support 
the PEP as they partner with higher education institutions. Both 
institutions and correctional facilities would also face increased 
costs associated with required support services for their students, 
including appropriate academic and career counseling, as well as 
support to help prospective students complete the Free Application for 
Federal Student Aid[supreg].
    Additionally, oversight entities may incur additional costs to 
oversee the development and operation of eligible PEPs. For example, 
under Sec. Sec.  668.236 and 668.241, the oversight entity must develop 
an appropriate process to approve PEPs and determine if they are 
operating in the best interest of students. The ``best interest'' 
determination will require assessment of several identified inputs and 
outcomes and will require collaboration with relevant stakeholders. All 
of these steps will increase costs for the oversight entity.
    With the expansion of PEPs, additional costs will be incurred by 
the oversight entities to ensure that the programs are providing 
quality education and opportunities for incarcerated individuals. With 
more programs to evaluate, the oversight entities will need to account 
for additional time and complexity of the review process, as well as 
the potential need for new staff to accommodate a higher volume of PEP 
reviews and additional monitoring tasks related to the enhanced metrics 
that PEPs must submit. Additional costs may also arise from having to 
implement technological solutions to accommodate the higher and more 
in-depth review process and program monitoring, especially as PEPs 
continue to expand.
    Accrediting agencies may also face costs related to the approval of 
PEPs and the required site visit. However, the accrediting agency may, 
in turn, require the institution of higher education to cover the 
additional costs associated with the final regulations, transferring 
these costs from the accrediting agencies to institutions.
    Finally, the Department will incur some additional burden and cost 
associated with its obligation to oversee PEPs and to support oversight 
entities and institutions. For instance, we offered to provide a 
significant amount of data to the oversight entities to assist them in 
making the best interest determination. The Department also intends to 
provide needed technical assistance to the field. We estimate that the 
costs of systems changes needed to reflect the regulatory requirements, 
oversight to ensure institutional compliance through program review 
functions, and training support to provide technical assistance to the 
field will total approximately $1.1 million.
    Benefits of the Regulatory Changes:
    Many of the individuals in the growing prison population have lower 
levels of educational attainment compared to the general population. 
Research finds that ``only 15 percent of incarcerated adults earn a 
postsecondary degree or certificate either prior to or during 
incarceration, while almost half (45 percent) of the general public 
have completed some form of postsecondary education''. The same study 
notes that about two-thirds of incarcerated adults have a high school 
diploma or equivalent.\26\ This creates an opportunity for significant 
expansion of correctional education programs, including postsecondary 
educational programs, which would begin to address those unmet needs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ Ositelu, M., Equipping Individuals for Life Beyond Bars, 
New America (November 2019), www.newamerica.org/education-policy/reports/equipping-individuals-life-beyond-bars/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Extending Pell Grants to eligible PEPs will provide numerous 
economic and public safety benefits to incarcerated individuals, to 
their communities when they return, and to States and the Federal 
government in the form of more successful rehabilitation of imprisoned 
individuals, lower recidivism rates, higher employment rates, increased 
earnings, greater contribution to the economy, and ultimately cost 
savings for the government. These effects and benefits are enabled 
through increased educational attainment.
    Numerous studies have shown that providing education programs to 
incarcerated individuals is a significant factor in successful 
rehabilitation and subsequent reentry. First, research demonstrates 
that correctional education is associated with higher self-confidence 
and self-worth for confined

[[Page 65471]]

or incarcerated individuals, which can lead confined or incarcerated 
individuals who attend postsecondary education to engage in fewer 
instances of misconduct than those who did not attend.\27\ 
Postsecondary education programs in prisons also improve incarcerated 
individuals' cognitive skills, especially for individuals with learning 
disabilities, by teaching critical thinking skills, encouraging debate, 
and helping students apply course lessons to their own lives, all of 
which may help them better adjust to social values and expectations 
upon reentry.\28\ This is a critical benefit, given that an estimated 
30 to 50 percent of the adult prison population has a learning 
disability.\29\ Correctional education programs also improve literacy 
levels for incarcerated individuals with limited past educational 
experience, which increases their post-release chances of furthering 
their studies and securing employment.\30\ One of the most critical 
benefits correctional education programs provide to incarcerated 
individuals is the development of skills necessary for post-release 
employment. Those adults who participate in postsecondary education or 
job training programs while incarcerated are more likely to have higher 
literacy and numeracy proficiency than their peers who do not 
participate in such programs, helping to close the gaps in literacy and 
numeracy skills between the incarcerated population and the general 
public.\31\ A study conducted by the Education Division of the Indiana 
Department of Correction (IDOC) comparing the outcomes of incarcerated 
individuals who participated in a postsecondary education program in 
the correctional facility with those who did not found that employment 
rates and time employed following release was much higher for those who 
participated in the program. Their incomes were also higher.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ Lahm, K.F. (2009). Educational participation and inmate 
misconduct. Journal of Offender Rehabilitation, 48, 37-52. 
www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/10509670802572235.
    \28\ Vandala, N.G. (2019). The transformative effect of 
correctional education: A global perspective. Cogent Social 
Sciences, 5(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/23311886.2019.1677122.
    \29\ Koo, A. (2015). Correctional education can make a greater 
impact on recidivism by supporting adult inmates with learning 
disabilities. J. Crim. L. & Criminology, 105. https://scholarlycommons.law.northwestern.edu/jclc/vol105/iss1/6.
    \30\ Jones Young, N.C., & Powell, G.N. (2015). Hiring ex-
offenders: A theoretical model. Human Resource Management Review, 
25(3), 298-312. www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1053482214000692?via%3Dihub.
    \31\ Ositelu, M.O. ``Equipping Individuals for Life Beyond 
Bars.'' New America, 4 Nov. 2019, www.newamerica.org/education-policy/reports/equipping-individuals-life-beyond-bars/.
    \32\ Nally, J., Lockwood, S., Knutson, K., & Ho, T. (2012). An 
evaluation of the effect of correctional education programs on post-
Releasrecidivism and employment: An empirical study in Indiana. 
Journal of Correctional Education (1974-), 63(1), 69-89. 
www.jstor.org/stable/26507622.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition to the benefits provided to PEP participants, there are 
also significant public safety benefits for their communities. Over the 
last two decades, numerous studies have been conducted on the impact of 
prison education on post-release outcomes for previously incarcerated 
individuals.\33\ The recidivism rate represents the rate at which 
individuals who were previously incarcerated re-offend and are re-
admitted to correctional facilities and is often used as a measure of 
success for correctional education programs. Aggregating the findings 
from 57 studies published or released between 1980 and 2017, one study 
found that confined or incarcerated individuals participating in 
correctional postsecondary education programs are 28 percent less 
likely to recidivate when compared with confined or incarcerated 
individuals who did not participate in correctional education 
programs.\34\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ Bozick, R., Steele, J., Davis, L., & Turner, S. Does 
providing inmates with education improve postrelease outcomes? A 
meta-analysis of correctional education programs in the United 
States. J. Experimental Criminology 14, 389-428 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11292-018-9334-6.
    \34\ Ibid., 389-428.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reducing recidivism also reduces economic, public safety, and 
personal costs, and correspondingly increases benefits in those 
categories, for correctional facilities, governments, and our Nation as 
a whole. Using a hypothetical pool of 100 inmates, a 2014 RAND study 
illustrated the powerful economic benefit of correctional education 
programs by comparing the direct costs of such correctional education 
programs with the costs of reincarceration. The study found that the 
direct costs of reincarceration were far greater than the direct costs 
of providing correctional education. For a correctional education 
program to be cost-effective or ``break-even,'' it would need to reduce 
the 3-year reincarceration rate by between 1.9 and 2.6 percentage 
points. The study's findings indicate that participation in 
correctional education programs is associated with a 13-percentage-
point reduction in the risk of reincarceration in the 3 years following 
release, far exceeding the break-even point thereby generating real 
benefits to society.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ Davis, L.M., et al., ``How Effective Is Correctional 
Education, and Where Do We Go from Here? The Results of a 
Comprehensive Evaluation.'' Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation, 
2014. www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR564.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3.2 90/10:
    The ARP amended section 487 of the HEA by modifying which Federal 
funds proprietary institutions must count in the numerator of their 90/
10 calculation. The final regulations amend Sec.  668.28 to reflect 
statutory requirements implemented in the ARP.
    Additionally, these regulations modify allowable non-Federal 
revenue in the 90/10 calculation to better align the regulations with 
the statutory intent of the 90/10 calculation and address practices 
proprietary institutions have used or may be incentivized to use to 
alter their 90/10 calculation or inflate their non-Federal revenue 
percentage. Examples of such practices include: delaying disbursements 
to avoid failing 90/10 in two consecutive years, offering ineligible 
programs with little or no oversight or programs unnecessary to the 
education or training of students, and selling institutional loans or 
ISAs to count the proceeds from the sale in their 90/10 calculation. 
These regulations also create accountability protections and disclosure 
requirements. For instance, the regulations require proprietary 
institutions to notify students if the institution fails the 90/10 
calculation in a fiscal year and notify students that they may lose 
title IV eligibility at that institution after another year of failing 
the calculation. These regulations also promote consumer protection and 
close potential loopholes related to ISAs and other alternative 
financing agreements. These changes will result in costs to certain 
proprietary institutions. Institutions unable to generate sufficient 
non-Federal revenues may seek to generate revenue to meet 90/10 
requirements through such methods as creating programs that are not 
title IV eligible, a permissible source of revenue as long as these 
ineligible programs meet the requirements established in the 
regulations. They could also try to recruit more students who can pay 
without needing title IV financial aid. Students at proprietary 
institutions that fail the 90/10 calculation may no longer be able to 
attend due to lack of aid or school closure. However, according to 
research on similar sanctions, most of the students diverted from 
proprietary institutions will likely enroll in other institutions, 
often community colleges, which are typically lower cost.\36\

[[Page 65472]]

Moreover, the study finds evidence that borrowing and default decline 
after students switch sectors. We anticipate that most students, 
proprietary institutions that provide programs that attract more non-
Federal investment, public and nonprofit institutions, taxpayers and 
the Department will benefit from these regulations. Proprietary 
institutions that attract greater amounts of non-Federal investment, 
possibly because their programs are of greater value, will benefit 
because institutions that cannot secure as much non-Federal investment 
will either have to leave the title IV programs or need to refocus on 
providing better programs instead of devoting as much efforts to 
aggressively recruiting service members so they can manage their 90/10 
rate. Similarly, public and private nonprofit institutions will benefit 
from not having to compete with institutions that are focused on 
avoiding issues with their 90/10 ratio, leading instead to greater 
competition over who offers programs with better returns. Taxpayers and 
the Department will benefit because ensuring greater levels of non-
Federal investment in proprietary institutions will exert greater 
market forces on these institutions to deliver better value. The result 
is that the Federal investment will produce better returns.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ Cellini, S.R., Darolia, R., & Turner, L.J. (2020). Where do 
students go when for-profit colleges lose Federal Aid? American 
Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 12(2), 46-83, https://doi.org/10.1257/pol.20180265.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Costs of the Regulatory Changes:
    We expect that the changes to the 90/10 regulations will result in 
costs to the Department and proprietary institutions in several areas.
    First, the regulations will result in some additional burden and 
compliance costs for proprietary institutions. For example, proprietary 
institutions will be responsible for identifying and counting more 
sources of Federal funds in their 90/10 calculation, including Federal 
funds delivered directly to students. These institutions will also need 
to adjust their 90/10 revenue sources and measures based upon the 
changes in the regulations. Additionally, institutions may need to make 
changes to programs to align with the new regulations, which will 
result in extra compliance costs for proprietary institutions. The 
Department expects that proprietary institutions seeking to meet the 
90/10 requirements may improve the overall quality of their programs to 
attract and enroll more students who pay for courses with sources other 
than Federal funds. These improvements may include making changes to 
improve the quality and visibility of their programs; or partnering 
with employers willing to pay institutions with their own funds, 
ensuring alignment with labor market needs. Further, institutions may 
create programs that are not eligible for title IV, HEA funds or other 
Federal funds to generate revenue to comply with the final 90/10 rule. 
As noted in the NPRM, we are concerned that allowing institutions to 
count funds from these ineligible programs may serve as an incentive 
for proprietary institutions to create and market low-quality 
ineligible programs.
    Second, proprietary institutions that are unable to meet the 90/10 
requirements will lose eligibility for Federal aid after failing for 
two consecutive years. This may cause an interruption in the academic 
program for some students. These students may also incur additional 
costs and burdens associated with identifying other educational 
opportunities and transferring across institutions, including searching 
for institutions that offer their desired program of study, paying to 
have their transcript sent to the new institution, and possibly losing 
progress toward their credential if the new institution does not accept 
all their previous coursework. However, the Department believes that--
as in other cases where institutional accountability rules were 
strengthened--students are likely to transfer to higher-quality, and 
possibly more affordable, programs at other institutions.\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ Cellini, S.R., Darolia, R., & Turner, L.J. (2020). Where do 
students go when for-profit colleges lose Federal aid? American 
Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 12(2), 46-83, https://doi.org/10.1257/pol.20180265.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Lastly, these regulations include other sources of Federal funds in 
addition to title IV, HEA funds as Federal sources of revenue for the 
purposes of calculating 90/10. Rather than specifying all Federal 
funding sources in the regulations, the Department opts to identify 
non-title IV, HEA Federal education assistance funds that must be 
included in the numerator of the 90/10 calculation in a notice 
published in the Federal Register, with updates as needed. We will 
incur minimal additional administrative costs related to the salary 
expenses of staff who identify Federal funds and update the Federal 
Register notice as needed.
    Benefits of the Regulatory Changes:
    The 90/10 rule benefits multiple groups of stakeholders, 
particularly military-connected students, proprietary institutions that 
offer programs of value to students and employers, public and non-
profit institutions, and taxpayers.
    First, military-connected students receive the most significant and 
immediate benefits from the regulations. The ARP amendment aimed to end 
some allegedly predatory practices to recruit service members and 
veterans because their GI Bill and DOD Tuition Assistance education 
benefits could help proprietary institutions meet their non-Federal 
revenue requirements under the current 90/10 regulations.\38\ 
Approximately 33 institutions would have failed the 90/10 requirements 
in 2018-19 if DOD and VA dollars were included as Federal funds. 
Seventeen institutions would have failed for two years in 2019-20, 
which would have resulted in their loss of title IV program 
eligibility. Most institutions (about 1,740 of approximately 1,800 
institutions) would have passed in both years. Under these regulations, 
proprietary institutions at risk of failing the calculation no longer 
have an incentive to aggressively target GI Bill and DOD Tuition 
Assistance recipients because these programs are counted as Federal 
funds for purposes of 90/10. This revision also provides service 
members and veterans greater opportunities to consider their enrollment 
options at various institutions without potential undue influence or 
aggressive recruiting from proprietary institutions. Without such 
aggressive recruiting, military-connected students might be more likely 
to choose higher-value programs, generating potentially better 
employment and earnings gains for this population. This is especially 
true in light of the lower earnings gains for proprietary institutions 
noted elsewhere.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ See, for example, www.nytimes.com/2011/09/22/opinion/for-profit-colleges-vulnerable-gis.html; www.help.senate.gov/imo/media/for_profit_report/PartI-PartIII-SelectedAppendixes.pdf; 
www.chronicle.com/article/for-profit-college-marketer-settles-allegations-of-preying-on-veterans/; www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2015/10/09/defense-department-puts-u-phoenix-probation; 
https://oag.ca.gov/news/press-releases/attorney-general-becerra-announces-settlement-itt-tech-lender-illegal-student; and https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED614219.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Other students who are considering enrolling in proprietary 
institutions will also benefit. For example, proprietary institutions 
will not be able to use temporary measures, such as delaying 
disbursements or selling institutional loans, to mask potential 
challenges with meeting the 90/10 requirements or to avoid losing 
eligibility following a failure of the 90/10 calculation during the 
fiscal year. All students will also benefit from the Department's 
assessment of institutional liability for all title IV funds disbursed 
after an institution becomes ineligible due to two consecutive 90/10 
failures. This disincentivizes institutions to continue disbursing 
title IV funds after they lose eligibility. Consequently, students are 
less likely to receive title IV aid that

[[Page 65473]]

their school should not have disbursed. This preventive effort will 
also benefit taxpayers by decreasing improper payments that would occur 
if we were unable to collect the liability from the institution.
    Next, the final regulations will promote consumer protection for 
prospective and currently enrolled students by requiring certain 
disclosures in institutional financing agreements. This provides 
additional protections for students accessing ISAs or alternative 
financing arrangements by increasing transparency about the terms of 
the arrangement and, in some cases, may result in better terms offered 
by the institution.
    Lastly, students and taxpayers benefit when we more closely align 
allowable non-Federal revenue with the statutory intent of the HEA. By 
requiring proprietary institutions to bring in at least 10 percent of 
their revenue from non-Federal sources, such as tuition revenue, the 
final regulations require institutions to demonstrate a willing market 
beyond taxpayer-financed Federal education assistance and reduce their 
reliance on Federal subsidies. Institutions may have to attract more 
students who are willing to pay a greater share of program expenses 
with their personal funds, form more partnerships with employers, or 
take other steps to make non-Federal actors willing to invest their own 
money. Greater non-Federal investment could improve the return on 
Federal investments as the competition to attract non-Federal revenue 
will encourage better value. Institutions that do not comply with the 
90/10 regulations lose eligibility for title IV, HEA funds. This may 
save some taxpayer dollars, depending on where the students who would 
have attended those institutions enroll and the relative price of those 
other institutions. These proprietary institutions will then need to 
operate without access to title IV, HEA financial aid dollars; identify 
and enroll students who pay with funds other than title IV funds, 
including by making any necessary changes to better market their 
programs; or partner with employers willing to pay institutions with 
their own funds, ensuring alignment with labor market needs and 
reducing the reliance on taxpayer dollars. Furthermore, a loss of 
access to title IV aid may also result in lower tuition prices at these 
institutions, as prior research has shown that proprietary schools that 
participate in title IV have higher tuition than similar programs at 
institutions that do not participate.\39\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ Cellini, Stephanie Riegg, and Claudia Goldin. 2014. ``Does 
Federal Student Aid Raise Tuition? New Evidence on For-Profit 
Colleges.'' American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 6 (4): 174-
206.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    3.3 Change in Ownership (CIO):
    With the growing complexity of CIO transactions in recent years, 
the Department is finalizing regulations to ensure a clearer, more 
streamlined process for CIOs that ensures compliance with the HEA and 
related regulations. Addressing CIOs is important because they can 
affect the financial structure of institutions in ways that can limit 
their ability to invest in educational success. They can also affect 
the accountability structures that may or may not be attached to an 
institution that receives millions or tens of millions of dollars a 
year. Among the riskiest of those transactions for students and 
taxpayers are conversions from proprietary to nonprofit status. Between 
2011 and 2020, there have been 59 such conversions, involving 20 
separate transactions.\40\ Of these, three-fourths of the institutions 
were sold to an entity that had not previously operated an institution 
of higher education; 13 institutions with a common ownership structure 
closed before we were able to decide whether to approve or deny the 
request for conversion.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ Government Accountability Office (GAO), Higher Education: 
IRS and Education Could Better Address Risks Associated with Some 
For-Profit College Conversions, December 2020. www.gao.gov/products/gao-21-89.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A full, comprehensive CIO review--which can take between 7 months 
and 1 year, on average, for a CIO that includes a conversion, and 6 
months for a CIO that does not--is a significant administrative burden 
for both the institution and the Department. Some institutions close 
transactions for the sale to a new owner but are unprepared to meet the 
regulatory requirements for a CIO, resulting in emergency situations 
where there is a potential loss of institutional eligibility and 
precipitous closure. These final regulations seek to reduce that risk 
by ensuring adequate notice is given prior to the sale closing date so 
that we can assess whether the institution can meet the regulatory 
requirements under the time constraints of Sec.  600.20(g) and (h). 
This also provides sufficient time for the Department to request a 
letter of credit if the new owner does not have audited financial 
statements that satisfy the requirements of Sec.  600.20(g)(3)(iv). In 
addition, these final regulations clarify the requirements for approval 
of a CIO application and establish appropriate documentation 
requirements.
    In addition to revising the CIO regulations, the ownership and 
control reporting regulations, and the definition of a nonprofit, these 
regulations also modify or add to definitions set forth in Sec.  600.2. 
These regulations clarify definitions related to campus locations, such 
as ``main campus,'' ``branch campus,'' and ``additional location.''
    Costs of the Regulatory Changes:
    The primary sources of costs with the CIO portion of these final 
regulation are increased burden for institutions from provisions that 
would enhance the Department's review of CIOs and institutional 
participation in the Federal student aid programs. This final rule also 
provides for increased oversight of proprietary institutions seeking to 
convert to nonprofit status and increased reporting requirements for 
CIOs. The Department is not anticipating significant transfers to the 
Department from the CIO regulations, as this rule considers the 
structure under which an institution that is already participating in 
the title IV programs may continue to operate. Though a CIO could 
result in the Department not continuing title IV aid, we more often 
impose conditions. Where there is a requested conversion to nonprofit 
status, arrangements with outside parties preclude approval of 
nonprofit status.
    Some of these regulatory provisions will not impose additional 
burden on affected institutions. For instance, although institutions 
must expend resources to submit a required notice to the Department at 
least 90 days in advance of the transaction, the information provided 
is principally the same as the information required for a materially 
complete application which must be submitted 10 business days following 
the closing of the transaction. Providing earlier notice will enable us 
to provide faster determinations related to any potential letter of 
credit requirement, and to avoid losses of eligibility for institutions 
that would be unable to meet the requirements of Sec.  600.20(g) and 
(h) immediately after the transaction, as required by the regulations. 
Other aspects of the regulations simplify and codify existing 
Department practice, which do not increase burden to institutions.
    However, some provisions require institutions undergoing CIOs after 
the effective date of the regulations to submit additional 
documentation and meet new requirements. For example, institutions must 
provide notice to their students of a forthcoming CIO at least 90 days 
in advance, requiring the

[[Page 65474]]

development of communications and resources for students. In addition, 
we currently require transactions to be reported to the Department only 
if the transaction affects at least a 25 percent ownership interest. 
These final regulations lower the reporting threshold for a CIO to 
cover changes of ownership interest of 5 percent or more. Accordingly, 
a greater number of institutions will need to meet these reporting 
requirements and affected institutions will incur some costs to meet 
them. We anticipate these costs will be modest as the process for 
reporting such a change will not be difficult or time consuming. 
However, these final regulations limit reviews of changes in control, 
which are more burdensome for the institution, generally to those 
involving a transfer of at least 50 percent control, rather than the 
current 25 percent. The Department believes that this will provide 
additional transparency benefits, while reducing the burden on 
institutions from more onerous changes in control reviews under 
circumstances where a change in control likely has not occurred. We 
believe these savings will outweigh the expense from the additional 
reporting. The Department anticipates the reporting burden cost range 
will be minimal due to the limited number of these events that occur 
and the minimal cost of the reporting. Additionally, any costs from the 
CIO regulations will only be associated with those institutions 
undergoing a CIO, which are relatively uncommon compared to the total 
number of institutions that participate in the title IV programs. The 
Department anticipates that the administrative costs to the agency of 
implementing these changes will be very limited, given the relatively 
small number of such transactions and the fact that many of these 
requirements are consistent with current practice.
    Benefits of the Regulatory Changes:
    The Department believes that the benefits and burden reduction that 
will result from the CIO regulations will outweigh these new costs. We 
anticipate the regulations will significantly benefit students, 
taxpayers, institutions, and the Department.
    Students, taxpayers, institutions, and the Department will all 
benefit from the regulatory changes for CIOs, including those involving 
oversight of proprietary institutions converting to nonprofit status. 
Changes in ownership and control pose significant risk, especially when 
the transaction involves a significant amount of debt, a burdensome 
servicing agreement, the acquisition of a large institution or chain, 
or a conversion to nonprofit status with ongoing and burdensome 
obligations to a former owner or other entity. Some cases resulted in 
school closures (and associated closed school discharges), requiring 
the investment of enforcement and oversight resources by States and the 
Federal government, and improperly exempting some institutions from 
regulations governing proprietary institutions--such as the 90/10 rule. 
Students, taxpayers, and the Department will benefit from increased 
transparency around a proposed transaction, providing more time for the 
Department to conduct oversight and ensure the transaction is properly 
conducted and does not result in an interruption of title IV, HEA 
funds. Institutions will also benefit from an earlier submission that 
allows us to provide feedback on whether the institution will be able 
to meet the requirements of a materially complete application before 
the CIO occurs. Knowing whether the Department requires an institution 
to submit a new owner letter of credit as part of the transaction can 
be critical. This advanced notice enables institutions to obtain a 
letter of credit with less time constraints and may also impact whether 
the institution will have a CIO.
    Students and taxpayers will benefit from greater assurances that 
schools are complying with regulatory requirements in CIO transactions 
and meeting the definition of a ``nonprofit institution.'' Current and 
prospective students will benefit from the requirement that the 
institution provide notice to students at least 90 days prior to a CIO 
because the requirement will ensure that students receive important 
information that may impact their education in a timely manner, and 
that they are able to make future education decisions based on that 
knowledge. Students and taxpayers will also benefit from increased 
oversight of proprietary institutions converting to nonprofit status, 
including requiring that proprietary institutions continue to comply 
with regulatory requirements such as 90/10 unless and until they have 
met the requirements to be approved as a nonprofit institution by the 
Department. Taxpayers benefit from additional financial protection such 
as letters of credit when the required audited financial statements of 
a new owner are not available (consistent with current practice), as 
well as from any additional financial protections that may be deemed 
necessary by the Secretary based on the risk of the transaction.
    Educational institutions will benefit from greater clarity as to 
how the rules apply to CIO transactions. The revised definition of 
``nonprofit institutions'' will ensure that institutions seeking such a 
designation are not using business arrangements that improperly benefit 
related parties. This can occur, for example, when a prior owner 
retains control of the institution through a contractual relationship, 
or when the prior owner continues to enjoy revenues generated by the 
institution through a debt obligation or a servicing agreement. This 
clarification will aid institutions in knowing how to comply, and 
complying, with the statutory and regulatory requirements for title IV 
HEA programs.
    These final regulations will also enable a proprietary institution 
that seeks to convert to nonprofit status to understand the factors 
considered by the Department more clearly prior to submitting an 
application. As these institutions assess potential transactions, they 
will more easily be able to identify permissible and impermissible 
contracts and agreements with other private parties. The 90-day notice 
will also benefit institutions by ensuring that the Department can 
review owners' audited financial statements to determine whether we 
require a letter of credit (or other financial surety) prior to the 
transaction closing. The Department may also provide notice prior to 
the CIO that we require additional financial surety to minimize 
financial or administrative risk that the institution may present to 
taxpayers on a case-by-case basis.
    The Department will also benefit from clearer regulations and 
processes that are more easily interpreted and applied. Clearer 
definitions related to distance learning, including for ``main 
campus,'' ``branch campus,'' and ``additional location,'' will simplify 
and reduce the Department's reviews of institutions and of CIO 
transactions by ensuring greater consistency. The Department will also 
benefit from the changes made to the reporting requirements, as 
lowering the threshold from 25 percent to 5 percent will increase 
transparency and enable more oversight of changes in control. This 
greater visibility into voting blocs and lower-level ownership changes 
will enable the Department to determine where institutions may have 
undergone a change in control, warranting greater scrutiny by the 
Department. These regulations will require reporting regardless of the 
type of corporate structure of the institution. These CIOs do not occur 
often, limiting the added burden from the reporting requirement. The 
Department will also experience less burden as a result of the change 
in the threshold for a change in control review from all changes in 
ownership

[[Page 65475]]

over 25 percent to a 50 percent or greater change in ownership and 
control or where we have reason to believe a change in control has 
occurred.
4. Net Budget Impacts
    These final regulations are estimated to have a net Federal budget 
impact in savings of $-44.3 million for loan cohorts 2025 to 2032, and 
$879 million in net changes to Pell Grants. A cohort reflects all loans 
originated in a given fiscal year. Consistent with the requirements of 
the Credit Reform Act of 1990, budget cost estimates for the student 
loan programs reflect the estimated net present value of all future 
non-administrative Federal costs associated with a cohort of loans. For 
the final regulations, the baseline was updated to include 
modifications for the PSLF waiver, the IDR waiver, the payment pause 
extension to December 2022, and the August 2022 announcement that the 
Department will discharge up to $20,000 in Federal student loans for 
borrowers who make under $125,000 as an individual or $250,000 as a 
family. This did not affect the net budget impact of these regulations 
as the impact on loans of the 90/10 provisions in these final 
regulations affects future cohorts only and the modifications affect 
past loan cohorts. Pell Grant estimates also affect future awards and 
were not directly affected by the modifications in question. The 
budgetary effects of the regulations are primarily attributable to 
providing Pell Grants to confined or incarcerated individuals in 
qualifying prison education programs. The Department does not 
anticipate significant budgetary impacts related to the change in 
ownership provisions and anticipates a small Federal budgetary savings 
due to the 90/10 provisions. The specific effects for each provision 
are described in the following subsections covering the relevant 
topics.

Pell Grants for Confined or Incarcerated Individuals

    The changes to the Pell Grant program to allow Pell Grants for 
confined or incarcerated individuals, as provided for by Congress, are 
expected to increase educational opportunities for confined or 
incarcerated individuals, while maintaining appropriate guidelines for 
program quality and requiring reporting for tracking the extent and 
performance of PEPs.
    To estimate the potential increase in Pell Grant awards related to 
these changes, the Department assumed, based on current figures and 
previous experience with Pell Grant availability for incarcerated 
individuals, that 2 percent of the incarcerated population of 
approximately 1.6 million individuals will participate in eligible 
PEPs. The size of the incarcerated population fluctuates and there are 
differing estimates of the number of incarcerated individuals, which is 
also affected by the pandemic. For example, the Department of Justice's 
Bureau of Justice Statistics estimates a population of 1.4 million as 
of year-end 2019 with a decline to 1.2 million as of year-end 2020,\41\ 
while the Vera Institute of Justice estimates there are 1.8 million in 
prisons and jails as of mid-2020 and 1.77 million as of mid-2021.\42\ 
Given the uncertainty, the Department chose 1.6 million as a midpoint 
between estimates. We expect that most participating individuals will 
not have an opportunity to enroll full time due to the limited 
availability of courses in carceral settings. Due to these enrollment 
intensity constraints, incarcerated Pell recipients are unlikely to 
receive the maximum grant available. Based on experience from the 
Second Chance Pell experiment, where average awards were nearly 60 
percent of the maximum award, the average award used to develop the 
estimate was prorated to approximately $3,800 in the first year, 
generating the estimated costs in Table 1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ Bureau of Justice Statistics, Prisoners in 2020--
Statistical Tables, December 2021, available at Prisoners in 2020--
Statistical Tables (ojp.gov).
    \42\ Vera Institute of Justice, People in Jail and Prison, 
Spring 2021, available at www.vera.org/downloads/publications/people-in-jail-and-prison-in-spring-2021.pdf.
    \43\ The Federal Pell Grant program has discretionary costs 
associated with the maximum award set in the annual appropriation 
and mandatory costs associated with the additional award amount 
determined by statute. These changes affect both mandatory and 
discretionary costs.

                                                  Table 1--Estimated Financial Transfer Effects of PEPs
                                                                    [$millions] \43\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Cost of Expanding Pell Eligibility to Incarcerated Individuals (PB23 Assumptions)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Academic year
                                                           (AY) 2023-24     AY 2024-25      AY 2025-26      AY 2026-27      AY 2027-28      AY 2028-29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discretionary Program Cost..............................              96             100             101             101             102             103
Mandatory Program Cost..................................              23              22              22              22              22              23
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Program Cost..................................             119             122             123             123             124             126
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              FY 2023         FY 2024         FY 2025         FY 2026         FY 2027         FY 2028
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discretionary Outlays...................................              32              63              99             101             101             102
Mandatory Outlays.......................................              11              23              22              22              22              22
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Outlays.......................................              43              86             121             123             123             124
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                                    AY 2029-30      AY 2030-31      AY 2031-32      AY 2032-33     10-year total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discretionary Program Cost......             104             104             105             104           1,020
Mandatory Program Cost..........              23              23              23              23             226
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Program Cost..........             127             127             128             127           1,246
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      FY 2029         FY 2030         FY 2031         FY 2032      10-year total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discretionary Outlays...........             103             104             104             104             913

[[Page 65476]]

 
Mandatory Outlays...............              23              23              23              23             214
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Outlays...............             126             127             127             127           1,127
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Based on these assumptions, the estimated cost of the regulatory 
changes related to Pell Grants for confined or incarcerated individuals 
is approximately $1.1 billion over 10 years. The amount of Pell Grants 
awarded based on these changes will depend heavily on the number of 
institutions that choose to participate and the number of students that 
they enroll. Another factor that will affect the increase in transfers 
is how quickly institutions begin to offer PEP programs. We assume a 
fast roll-out since institutions will have been aware of these changes 
for several years before the regulations take effect, but the ramp-up 
could be more gradual, shifting the timing back and reducing the 
overall transfers.

90/10 Rule

    To help estimate the effect of the final 90/10 regulations, the 
Department analyzed information about additional Federal aid received 
by institutions subject to the 90/10 requirements and found that an 
additional 92 institutions with $524.8 million in Pell grants and $1.09 
billion in loan volume in AY 2019-20 would be above the 90 percent 
threshold, and 49 institutions would be above the 90 percent threshold 
for both 2018-19 and 2019-20, risking eligibility for title IV, HEA 
funds. The baseline update included the modifications for the Public 
Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) waiver, the Income-Driven Repayment 
(IDR) waiver, the payment pause extension to December 2022, and the 
August 2022 announcement that the Department will discharge up to 
$20,000 in Federal student loans for borrowers who make under $125,000 
as an individual or $250,000 as a family. However, these modifications 
did not affect the net budget impact of the 90/10 provisions. These 
final regulations affect future cohorts only and the modifications 
affect past loan cohorts.
    However, the Department recognizes that institutions have 
historically managed to meet the 90/10 threshold, and we expect most 
institutions will be able to adapt to the new requirements. 
Additionally, students will still qualify for similar levels of aid 
even if they choose to attend a different institution or shift sectors. 
Therefore, we do not expect a 100 percent loss of loan volume and aid 
awarded for those institutions that we would otherwise estimate would 
be out of compliance under the final regulations. We estimate that the 
inclusion of additional types of Federal aid in the 90/10 calculation 
will decrease Pell Grants awarded by -$248 million from AY 2024-25 to 
AY 2032-33 and have a net budget impact of $-44.3 million from reduced 
loan volumes for cohorts 2025-2032.
    The following tables demonstrate the expected change in Pell Grants 
awarded and loan volumes that resulted in the estimated net budget 
impact of $-292 million. Our estimates are based on institutional data, 
including Post-9/11 GI Bill benefits and DOD Tuition Assistance 
programs. They do not account for funds that go directly to students to 
cover tuition, fees, or other institutional charges, and they do not 
include other sources of Federal funds disbursed by State or local 
entities.
    To estimate the reduction in loan volume related to the change in 
the 90/10 regulations, the Department assumed that institutions with a 
90/10 rate over 95 percent under the final regulations would not be 
able to reduce their rate below 90. While institutions in the 2018-19 
and 2019-20 90/10 files used for this estimate did not have the same 
motivations that will exist under the final regulations because the 90/
10 calculation was different for them, no institution with a 90/10 rate 
above 95 in the first year was under 90 in the second year in the 
Department's analysis. Seventeen institutions with $94.9 million in 
Pell Grants and $194.1 million in loans were above the 95 percent rate, 
representing between 0.2 percent to 3.3 percent of proprietary volume 
depending on the institution's 2-year or 4-year level classification 
and grant or loan type. Student choice will affect the potential 
reduction, as students will be eligible to receive similar title IV 
amounts if attending a different institution. The Department has 
generally assumed a high percentage of students at schools that close 
or close programs because of 90/10 would pursue education and receive 
aid elsewhere. Additionally, a previous study has found that 60-70 
percent enrollment losses at proprietary institutions due to sanctions 
were offset by increased enrollment at community colleges.\44\ For this 
estimate, we assume that 60 percent of students would pursue their 
education elsewhere if their initial choice were not available due to 
the changes to the 90/10 regulations. Finally, we anticipate that the 
reduction in volume will decrease over the years as institutions over 
the threshold no longer participate and others adapt to the new 
threshold. To account for this, we reduced the percentage applied to 
the Pell Grant and loan volume by 30 percent in 2027-28 and 2028-29, 40 
percent in 2029-30 and 2030-31, and 50 percent in 2031-32 and 2032-33. 
Table 2 shows the effect on Pell Grants of the final regulations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ Cellini, S.R., Darolia, R., & Turner, L.J. (2020). Where do 
students go when for-profit colleges lose Federal Aid? American 
Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 12(2), 46-83, https://doi.org/10.1257/pol.20180265.

                                       Table 2--Estimated Reduction in Pell Grant Transfers From 90/10 Regulations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            AY 2023-24      AY 2024-25      AY 2025-26      AY 2026-27      AY 2027-28      AY 2028-29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PB23 Baseline:
    Discretionary Cost ($m).............................          24,342          27,581          28,041          28,509          28,994          30,385
    Mandatory Cost ($m).................................           5,310           5,670           5,754           5,840           5,934           6,246
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total Cost ($m).................................          29,652          33,251          33,795          34,349          34,928          36,631
Recipients..............................................       6,380,000       6,990,000       7,113,000       7,237,000       7,372,000       7,656,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            AY 2023-24      AY 2024-25      AY 2025-26      AY 2026-27      AY 2027-28      AY 2028-29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 65477]]

 
PB23 Baseline:
    Total Cost..........................................          29,652          33,251          33,795          34,349          34,928          36,631
% of Pell Grants at Institutions with 90/10 rates over    ..............          0.000%          0.134%          0.134%          0.094%          0.094%
 95 after 60% student adj applied.......................
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Policy Cost...................................  ..............  ..............            (45)            (46)            (33)            (34)
Discretionary Policy Cost...............................  ..............  ..............            (38)            (38)            (27)            (29)
Mandatory Policy Cost...................................  ..............  ..............             (8)             (8)             (6)             (6)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              FY 2023         FY 2024         FY 2025         FY 2026         FY 2027         FY 2028
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discretionary Outlays...................................  ..............  ..............            (13)            (24)            (34)            (32)
Mandatory Outlays.......................................  ..............  ..............             (4)             (8)             (7)             (6)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Outlays.......................................  ..............  ..............            (17)            (32)            (41)            (38)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The reduction in loan volume was processed as a reduction in the 
baseline volumes by loan type and risk group. Student loan model risk 
group is a combination of institutional control and academic level with 
2-year or less proprietary, 2-year or less private non-profit and 
public, 4-year first-year/sophomore, 4-year junior/senior, and graduate 
students as the groups. In assigning the volume associated with 4-year 
programs to a risk group, we assumed 66 percent of volume will be in 
the 4-year first year/sophomore risk group and 34 percent in of volume 
the 4-year junior/senior risk group. Application of the adjustment 
factors to the loan volumes in the President's budget for FY 2023 
baseline with modifications for the PSLF and IDR waivers, the December 
payment pause extension, and broad-based debt relief shown in Table 3 
resulted in the $-44.32 million loan estimate shown in Table 4.

                                     Table 3--Loan Volume Adjustment Factors
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Cohort range                     2025-2026  %    2027-2028  %    2029-2030  %    2031-2032  %
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2-year proprietary:
    Subsidized..................................           0.645           0.452           0.387           0.323
    Unsubsidized................................           0.632           0.443           0.379           0.316
    PLUS........................................           0.265           0.185           0.159           0.132
4-year FR/SO:
    Subsidized..................................           0.112           0.078           0.067           0.056
    Unsubsidized................................           0.144           0.101           0.086           0.072
    PLUS........................................           0.004           0.002           0.002           0.002
4-year JR/SR:
    Subsidized..................................           0.112           0.078           0.067           0.056
    Unsubsidized................................           0.144           0.101           0.086           0.072
    PLUS........................................           0.004           0.002           0.002           0.002
GRAD:
    Unsubsidized................................           0.075           0.053           0.045           0.038
    Grad Plus...................................           0.008           0.005           0.005           0.004
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                        Table 4--Estimated 90/10 Effect on Loans
                                                                         [$mns]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          2025       2026       2027       2028       2029       2030       2031       2032      Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subsidized...........................................      -2.35      -3.18      -2.63      -2.50      -2.28      -2.21      -1.96      -1.89     -18.99
Unsubsidized.........................................      -2.58      -4.31      -3.76      -3.60      -3.30      -3.15      -2.81      -2.72     -26.22
PLUS.................................................       0.13       0.18       0.13       0.11       0.10       0.09       0.08       0.08       0.90
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total............................................      -4.79      -7.31      -6.26      -5.99      -5.48      -5.26      -4.69      -4.54     -44.32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    These reductions in transfers depend on institutional and student 
responses that are uncertain. In deciding whether to continue their 
education, students will depend on the availability of programs of 
interest at other institutions that fit their commuting or other 
constraints. Fewer institutions may be able to get their rate below 90 
or more students may decide not to pursue their education if the 
institution they would have chosen is not available. Both of those 
scenarios would further reduce Pell Grant and loan transfers. For 
example, if the 49 institutions with rates above 90 under the final 
regulations in both years were assumed to not be able to get below the 
threshold, the estimated savings in Pell would be -$521 million and in 
loans -$84 million for a total of $605 million in reduced transfers to

[[Page 65478]]

students. The mix of institutions and the volume they represent means 
the assumption about what rate or which institutions could adapt and 
get below the threshold does have a significant effect on the net 
budget impact.

Change in Ownership

    The final regulations clarify the definitions of ``additional 
location'' and ``branch campus,'' which will promote clearer reporting 
and a common understanding regarding ownership structures within 
postsecondary education. The final CIO regulations will also increase 
reporting to ensure greater transparency into CIO transactions and 
strengthen the Department's review of changes in control. Increased 
oversight of CIO transactions and changes to the definition of a 
``nonprofit institution'' may affect the distribution of title IV aid 
across sectors, as the Department will approve conversions from for-
profit status to non-profit status only when institutions have met the 
requirements of a ``nonprofit institution,'' and some students' choice 
of institution may be affected. However, the Department does not expect 
a significant budgetary impact from the CIO provisions and would not 
estimate one without additional data demonstrating a clear effect.
5. Accounting Statement
    As required by OMB Circular A-4, we have prepared an accounting 
statement showing the classification of the expenditures associated 
with these final regulations. This table provides our best estimate of 
the changes in annual monetized transfers as a result of these final 
regulations. Expenditures are classified as transfers from the Federal 
government to affected student loan borrowers.

 Table 5--Accounting Statement: Classification of Estimated Expenditures
                              [In millions]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Category                             Benefits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increased access to educational  Not quantified.
 opportunities for incarcerated
 individuals.
Increased protection of          Not quantified.
 military-connected students
 from aggressive recruitment
 and greater exertion of market
 forces on proprietary
 institutions.
Improved information about       Not quantified.
 changes in ownership.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Category                               Costs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount Rate...........................              7%              3%
Costs of compliance with paperwork                  $3.4            $3.4
 requirements...........................
Increased administrative costs to                  $11.1           $11.1
 Federal government to update systems to
 implement the regulations..............
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Category                             Transfers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      7%              3%
Reduced Pell Grants and loan transfers            $-27.1          $-28.3
 to students as some institutions lose
 eligibility from revised 90/10.........
Increased Pell Grant transfers to                   $109            $111
 institutions providing educational
 opportunities to incarcerated
 individuals............................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Alternatives Considered
    As part of the development of these regulations, the Department 
engaged in a negotiated rulemaking process in which we received 
comments and proposals from non-Federal negotiators representing 
numerous impacted constituencies. These included higher education 
institutions, consumer advocates, students, financial aid 
administrators, accrediting agencies, and State attorneys general. Non-
Federal negotiators submitted a variety of proposals relating to the 
issues under discussion. Information about these proposals is available 
on our negotiated rulemaking website at https://www2.ed.gov/policy/highered/reg/hearulemaking/2021/.
    In response to comments received and further internal consideration 
of these final regulations, the Department reviewed and considered 
various changes to the proposed regulations detailed in the NPRM. We 
described the changes made in response to public comments in the 
Analysis of Comments and Changes section of this preamble. We summarize 
below the major proposals that we considered but ultimately chose not 
to implement in these regulations. In developing these final 
regulations, we contemplated the budgetary impact, administrative 
burden, and anticipated effectiveness of the options we considered.
    6.1. Pell Grants for Confined or Incarcerated Individuals:
    With regard to Pell Grants for confined or incarcerated 
individuals, the Department considered establishing regulations that 
merely restated the statutory requirements. However, because the 
requirements were new to institutions, oversight entities, and other 
stakeholders, we believed the field would benefit from greater clarity 
and detail in the regulations. As a result, we opted to negotiate on 
the specific requirements in the regulations and were pleased to reach 
consensus on those items.
    With regard to an oversight entity's holistic determination that a 
PEP is operating in the best interest of students, the Department 
considered a variety of metrics, both from the HEA and those more 
widely used within the higher education system.
    The Department received many comments on the proposed regulations 
opposing the best interest determination made by the oversight entity. 
Many commenters contended that the best interest determination focused 
too much on outcomes and not enough on inputs. Commenters were 
concerned that the oversight entity would not have the expertise to 
assess outcomes, and that the assessment would be overly burdensome, 
complex, and costly. In response to these comments, in the final 
regulations, the Department changed the best interest determination to 
make an assessment of outcomes (earnings, continuing education, and job 
placement post release) permissive rather than mandatory. The 
Department believes that a review of inputs and an optional review of 
outcomes strikes a better balance between ensuring high-quality PEPs 
and minimizing undue burden on oversight entities.

[[Page 65479]]

    The Department also considered allowing institutions to enroll 
students in eligible PEPs that lead to occupations that typically 
involve prohibitions on licensure and employment for formerly 
incarcerated individuals, if the affected individuals attest that they 
are aware of the restrictions. We are concerned, however, that such 
programs would not generally be a productive use of students' limited 
Pell Grant eligibility or time, or of taxpayer dollars. While we 
acknowledge that some individuals may be able to meet such restrictive 
licensure requirements, if the typical student in such a program would 
not be able to find employment or obtain licensure, we are concerned 
that students may enroll in programs that exhaust their Pell Grant 
lifetime eligibility before they are able to complete a credential that 
would allow them to earn a job in the field. The Department is aware 
that many States have engaged in efforts to reduce barriers to 
employment for formerly incarcerated individuals, which we strongly 
encourage. Our regulations ensure that institutions must regularly re-
review State requirements to ensure they keep up with any such changes 
and make potential students aware.
    6.2. 90/10 Rule:
    In addressing the statutory changes to the 90/10 requirements made 
by the ARP, the Department considered including only DOD and Department 
of Veteran Affairs (VA) funds as additional Federal funds considered 
for 90/10 calculations, since these are the two largest programs with 
data that demonstrate a significant amount of funds flow to some 
proprietary institutions outside of title IV, HEA funds and because 
military-connected students have been targeted by some proprietary 
institutions in the past. The Department also considered including 
other large sources of Federal funds, such as WIOA, but excluding 
smaller sources. However, the Department determined to include all 
Federal education assistance programs, with the exception of funds that 
go directly to students that expressly cover costs outside of tuition, 
fees, and other institutional charges. The Department took this 
approach to be consistent with the statutory language in the ARP, which 
refers to ``Federal education assistance funds'' and because Federal 
appropriations for education assistance programs and disbursements to 
institutions may change from year to year. Consequently, the Department 
does not want to inadvertently create a new loophole where proprietary 
institutions identify a large source of Federal funds, such as WIOA, 
and target students that receive this funding.
    The Department considered including only Federal funds that go 
directly to proprietary institutions, to eliminate any burden on 
proprietary institutions to obtain timely information about funds that 
go directly to students, especially if a student needs to pay back an 
agency for funds received due to dropping a class, enrollment intensity 
decreasing, or other reasons. The Department also considered including 
all student funds, including those earmarked for purposes other than 
tuition and fees, such as housing. However, to be consistent with the 
ARP and HEA, the Department decided to include funds that go directly 
to students for tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. The 
Department did not include funds that go directly to students that are 
earmarked for purposes other than tuition, fees, and other 
institutional charges because this funding does not apply to 
institutional charges, as required by the HEA.
    The Department considered listing all Federal educational 
assistance programs in the regulations. However, these programs and the 
underlying facts that determine institutional eligibility may change 
over time, so the Department instead decided to identify sources of 
funds that are to be included in a Federal Register notice, which gives 
greater flexibility to account for changes over time and can be updated 
as needed.
    6.3. Change in Ownership:
    The Department considered establishing a definition of ``nonprofit 
institution'' that would preclude all revenue-based or other agreements 
with a former owner, as opposed to just those that exceed reasonable 
market value. However, we determined that there could be agreements 
with a former owner that should not disqualify an institution from 
nonprofit status.
    The Department considered maintaining the current definitions that 
require the Department to evaluate whether there has been a change of 
control at 25 percent of a change in ownership interest, rather than 50 
percent, as under the final regulations. However, in general we have 
found that control below 50 percent is relatively rare. To accommodate 
concerns that institutions might begin to establish changes of control 
at, for example, 49 percent to evade the CIO requirements, we lowered 
the threshold for reporting changes in ownership to 5 percent from 25 
percent and retained discretion for the Secretary to review and 
determine a change of control at a threshold below 50 percent based on 
information available to the Secretary. While the Department also 
considered requiring reporting of all changes in ownership at any 
level, we instead determined 5 percent is appropriate to avoid 
unnecessary reporting on extremely minor changes and to limit 
unreasonable burden on institutions.
    The Department considered whether to maintain the provision that 
requires the Secretary to continue an institution's participation in 
the title IV, HEA programs after a CIO with the same terms and 
conditions that governed its participation before the CIO. However, we 
are concerned that such terms may not adequately account for the added 
risk the institution may present to students and taxpayers as a result 
of the transaction. Based on our past review of CIO applications, we 
are aware of numerous cases in which the transaction fundamentally 
altered the operations of the institution. We believe that additional 
conditions and new terms are more appropriate for institutions 
undergoing a CIO and are accordingly including language that allows the 
Department to establish such appropriate terms.
7. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    The Secretary certifies, under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 
U.S.C. 601 et seq.), that this regulatory action will not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of ``small 
entities.''
    The Small Business Administration (SBA) defines ``small 
institution'' using data on revenue, market dominance, tax filing 
status, governing body, and population. Most entities to which the 
Office of Postsecondary Education's (OPE) regulations apply are 
postsecondary institutions; however, many of these institutions do not 
report such data to the Department. As a result, for purposes of this 
final rule, the Department will continue defining ``small entities'' by 
reference to enrollment,\45\ to allow meaningful comparison of 
regulatory impact across all types of higher education 
institutions.\46\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ Two-year postsecondary educational institutions with 
enrollment of less than 500 full-time equivalent (FTE) and four-year 
postsecondary educational institutions with enrollment of less than 
1,000 FTE.
    \46\ In previous regulations, the Department categorized small 
businesses based on tax status. Those regulations defined ``non-
profit organizations'' as ``small organizations'' if they were 
independently owned and operated and not dominant in their field of 
operation, or as ``small entities'' if they were institutions 
controlled by governmental entities with populations below 50,000. 
Those definitions resulted in the categorization of all private 
nonprofit organization as small and no public institutions as small. 
Under the previous definition, proprietary institutions were 
considered small if they were independently owned and operated and 
not dominant in their field of operation with total annual revenue 
below $7,000,000. Using FY 2017 IPEDs finance data for proprietary 
institutions, 50 percent of 4-year and 90 percent of 2-year or less 
proprietary institutions would be considered small. By contrast, an 
enrollment-based definition applies the same metric to all types of 
institutions, allowing consistent comparison across all types.

[[Page 65480]]



                          Table 6--Small Institutions Under Enrollment-Based Definition
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Level                            Type                 Small           Total          Percent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2-year................................  Public..................             328            1182           27.75
2-year................................  Private.................             182             199           91.46
2-year................................  Proprietary.............            1777            1952           91.03
4-year................................  Public..................              56             747            7.50
4-year................................  Private.................             789            1602           49.25
4-year................................  Proprietary.............             249             331           75.23
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.............................  ........................            3381            6013           56.23
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: 2018-19 data reported to the Department.

    Table 7 summarizes the number of institutions affected by these 
regulations.

     Table 7--Estimated Count of Small Institutions Affected by the
                               Regulations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Small          As percent of
                                       institutions          small
                                         affected         institutions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pell Grants for Confined or                       136               4.02
 Incarcerated Individuals.........
90/10.............................              1,650              17.00
Change in Ownership...............                203              10.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Department has determined that the economic impact on small 
entities affected by the regulations will not be significant. As seen 
in Table 8, the average total revenue at small institutions ranges from 
$2.3 million for proprietary institutions to $21.3 million at private 
institutions. These amounts are significantly higher than the $2,953 to 
$4,593 in estimated costs per small institution for the regulations 
presented in Table 9.

              Table 8--Total Revenues at Small Institutions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Average total
                                       revenues for      Total revenues
              Control                     small          for all small
                                       institutions       institutions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Private...........................         21,288,171     20,670,814,269
Proprietary.......................          2,343,565      4,748,063,617
Public............................         15,398,329      5,912,958,512
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Based on analysis of IPEDS enrollment and revenue data for 2018-
  19.

    The impact of the PEP regulations will be minimal to small 
institutions and will involve meeting disclosure requirements and 
complying with oversight entity and the Department requirements.
    The changes to 90/10 will have a minor impact on proprietary 
institutions. These impacts include calculating the non-Federal revenue 
and providing a notification to students and the Department if an 
institution fails to comply with the 90/10 requirement.
    While the CIO regulations have the potential to impact small 
entities, so there will be a minor burden on institutions that undergo 
a CIO to notify students at least 90 days prior to a proposed CIO. We 
believe this burden will be minor and the notification can be 
disseminated electronically. The reduction in the reporting threshold 
for changes in ownership from 25 to 5 percent will impact more small 
entities than in the past; however, the burden associated with this 
increase in reporting is minimal and relatively uncommon. The 
Department anticipates that lowering the reporting threshold will not 
result in many institutions having to meet reporting requirements as 
the Department anticipates that even at the lower threshold, this is 
still not a common occurrence. In addition, the reporting burden is 
minimal for those who will have a reporting burden.

[[Page 65481]]



                                 Table 9--Estimated Costs for Small Institutions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compliance area                        Number of
                                           small
                                    institutions
                                        affected  Cost range per institution ($)
                                   Estimated overall cost range
                                      for small institutions
                                           affected ($)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pell Grants for Confined or                   44             750           1,125          32,996          49,495
 Incarcerated Individuals
 disclosure requirement.........
90/10 non-Federal revenue                  1,650             750           1,500       1,237,368       2,474,736
 calculation....................
90/10 failure student                         11             141             187           1,547            2062
 notification...................
CIO notification to students....              71             188             281          13,313          19,967
CIO increased reporting burden..             203           1,125           1,500         228,351         304,468
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995

    As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent 
burden, the Department provides the general public and Federal agencies 
with an opportunity to comment on proposed and continuing collections 
of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 
(PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). This helps ensure that the public 
understands the Department's collection instructions, respondents can 
provide the requested data in the desired format, reporting burden 
(time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are 
clearly understood, and the Department can properly assess the impact 
of collection requirements on respondents.
    Sections 600.7, 600.10, 600.20, 600.21, 668.28, 668.43, 668.237, 
and 668.238 of this final rule contain information collection 
requirements. These final regulations include requirements for 
institutions to: obtain a waiver allowing them to enroll more than 25 
percent of their students as incarcerated students; obtain approval to 
offer PEPs; submit an application seeking continued title IV 
participation for a change in ownership; report changes in ownership or 
control; and, for proprietary institutions, demonstrate compliance with 
the 90/10 rule. Under the PRA, the Department has or will at the 
required time submit a copy of these sections and an Information 
Collection Request to OMB for its review. For some of the regulatory 
sections, including those relating to PEPs, PRA approval will be sought 
via a separate information collection process. Specifically, the 
Department will publish notices in the Federal Register to seek public 
comment on these collections.
    A Federal agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of 
information unless OMB approves the collection under the PRA and the 
corresponding information collection instrument displays a currently 
valid OMB control number. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, 
no person is required to comply with, or is subject to penalty for 
failure to comply with, a collection of information if the collection 
instrument does not display a currently valid OMB control number. In 
the final regulations, we will display the control numbers assigned by 
OMB to the information collection requirements adopted in these final 
regulations.
    Section 600.7--Conditions of institutional eligibility;
    Section 600.10--Date, extent, duration, and consequences of 
eligibility;
    Section 600.20--Notice and application procedures for establishing, 
reestablishing, maintaining, or expanding institutional eligibility and 
certification;
    Section 600.21--Updating application information; and
    Section 668.238--Application requirements.
    Requirements: Under Sec.  600.7(c)(1), the Secretary will not 
approve an enrollment cap waiver for a postsecondary institution's 
Prison Education Program (PEP) until the oversight entity is able to 
make the ``best interest determination'' described in Sec.  668.241, 
which will be at least 2 years after the postsecondary institution has 
continuously provided a PEP.
    Section 600.10(c)(1)(iv) requires an institution to obtain approval 
from the Secretary to offer the institution's first eligible PEP at its 
first two additional locations at correctional facilities.
    Section 600.20(g)(1)(i) requires institutions to notify the 
Department at least 90 days in advance of a proposed change in 
ownership. This includes submission of a completed form, State 
authorization and accrediting documents, and copies of audited 
financial statements. It also includes reporting any subsequent changes 
to the proposed ownership structure at least 90 days prior to the date 
the change in ownership is to occur.
    We are amending the reporting requirements in Sec.  600.21(a)(6) to 
distinguish between reportable changes in ownership and changes of 
control and between natural persons and legal entities.
    Under Sec.  600.21(a)(14), institutions must report initial or 
additional PEPs and locations for PEPs.
    Section 600.21(a)(15) also requires reporting on changes in 
ownership that do not result in a change of control and that are not 
otherwise specified on the list of types of changes in ownership that 
must be reported, to ensure that novel ownership structures are covered 
under the regulations.
    Section 668.238(a) requires postsecondary institution to seek 
approval for the first PEP at the first two additional locations as 
required under Sec.  600.10. The application requirements for such PEPs 
are in Sec.  668.238(b). For all other PEPs and locations not subject 
to initial approval by the Secretary, postsecondary institutions must 
submit the documentation outlined in Sec.  668.238(c).
    Burden Calculation: All of these regulatory changes will require an 
update to the current institutional application form, 1845-0012. The 
form update will be completed and made available for comment through a 
full public clearance package before being made available for use by 
the effective date of the regulations. The burden changes will be 
assessed to OMB Control Number 1845-0012, Application for Approval to 
Participate in Federal Student Aid Programs.
    Section 600.20--Notice and application procedures for establishing, 
reestablishing, maintaining, or expanding institutional eligibility and 
certification.
    Requirements: Section 600.20(g)(4) requires institutions to notify 
enrolled and prospective students at least 90 days prior to a proposed 
change in ownership.
    Burden Calculation: We believe that this will result in burden for 
the institution. Based on the GAO report cited earlier, using the 59 
institutional changes of ownership over a period of 9 years, we 
estimate that 7 institutions annually will require 20 hours to develop 
the required notice and create

[[Page 65482]]

and send an email message to all current and prospective students for a 
total of 140 hours (7 x 20 hours = 140 hours). The burden change will 
be assessed to OMB Control Number 1845-NEW, Change of Ownership 
Notification to Students.

                   Change of Ownership Notification to Students--OMB Control Number: 1845-NEW
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Cost at $46.59
                 Affected entity                    Respondent       Responses     Burden hours    per hour for
                                                                                                   institutions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proprietary.....................................               7               7             140       $6,522.60
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.......................................               7               7             140        6,522.60
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Section 668.28--Non-Federal revenue (90/10).
    Requirements: Section 668.28(a)(2) outlines how proprietary 
institutions calculate the percentage of their revenue that is Federal 
revenue and creates an end-of-fiscal-year deadline for proprietary 
institutions to request and disburse title IV funds to students. 
Additionally, in Sec.  668.28(c)(3) we establish disclosures for 
proprietary institutions that fail to derive at least 10 percent of 
their fiscal-year revenues from allowable non-Federal funds.
    Burden Calculation: We believe that the changes to Sec.  
668.28(a)(2) will result in burden for the institution. As of April 
2022, there were 1,650 proprietary institutions eligible to participate 
in the title IV, HEA programs. We believe that all proprietary 
institutions will be required to perform this calculation. We believe 
that it will take 1,650 institutions an estimated 24 hours each to 
gather information about the eligible students and payment information 
to perform the required calculations and request any required 
disbursements for a total of 39,600 hours (1,650 institutions x 24 
hours = 39,600 hours). The estimated costs for institutions to meet 
this requirement are $1,844,964.
    We believe that the changes to Sec.  668.28(c)(3), which requires 
institutions to notify students when the institution fails the 90/10 
revenue test, will result in a burden for the institution. For the 
2019-2020 Award Year, there were 33 institutions that failed to meet 
the 90/10 revenue test when adding in Post 9-11 GI Bill and DOD Tuition 
Assistance funds. Using this number of institutions as representative 
of the number of institutions that would annually fail the 90/10 
revenue test, we estimate that 33 institutions will require 4 hours to 
develop and post the required notice on the institution's intranet and 
internet sites for a total of 132 hours (33 institutions x 4 hours = 
132 hours). The estimated costs for institutions to meet this 
requirement are $6,150.
    The total burden assessed to OMB Control Number 1845-0096 is 
estimated at 39,732 hours and estimated costs of $1,851,114.

 Student Assistance General Provisions--Non-Title IV Revenue Requirements (90/10)--OMB Control Number: 1845-0096
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Cost at $46.59
                 Affected entity                    Respondent       Responses     Burden hours    per hour for
                                                                                                   institutions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proprietary.....................................           1,650           1,683          39,732      $1,851,114
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.......................................           1,650           1,683          39,732       1,851,114
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Section 668.43--Institutional Information.
    Requirements: Under Sec.  668.43(a)(5)(vi), an institution must 
disclose if an eligible PEP is designed to meet educational 
requirements for a specific professional license or certification that 
is required for employment in an occupation (as described in Sec.  
668.236(a)(7) and (8)). In that case, the postsecondary institution 
must provide information regarding whether that occupation typically 
involves State or Federal prohibitions on the licensure or employment 
of formerly confined or incarcerated individuals. This requirement 
applies in the State where the correctional facility is located or, in 
the case of a Federal correctional facility, in the State where most of 
the individuals confined or incarcerated in such facility will reside 
upon release.
    Burden Calculation: We believe that, of an estimated 400 
institutions that will participate in PEPs, 20 percent or 80 
institutions will have programs that will require such research and 
disclosure. We further believe that, of an estimated 800 programs at 
those institutions, 20 percent or 160 programs will require such 
research and disclosure. We anticipate that to fully research the 
licensure requirements in the required State or States and prepare 
documentation for students in the eligible PEP, an institution will 
need 25 hours per program for an estimated total burden of 4,000 hours 
(160 x 25 = 4,000). The burden of 4,000 hours will be assessed to OMB 
Control Number 1845-0156 with an estimated cost of $186,360.

                   Accreditation Participation and Disclosures--OMB Control Number: 1845-0156
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Cost at $46.59
                 Affected entity                    Respondent       Responses     Burden hours    per hour for
                                                                                                   institutions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Private, not-for-profit.........................              14              28             700         $32,613

[[Page 65483]]

 
Public..........................................              66             132           3,300         153,747
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.......................................              80             160           4,000         186,360
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Section 668.237--Accreditation requirements.
    Requirements: Section 668.237 requires program evaluation at the 
first two additional locations to ensure institutional ability to offer 
and implement the PEP in accordance with the accrediting agency's 
standards. The final regulations require the accrediting agency to 
conduct a site visit no later than one year after the institution has 
initiated a PEP at its first two additional locations at correctional 
facilities. Additionally, the final regulations require accrediting 
agencies to review the methodology used by an institution in 
determining that the PEP meets the same standards for substantially 
similar non-PEP programs.
    Burden Calculation: Of the current 54 recognized accrediting 
agencies, it is estimated that 18 accrediting agencies may be called 
upon to perform such required reviews for institutions under their 
oversight. It is estimated that each of these accrediting agencies will 
require 8 hours per institution to evaluate the written applications 
for the first two PEP programs offered or any change in methodology 
review. With an estimated 400 institutions participating in the PEP 
program, accrediting agencies will require 3,200 hours to complete this 
initial review (400 institutions x 8 hours = 3,200 burden hours).
    We estimate that, under the final regulations, accrediting agencies 
will require 50 hours to prepare for the site visit, perform the site 
visit, and report the findings. With an estimated 400 institutions 
participating in the PEP program, accrediting agencies will require 
20,000 hours to complete this initial review (400 institutions x 50 
hours = 20,000 burden hours).
    We estimate that accrediting agencies will require an estimated 8 
hours to perform the methodology review under the final regulations. 
With an estimated 400 institutions participating in the PEP program, 
accrediting agencies will require 3,200 hours to complete this initial 
review (400 institutions x 8 hours = 3,200 burden hours).
    The total estimated burden for accrediting agencies to perform 
these tasks for the PEP evaluations is 42,400 hours under the OMB 
Control Number 1840-NEW.

                Prison Education Program Accreditation Requirements--OMB Control Number 1840-NEW
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    Cost $46.59
                 Affected entity                    Respondent       Responses     Burden hours    per hour for
                                                                                                   institutions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Not-For-Profit Private..........................              18          12,000          26,400      $1,229,976
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.......................................              18          12,000          26,400       1,229,976
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Consistent with the discussions above, the following chart 
describes the sections of the final regulations involving information 
collections, the information being collected, the collections that the 
Department will submit to OMB for approval and public comment under the 
PRA, and the estimated costs associated with the information 
collections. The monetized net cost of the increased burden for 
institutions and students was calculated using wage data developed 
using Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) data. For institutions, we have 
used the median hourly wage for Education Administrators, 
Postsecondary, $46.59 per hour according to BLS as of May 2021. 
www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes119033.htm.

                                       Table 10--Collection of Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Estimated cost $46.59
         Regulatory section             Information collection      OMB control No. and    institutional unless
                                                                     estimated burden         otherwise noted
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  Sec.   600.7, 600.10, 600.20,  Sec.   600.7(c)(1)           1845-0012; Burden will  Costs will be cleared
 600.21, and 668.238.                 specifies procedures for     be cleared at a later   through separate
                                      the Secretary to approve     date through a          information
                                      an enrollment cap waiver     separate information    collection for the
                                      for incarcerated             collection for the      form.
                                      individuals at a             form.
                                      postsecondary institution.
                                     Sec.  Sec.
                                      600.10(c)(1)(iv) and
                                      668.238(a) require an
                                      institution to obtain
                                      approval from the
                                      Secretary to offer the
                                      institution's first
                                      eligible PEP at its first
                                      two additional locations
                                      at correctional facilities.
                                     Sec.   600.20(g)(1)(i)
                                      requires institutions to
                                      notify the Department at
                                      least 90 days in advance
                                      of a proposed change in
                                      ownership.
                                     Sec.   600.21(a)(6)
                                      specifies reporting
                                      requirements for changes
                                      in ownership and changes
                                      of control.
                                     Sec.   600.21(a)(14)
                                      requires institutions to
                                      report on PEPs.

[[Page 65484]]

 
                                     Sec.   600.21(a)(15)
                                      requires reporting on
                                      changes in ownership that
                                      do not result in a change
                                      of control and that are
                                      not otherwise specified in
                                      the regulations.
                                     Sec.   668.238(b) specifies
                                      the application
                                      requirements for PEPs. For
                                      all other PEPs not subject
                                      to initial approval by the
                                      Secretary, postsecondary
                                      institutions must submit
                                      the documentation outlined
                                      in Sec.   668.238(c).
Sec.   600.20......................  Sec.   600.20(g)(4)          1845--NEW; 140 hours..  $6,522.60.
                                      requires institutions to
                                      notify enrolled and
                                      prospective students at
                                      least 90 days prior to a
                                      proposed change in
                                      ownership.
Sec.   668.28......................  Sec.   668.28(a)(2)          1845-0096; 39,732       $1,844,964.
                                      clarifies how proprietary    hours.
                                      institutions calculate the
                                      percentage of their
                                      revenue from Federal
                                      education assistance
                                      programs.
                                     Sec.   668.28(c)(3)
                                      establishes disclosures
                                      for proprietary
                                      institutions that fail the
                                      90/10 calculation.
Sec.   668.43......................  Sec.   668.43(a)(5)(vi)      1845-0156; 4,000 hours  $186,360.
                                      requires a disclosure if
                                      an eligible PEP is
                                      designed to meet
                                      educational requirements
                                      for a specific
                                      professional license or
                                      certification that is
                                      required for employment in
                                      an occupation.
Sec.   668.237.....................  Sec.   668.237 specifies     1840--NEW; 26,400       $1,229,976.
                                      how accrediting agencies     hours.
                                      will review PEPs..
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The total burden hours and change in burden hours associated with 
each OMB Control number affected by the regulations follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Total burden      Change in
               Control No.                     hours       burden hours
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1840-NEW................................          26,400         +26,400
1845-0096...............................          39,737         +39,732
1845-0156...............................         583,171          +4,000
1845-NEW................................             140            +140
                                         -------------------------------
    Total...............................         649,448         +70,272
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We have prepared Information Collection Requests for these 
information collection requirements. If you wish to review and comment 
on the Information Collection Requests, please follow the instructions 
in the ADDRESSES section of this document. Note: The Office of 
Information and Regulatory Affairs in OMB and the Department review all 
comments posted at www.regulations.gov.
    In preparing your comments, you may want to review the Information 
Collection Requests (ICRs), including the supporting materials, in 
www.regulations.gov by using Docket ID ED-2022-OPE-0062. These proposed 
collections are identified as proposed collections 1840-NEW, 1845-0096, 
1845-0156, 1845-NEW.
    If you want to review and comment on the ICRs, please follow the 
instructions provided below. Please note that the Office of Information 
and Regulatory Affairs and the Department review all comments posted at 
www.regulations.gov.
    We consider your comments on these proposed collections of 
information in--
     Deciding whether the proposed collections are necessary 
for the proper performance of our functions, including whether the 
information will have practical use;
     Evaluating the accuracy of our estimate of the burden of 
the proposed collections, including the validity of our methodology and 
assumptions;
     Enhancing the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the 
information we collect; and
     Minimizing the burden on those who must respond. Comments 
submitted in response to this document should be submitted 
electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
www.regulations.gov by selecting Docket ID ED-2022-OPE-0062. Please 
specify the Docket ID and indicate ``Information Collection Comments'' 
if your comment(s) relate to the information collection for this rule.
    For Further Information: Electronically mail [email protected].
    Consistent with 5 CFR 1320.8(d), the Department is soliciting 
comments on the information collection through this document. OMB is 
required to make a decision concerning the collections of information 
contained in these final regulations between 30 and 60 days after 
publication of this document in the Federal Register. Therefore, to 
ensure that OMB gives your comments full consideration, it is important 
that OMB receives your comments by November 28, 2022.

Intergovernmental Review

    This program is subject to Executive Order 12372 and the 
regulations in 34 CFR part 79. One of the objectives of the Executive 
Order is to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened 
federalism. The Executive order relies on processes developed by State 
and local governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal 
financial assistance.
    This document provides early notification of our specific plans and 
actions for this program.

[[Page 65485]]

Assessment of Educational Impact

    In the NPRM we requested comments on whether the proposed 
regulations would require transmission of information that any other 
agency or authority of the United States gathers or makes available. 
Based on the response to the NPRM and on our review, we have determined 
that these final regulations do not require transmission of information 
that any other agency or authority of the United States gathers or 
makes available.

Federalism

    Executive Order 13132 requires us to ensure meaningful and timely 
input by State and local elected officials in the development of 
regulatory policies that have federalism implications. ``Federalism 
implications'' means substantial direct effects on the States, on the 
relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the 
distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of 
government. The final regulations do not have federalism implications.
    Accessible Format: On request to one of the program contact persons 
listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT, individuals with 
disabilities can obtain this document in an accessible format. The 
Department will provide the requestor with an accessible format that 
may include Rich Text Format (RTF) or text format (txt), a thumb drive, 
an MP3 file, braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc, or other 
accessible format.
    Electronic Access to This Document: The official version of this 
document is the document published in the Federal Register. You may 
access the official edition of the Federal Register and the Code of 
Federal Regulations at www.govinfo.gov. At this site you can view this 
document, as well as all other documents of this Department published 
in the Federal Register, in text or Adobe Portable Document Format 
(PDF). To use PDF, you must have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is 
available free at the site.
    You may also access documents of the Department published in the 
Federal Register by using the article search feature at 
www.federalregister.gov. Specifically, through the advanced search 
feature at this site, you can limit your search to documents published 
by the Department.

List of Subjects

34 CFR Part 600

    Colleges and universities, Foreign relations, Grant programs-
education, Loan programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements, Selective Service System, Student aid, Vocational 
education.

34 CFR Part 668

    Administrative practice and procedure, Aliens, Colleges and 
universities, Consumer protection, Grant programs-education, Loan 
programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Selective 
Service System, Student aid, Vocational education.

34 CFR Part 690

    Colleges and universities, Education of disadvantaged, Grant 
programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Student 
aid.

Miguel A. Cardona,
Secretary of Education.
    For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Secretary amends 
parts 600, 685, 668, and 690 of title 34 of the Code of Federal 
Regulations as follows:

PART 600--INSTITUTIONAL ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE HIGHER EDUCATION ACT 
OF 1965, AS AMENDED

0
1. The authority citation for part 600 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  20 U.S.C. 1001, 1002, 1003, 1088, 1091, 1094, 1099b, 
and 1099c, unless otherwise noted.


0
2. Section 600.2 is amended by:
0
a. Revising the definitions of ``Additional location'' and ``Branch 
campus''.
0
b. Adding in alphabetical order a definition of ``Confined or 
incarcerated individual''.
0
c. Removing the definition of ``Incarcerated student''.
0
d. Adding in alphabetical order a definition of ``Main campus''.
0
e. Revising the definition of ``Nonprofit institution''.

    The additions and revisions read as follows:


Sec.  600.2  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Additional location: (1) A physical facility that is geographically 
separate from the main campus of the institution and within the same 
ownership structure of the institution, at which the institution offers 
at least 50 percent of an educational program. An additional location 
participates in the title IV, HEA programs only through the 
certification of the main campus.
    (2) A Federal, State, or local penitentiary, prison, jail, 
reformatory, work farm, juvenile justice facility, or other similar 
correctional institution is considered to be an additional location 
even if a student receives instruction primarily through distance 
education or correspondence courses at that location.
* * * * *
    Branch campus: A physical facility that is geographically separate 
from the main campus of the institution and within the same ownership 
structure of the institution, and that also--
    (1) Is approved by the Secretary as a branch campus; and
    (2) Is independent from the main campus, meaning the location--
    (i) Is permanent in nature;
    (ii) Offers courses in educational programs leading to a degree, 
certificate, or other recognized education credential;
    (iii) Has its own faculty and administrative or supervisory 
organization; and
    (iv) Has its own budgetary and hiring authority.
* * * * *
    Confined or incarcerated individual: An individual who is serving a 
criminal sentence in a Federal, State, or local penitentiary, prison, 
jail, reformatory, work farm, juvenile justice facility, or other 
similar correctional institution. An individual is not considered 
incarcerated if that individual is subject to or serving an involuntary 
civil commitment, in a half-way house or home detention, or is 
sentenced to serve only weekends.
* * * * *
    Main campus: The primary physical facility at which the institution 
offers eligible programs, within the same ownership structure of the 
institution, and certified as the main campus by the Department and the 
institution's accrediting agency.
* * * * *
    Nonprofit institution: (1) A nonprofit institution is a domestic 
public or private institution or foreign institution as to which the 
Secretary determines that no part of the net earnings of the 
institution benefits any private entity or natural person and that 
meets the requirements of paragraphs (2) through (4) of this 
definition, as applicable.
    (2) When making the determination under paragraph (1) of this 
definition, the Secretary considers the entirety of the relationship 
between the institution, the entities in its ownership structure, and 
other parties. For example, a nonprofit institution is generally not an 
institution that--
    (i) Is an obligor (either directly or through any entity in its 
ownership chain) on a debt owed to a former owner of the institution or 
a natural person or

[[Page 65486]]

entity related to or affiliated with the former owner of the 
institution;
    (ii) Either directly or through any entity in its ownership chain, 
enters into or maintains a revenue-sharing agreement, unless the 
Secretary determines that the payments and the terms under the revenue-
sharing agreement are reasonable, based on the market price and terms 
for such services or materials, and the price bears a reasonable 
relationship to the cost of the services or materials provided, with--
    (A) A former owner or current or former employee of the institution 
or member of its board; or
    (B) A natural person or entity related to or affiliated with the 
former owner or current or former employee of the institution or member 
of its board;
    (iii) Is a party (either directly or indirectly) to any other 
agreements (including lease agreements) under which the institution is 
obligated to make any payments, unless the Secretary determines that 
the payments and terms under the agreement are comparable to payments 
in an arm's-length transaction at fair market value, with--
    (A) A former owner or current or former employee of the institution 
or member of its board; or
    (B) A natural person or entity related to or affiliated with the 
former owner or current or former employee of the institution or member 
of its board; or
    (iv) Engages in an excess benefit transaction with any natural 
person or entity.
    (3) A private institution is a ``nonprofit institution'' only if it 
meets the requirements in paragraph (1) of this definition and is--
    (i) Owned and operated by one or more nonprofit corporations or 
associations;
    (ii) Legally authorized to operate as a nonprofit organization by 
each State in which it is physically located; and
    (iii) Determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service to be an 
organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue 
Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)).
    (4) A foreign institution is a ``nonprofit institution'' only if it 
meets the requirements in paragraph (1) of this definition and is--
    (i) An institution that is owned and operated only by one or more 
nonprofit corporations or associations; and
    (ii)(A) If a recognized tax authority of the institution's home 
country is recognized by the Secretary for purposes of making 
determinations of an institution's nonprofit status for title IV 
purposes, is determined by that tax authority to be a nonprofit 
educational institution; or
    (B) If no recognized tax authority of the institution's home 
country is recognized by the Secretary for purposes of making 
determinations of an institution's nonprofit status for title IV 
purposes, the foreign institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of 
the Secretary that it is a nonprofit educational institution.
* * * * *

0
 3. Section 600.4 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraph (a) introductory text; and
0
b. Removing the parenthetical authority citation at the end of the 
section.

    The revision reads as follows:


Sec.  600.  Institution of higher education.

    (a) An institution of higher education is a public or other 
nonprofit educational institution that--
* * * * *

0
4. Section 600.7 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  600.7  Conditions of institutional eligibility.

* * * * *
    (c) Special provisions regarding confined or incarcerated 
individuals. (1)(i) The Secretary may waive the prohibition contained 
in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, upon the application of an 
institution, if the institution is a nonprofit institution that 
provides four-year or two-year educational programs for which it awards 
a bachelor's degree, an associate degree, or a postsecondary diploma 
and has continuously provided an eligible prison education program 
approved by the Department under subpart P of 34 CFR part 668 for at 
least two years.
    (ii) The Secretary does not grant the waiver of the prohibition 
contained in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section if--
    (A) For a program described under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this 
section, the program does not maintain a completion rate of 50 percent 
or greater; or
    (B) For an institution described under paragraph (c)(2) or (3) of 
this section--
    (1) The institution provides one or more eligible prison education 
programs that is not compliant with the requirements of 34 CFR part 
668, subpart P; or
    (2) The institution is not administratively capable under 34 CFR 
668.16 or financially responsible under 34 CFR part 668, subpart L.
    (2) If the nonprofit institution that applies for a waiver consists 
solely of four-year or two-year educational programs for which it 
awards a bachelor's degree, an associate degree, or a postsecondary 
diploma, the Secretary may waive the prohibition contained in paragraph 
(a)(1)(iii) of this section for the entire institution.
    (3) If the nonprofit institution that applies for a waiver does not 
consist solely of four-year or two-year educational programs for which 
it awards a bachelor's degree, an associate degree, or a postsecondary 
diploma, the Secretary may waive the prohibition contained in paragraph 
(a)(1)(iii) of this section on a program-by-program basis--
    (i) For the four-year and two-year programs for which the 
institution awards a bachelor's degree, an associate degree, or a 
postsecondary diploma; and
    (ii) For the other programs the institution provides, if the 
confined or incarcerated individuals who are regular students enrolled 
in those other programs have a completion rate of 50 percent or 
greater.
    (4)(i)(A) For five years after the Secretary grants the waiver, no 
more than 50 percent of the institution's regular enrolled students may 
be confined or incarcerated individuals; and
    (B) Following the period described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of 
this section, no more than 75 percent of the institution's regular 
enrolled students may be confined or incarcerated individuals.
    (ii) The limitations in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section do not 
apply if the institution is a public institution chartered for the 
explicit purpose of educating confined or incarcerated individuals, as 
determined by the Secretary, and all students enrolled in the 
institution's prison education program are located in the State where 
the institution is chartered.
    (5) The Secretary limits or terminates the waiver described in this 
section if the Secretary determines the institution no longer meets the 
requirements established under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (6) If the Secretary limits or terminates an institution's waiver 
under paragraph (c) of this section, the institution ceases to be 
eligible for the title IV, HEA programs at the end of the award year 
that begins after the Secretary's action unless the institution, by 
that time--
    (i) Demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that it meets 
the requirements under paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
    (ii) The institution does not enroll any additional confined or 
incarcerated individuals upon the limitation or termination of the 
waiver and reduces its enrollment of confined or

[[Page 65487]]

incarcerated individuals to no more than 25 percent of its regular 
enrolled students.
* * * * *

0
5. Section 600.10 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(1) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  600.10  Date, extent, duration, and consequence of eligibility.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (1) An eligible institution that seeks to establish the eligibility 
of an educational program must obtain the Secretary's approval--
    (i) Pursuant to a requirement regarding additional programs 
included in the institution's Program Participation Agreement (PPA) 
under 34 CFR 668.14;
    (ii) For the first direct assessment program under 34 CFR 668.10, 
the first direct assessment program offered at each credential level, 
and for a comprehensive transition and postsecondary program under 34 
CFR 668.232;
    (iii) For an undergraduate program that is at least 300 clock hours 
but less than 600 clock hours and does not admit as regular students 
only persons who have completed the equivalent of an associate degree 
under 34 CFR 668.8(d)(3); and
    (iv) For the first eligible prison education program under subpart 
P of 34 CFR part 668 offered at the first two additional locations as 
defined under Sec.  600.2 at a Federal, State, or local penitentiary, 
prison, jail, reformatory, work farm, juvenile justice facility, or 
other similar correctional institution.
* * * * *

0
6. Section 600.20 is amended by revising paragraphs (g) and (h) to read 
as follows:


Sec.  600.20  Notice and application procedures for establishing, 
reestablishing, maintaining, or expanding institutional eligibility and 
certification.

* * * * *
    (g) Application for provisional extension of certification. (1) If 
a private nonprofit institution, a private for-profit institution, or a 
public institution participating in the title IV, HEA programs 
undergoes a change in ownership that results in a change of control as 
described in Sec.  600.31, the Secretary may continue the institution's 
participation in those programs on a provisional basis if--
    (i) No later than 90 days prior to the change in ownership, the 
institution provides the Secretary notice of the proposed change on a 
fully completed form designated by the Secretary and supported by the 
State authorization and accrediting documents identified in paragraphs 
(g)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, and supported by copies of the 
financial statements identified in paragraphs (g)(3)(iii) and (iv) of 
this section;
    (ii) The institution promptly reports to the Secretary any changes 
to the proposed ownership structure identified under paragraph 
(g)(1)(i) of this section, provided that the change in ownership cannot 
occur earlier than 90 days following the date the change is reported to 
the Secretary; and
    (iii) The institution under the new ownership submits a 
``materially complete application'' that is received by the Secretary 
no later than 10 business days after the day the change occurs.
    (2) Notwithstanding the submission of the items under paragraph 
(g)(1) of this section, the Secretary may determine that the 
participation of the institution should not be continued following the 
change in ownership.
    (3) For purposes of this section, a private nonprofit institution, 
a private for-profit institution, or a public institution submits a 
materially complete application if it submits a fully completed 
application form designated by the Secretary supported by--
    (i) A copy of the institution's State license or equivalent 
document that authorized or will authorize the institution to provide a 
program of postsecondary education in the State in which it is 
physically located, supplemented with documentation that, as of the day 
before the change in ownership, the State license remained in effect;
    (ii) A copy of the document from the institution's accrediting 
agency that granted or will grant the institution accreditation status, 
including approval of any non-degree programs it offers, supplemented 
with documentation that, as of the day before the change in ownership, 
the accreditation remained in effect;
    (iii) Audited financial statements for the institution's two most 
recently completed fiscal years that are prepared and audited in 
accordance with the requirements of 34 CFR 668.23;
    (iv)(A) Audited financial statements for the institution's new 
owner's two most recently completed fiscal years that are prepared and 
audited in accordance with the requirements of 34 CFR 668.23, or 
equivalent financial statements for that owner that are acceptable to 
the Secretary; or
    (B) If such financial statements are not available, financial 
protection in the amount of--
    (1) At least 25 percent of the institution's prior year volume of 
title IV aid if the institution's new owner does not have two years of 
acceptable audited financial statements; or
    (2) At least 10 percent of the institution's prior year volume of 
title IV aid if the institution's new owner has only one year of 
acceptable audited financial statements; and
    (v) If deemed necessary by the Secretary, financial protection in 
the amount of an additional 10 percent of the institution's prior year 
volume of title IV aid, or a larger amount as determined by the 
Secretary. If any entity in the new ownership structure holds a 50 
percent or greater direct or indirect voting or equity interest in 
another institution or institutions, the financial protection may also 
include the prior year volume of title IV aid, or a larger amount as 
determined by the Secretary, for all institutions under such common 
ownership.
    (4) The institution must notify enrolled and prospective students 
of the proposed change in ownership, and submit evidence that such 
disclosure was made, no later than 90 days prior to the change.
    (h) Terms of the extension. (1) If the Secretary approves the 
institution's materially complete application, the Secretary provides 
the institution with a temporary provisional Program Participation 
Agreement (TPPPA).
    (2) The TPPPA expires on the earlier of--
    (i) The last day of the month following the month in which the 
change of ownership occurred, unless the provisions of paragraph (h)(3) 
of this section apply;
    (ii) The date on which the Secretary notifies the institution that 
its application is denied; or
    (iii) The date on which the Secretary co-signs a new provisional 
program participation agreement (PPPA).
    (3) If the TPPPA will expire under the provisions of paragraph 
(h)(2)(i) of this section, the Secretary extends the provisional TPPPA 
on a month-to-month basis after the expiration date described in 
paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section if, prior to that expiration date, 
the institution provides the Secretary with--
    (i) An audited ``same-day'' balance sheet for a proprietary 
institution or an audited statement of financial position for a 
nonprofit institution;
    (ii) If not already provided, approval of the change of ownership 
from each State in which the institution is

[[Page 65488]]

physically located or for an institution that offers only distance 
education, from the agency that authorizes the institution to legally 
provide postsecondary education in that State;
    (iii) If not already provided, approval of the change of ownership 
from the institution's accrediting agency; and
    (iv) A default management plan unless the institution is exempt 
from providing that plan under 34 CFR 668.14(b)(15).
* * * * *

0
7. Section 600.21 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraphs (a) introductory text and (a)(6);
0
b. Adding paragraphs (a)(14) and (15); and
0
c. Revising paragraph (b).

    The revisions and additions read as follows:


Sec.  600.21  Updating application information.

    (a) Reporting requirements. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of 
this section, an eligible institution must report to the Secretary, in 
a manner prescribed by the Secretary no later than 10 days after the 
change occurs, any change in the following:
* * * * *
    (6)(i) Changes in ownership. (A) Any change in the ownership of the 
institution, whereby a natural person or entity acquires at least a 5 
percent ownership interest (direct or indirect) of the institution but 
that does not result in a change of control as described in Sec.  
600.31.
    (B) Changes representing at least 5 percent but under 25 percent 
(either on a single or combined basis) must be reported quarterly 
(instead of within 10 days) based on the institution's fiscal year. 
However, when an institution plans to undergo a change in ownership, 
all unreported ownership changes of 5 percent or more in the existing 
ownership must be reported prior to submission of the 90-day notice 
required by Sec.  600.20. Thereafter, any changes of 5 percent or more 
in the existing ownership must be reported within the 10-day deadline, 
up through the date of the change in ownership.
    (ii) Changes in control. A natural person or legal entity's ability 
to affect substantially the actions of the institution if that natural 
person or legal entity did not previously have this ability. The 
Secretary considers a natural person or legal entity to have this 
ability if--
    (A) The natural person acquires, alone or together with another 
member or members of their family, at least a 25 percent ownership 
interest (as defined in Sec.  600.31(b)) in the institution;
    (B) The entity acquires, alone or together with an affiliated 
natural person or entity, at least a 25 percent ownership interest (as 
defined in Sec.  600.31(b)) in the institution;
    (C) The natural person or entity acquires, alone or together with 
another natural person or entity, under a voting trust, power of 
attorney, proxy, or similar agreement, at least a 25 percent ownership 
interest (as defined in Sec.  600.31(b)) in the institution;
    (D) The natural person becomes a general partner, managing member, 
chief executive officer, trustee or co-trustee of a trust, chief 
financial officer, director, or other officer of the institution or of 
an entity that has at least a 25 percent ownership interest (as defined 
in Sec.  600.31(b)) in the institution; or
    (E) The entity becomes a general partner or managing member of an 
entity that has at least a 25 percent ownership interest (as defined in 
Sec.  600.31(b)) in the institution.
* * * * *
    (14) Its establishment or addition of an eligible prison education 
program at an additional location as defined under Sec.  600.2 at a 
Federal, State, or local penitentiary, prison, jail, reformatory, work 
farm, juvenile justice facility, or other similar correctional 
institution that was not previously included in the institution's 
application for approval as described under Sec.  600.10.
    (15) Any change in the ownership of the institution that does not 
result in a change of control as described in Sec.  600.31 and is not 
addressed under paragraph (a)(6) of this section, including the 
addition or elimination of any entities in the ownership structure, a 
change of entity from one type of business structure to another, and 
any excluded transactions under Sec.  600.31(e).
    (b) Additional reporting from institutions owned by publicly traded 
corporations. An institution that is owned by a publicly traded 
corporation must report to the Secretary any change in the information 
described in paragraph (a)(6) or (15) of this section when it notifies 
its accrediting agency, but no later than 10 days after the institution 
learns of the change.
* * * * *

0
8. Add Sec.  600.22 to read as follows:


Sec.  600.22  Severability.

    If any provision of this subpart or its application to any person, 
act, or practice is held invalid, the remainder of the subpart or the 
application of its provisions to any person, act, or practice will not 
be affected thereby.

0
9. Section 600.31 is amended by:
0
a. In paragraph (b), revising the definitions of ``Closely-held 
corporation'', ``Ownership or ownership interest'', ``Parent'', and 
``Person'';
0
b. Revising paragraph (c)(3);
0
c. Removing paragraph (c)(4);
0
d. Redesignating paragraphs (c)(5) through (7) as paragraphs (c)(4) 
through (6), respectively;
0
e. In newly redesignated paragraph (c)(5), removing the phrase 
``paragraph (d)'' and adding, in its place, the phrase ``paragraphs 
(c)(3) and (d)'';
0
f. Revising paragraphs (d)(6) and (7);
0
g. Adding paragraph (d)(8);
0
h. Revising paragraph (e); and
0
i. Removing the parenthetical authority citation at the end of the 
section.

    The revisions and addition read as follows:


Sec.  600.31  Change in ownership resulting in a change in control for 
private nonprofit, private for-profit and public institutions.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    Closely-held corporation. Closely-held corporation (including the 
term ``close corporation'') means--
    (i) A corporation that qualifies under the law of the State of its 
incorporation or organization as a statutory close corporation; or
    (ii) If the State of incorporation or organization has no statutory 
close corporation provision, a corporation the stock of which--
    (A) Is held by no more than 30 persons; and
    (B) Has not been and is not planned to be publicly offered.
* * * * *
    Ownership or ownership interest. (i) Ownership or ownership 
interest means a direct or indirect legal or beneficial interest in an 
institution or legal entity, which may include a voting interest or a 
right to share in profits.
    (ii) For the purpose of determining whether a change in ownership 
has occurred, changes in the ownership of the following are not 
included:
    (A) A mutual fund that is regularly and publicly traded.
    (B) A U.S. institutional investor, as defined in 17 CFR 240.15a-
6(b)(7).
    (C) A profit-sharing plan of the institution or its corporate 
parent, provided that all full-time permanent employees of the 
institution or its corporate parent are included in the plan.
    (D) An employee stock ownership plan (ESOP).
    Parent. The legal entity that controls the institution or a legal 
entity directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate 
entities.

[[Page 65489]]

    Person. Person includes a natural person or a legal entity, 
including a trust.
* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (3) Other entities. (i) The term ``other entities'' means any 
entity that is not closely held nor required to be registered with the 
SEC, and includes limited liability companies, limited liability 
partnerships, limited partnerships, and similar types of legal 
entities.
    (ii) The Secretary deems the following changes to constitute a 
change in ownership resulting in a change of control of such an entity:
    (A) A person (or combination of persons) acquires at least 50 
percent of the total outstanding voting interests in the entity, or 
otherwise acquires 50 percent control.
    (B) A person (or combination of persons) who holds less than a 50 
percent voting interest in an entity acquires at least 50 percent of 
the outstanding voting interests in the entity, or otherwise acquires 
50 percent control.
    (C) A person (or combination of persons) who holds at least 50 
percent of the voting interests in the entity ceases to hold at least 
50 percent voting interest in the entity, or otherwise ceases to hold 
50 percent control.
    (D) A partner in a general partnership acquires or ceases to own at 
least 50 percent of the voting interests in the general partnership, or 
otherwise acquires or ceases to hold 50 percent control.
    (E) Any change of a general partner of a limited partnership (or 
similar entity) if that general partner also holds an equity interest.
    (F) Any change in a managing member of a limited liability company 
(or similar entity) if that managing member also holds an equity 
interest.
    (G) Notwithstanding its voting interests, a person becomes the sole 
member or shareholder of a limited liability company or other entity 
that has a 100 percent or equivalent direct or indirect interest in the 
institution.
    (H) An entity that has a member or members ceases to have any 
members.
    (I) An entity that has no members becomes an entity with a member 
or members.
    (J) A person is replaced as the sole member or shareholder of a 
limited liability company or other entity that has a 100 percent or 
equivalent direct or indirect interest in the institution.
    (K) The addition or removal of any entity that provides or will 
provide the audited financial statements to meet any of the 
requirements in Sec.  600.20(g) or (h) or 34 CFR part 668, subpart L.
    (L) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the 
transfer by an owner of 50 percent or more of the voting interests in 
the institution or an entity to an irrevocable trust.
    (M) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, upon the 
death of an owner who previously transferred 50 percent or more of the 
voting interests in an institution or an entity to a revocable trust.
    (iii) The Secretary deems the following interests to satisfy the 50 
percent thresholds described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section:
    (A) A combination of persons, each of whom holds less than 50 
percent ownership interest in an entity, holds a combined ownership 
interest of at least 50 percent as a result of proxy agreements, voting 
agreements, or other agreements (whether or not the agreement is set 
forth in a written document), or by operation of State law.
    (B) A combination of persons, each of whom holds less than 50 
percent ownership interest in an entity, holds a combined ownership 
interest of at least 50 percent as a result of common ownership, 
management, or control of that entity, either directly or indirectly.
    (C) A combination of individuals who are family members as defined 
in Sec.  600.21, each of whom holds less than 50 percent ownership 
interest in an entity, holds a combined ownership interest of at least 
50 percent.
    (iv) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this 
section--
    (A) If a person who alone or in combination with other persons 
holds less than a 50 percent ownership interest in an entity, the 
Secretary may determine that the person, either alone or in combination 
with other persons, has actual control over that entity and is subject 
to the requirements of this section; and
    (B) Any person who alone or in combination with other persons has 
the right to appoint a majority of any class of board members of an 
entity or an institution is deemed to have control.
* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (6) A transfer of assets that comprise a substantial portion of the 
educational business of the institution, except where the transfer 
consists exclusively in the granting of a security interest in those 
assets;
    (7) A change whereby the institution's ownership changes from an 
entity that is for-profit, nonprofit, or public to another one of those 
statuses. However, when an institution's ownership changes from a for-
profit entity to a nonprofit entity or becomes affiliated with a public 
system, the institution remains a proprietary institution until the 
Department approves the change of status for the institution; or
    (8) The acquisition of an institution to become an additional 
location of another institution unless the acquired institution closed 
or ceased to provide educational instruction.
    (e) Excluded transactions. A change in ownership and control timely 
reported under Sec.  600.21 and otherwise subject to this section does 
not include a transfer of ownership and control of all or part of an 
owner's equity or partnership interest in an institution, the 
institution's parent corporation, or other legal entity that has signed 
the institution's PPA--
    (1) From an owner to a ``family member'' of that owner as defined 
in Sec.  600.21(f);
    (2) As a result of a transfer of an owner's interest in the 
institution or an entity to an irrevocable trust, so long as the 
trustees only include the owner and/or a family member as defined in 
Sec.  600.21(f). Upon the appointment of any non-family member as 
trustee for an irrevocable trust (or successor trust), the transaction 
is no longer excluded and is subject to the requirements of Sec.  
600.20(g) and (h);
    (3) Upon the death of a former owner who previously transferred an 
interest in the institution or an entity to a revocable trust, so long 
as the trustees include only family members (as defined in Sec.  
600.21(f)) of that former owner. Upon the appointment of any non-family 
member as trustee for the trust (or a successor trust) following the 
death of the former owner, the transaction is no longer excluded and is 
subject to the requirements of Sec.  600.20(g) and (h); or
    (4) A transfer to an individual owner with a direct or indirect 
ownership interest in the institution who has been involved in the 
management of the institution for at least two years preceding the 
transfer and who has established and retained the ownership interest 
for at least two years prior to the transfer, either upon the death of 
another owner or by transfer from another individual owner who has been 
involved in the management of the institution for at least two years 
preceding the transfer and who has established and retained the 
ownership interest for at least two years prior to the transfer, upon 
the resignation of that owner from the management of the institution.
* * * * *

[[Page 65490]]

PART 668--STUDENT ASSISTANCE GENERAL PROVISIONS

0
10. The general authority citation for part 668 is revised to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001-1003, 1070g, 1085, 1088, 1091, 1092, 
1094, 1099c, 1099c-1, and 1231a, unless otherwise noted.
* * * * *

0
11. Section 668.8 is amended by revising paragraph (n) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  668.8  Eligible program.

* * * * *
    (n) Other eligible programs. For title IV, HEA program purposes, 
eligible program includes a direct assessment program approved by the 
Secretary under Sec.  668.10, a comprehensive transition and 
postsecondary program approved by the Secretary under Sec.  668.232, 
and an eligible prison education program under subpart P of this part.


Sec.  668.11  [Redesignated as Sec.  668.12]

0
12. Redesignate Sec.  668.11 as Sec.  668.12.

0
13. Add a new Sec.  668.11 to subpart A to read as follows:


Sec.  668.11  Severability.

    If any provision of this part or its application to any person, 
act, or practice is held invalid, the remainder of the part or the 
application of its provisions to any person, act, or practice will not 
be affected thereby.

0
14. Section 668.14 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(16) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  668.1  Program participation agreement.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (16) For a proprietary institution, the institution will derive at 
least 10 percent of its revenues for each fiscal year from sources 
other than Federal funds, as provided in Sec.  668.28(a), or be subject 
to sanctions described in Sec.  668.28(c);
* * * * *

0
15. Section 668.23 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraph (d)(3); and
0
b. Removing the parenthetical authority citation at the end of the 
section.

    The revision reads as follows:


Sec.  668.23  Compliance audits and audited financial statements.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (3) Disclosure of Federal revenue. A proprietary institution must 
disclose in a footnote to its audited financial statement the 
percentage of its revenues derived from Federal funds that the 
institution received during the fiscal year covered by that audit. The 
revenue percentage must be calculated in accordance with Sec.  668.28. 
The institution must also report in the footnote the dollar amount of 
the numerator and denominator of its 90/10 ratio as well as the 
individual revenue amounts identified in section 2 of appendix C to 
this subpart.
* * * * *

0
16. Section 668.28 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  668.28  Non-Federal revenue (90/10).

    (a) General--(1) Calculating the revenue percentage. A proprietary 
institution meets the requirement in Sec.  668.14(b)(16) that at least 
10 percent of its revenue is derived from sources other than Federal 
funds by using the formula in appendix C to this subpart to calculate 
its revenue percentage for its latest complete fiscal year. For 
purposes of this section--
    (i) For any fiscal year beginning on or after January 1, 2023, 
Federal funds used to calculate the revenue percentage include title 
IV, HEA program funds and any other educational assistance funds 
provided by a Federal agency directly to an institution or a student 
including the Federal portion of any grant funds provided by or 
administered by a non-Federal agency, except for non-title IV Federal 
funds provided directly to a student to cover expenses other than 
tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. The Secretary 
identifies the Federal agency and the other educational assistance 
funds provided by that agency in a notice published in the Federal 
Register, with updates to that list published as needed.
    (ii) For any fiscal year beginning prior to January 1, 2023, 
Federal funds are limited to title IV, HEA program funds.
    (2) Disbursement rule. An institution must use the cash basis of 
accounting in calculating its revenue percentage by--
    (i) For each eligible student, counting the amount of Federal funds 
the institution received to pay tuition, fees, and other institutional 
charges during its fiscal year--
    (A) Directly from an agency identified under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 
this section; and
    (B) Paid by a student who received Federal funds; and
    (ii) For each eligible student, counting the amount of title IV, 
HEA program funds the institution received to pay tuition, fees, and 
other institutional charges during its fiscal year. However, before the 
end of its fiscal year, the institution must--
    (A) Request funds under the advanced payment method in Sec.  
668.162(b)(2) or the heightened cash monitoring method in Sec.  
668.162(d)(1) that the students are eligible to receive and make any 
disbursements to those students by the end of the fiscal year; or
    (B) For institutions under the reimbursement or heightened cash 
monitoring methods in Sec.  668.162(c) or (d)(2), make disbursements to 
those students by the end of the fiscal year and report as Federal 
funds in the revenue calculations the funds that the students are 
eligible to receive before requesting funds.
    (3) Revenue generated from programs and activities. The institution 
must consider as revenue only those funds it generates from--
    (i) Tuition, fees, and other institutional charges for students 
enrolled in eligible programs as defined in Sec.  668.8;
    (ii) Activities conducted by the institution that are necessary for 
the education and training of its students provided those activities 
are--
    (A) Conducted on campus or at a facility under the institution's 
control;
    (B) Performed under the supervision of a member of the 
institution's faculty;
    (C) Required to be performed by all students in a specific 
educational program at the institution; and
    (D) Related directly to services performed by students; and
    (iii) Funds paid by a student, or on behalf of a student by a party 
unrelated to the institution, its owners, or affiliates, for an 
education or training program that is not eligible under Sec.  668.8 
and that does not include any courses offered in an eligible program. 
The non-eligible education or training program must be provided by the 
institution, and taught by one of its instructors, at its main campus 
or one of its approved additional locations, at another school facility 
approved by the appropriate State agency or accrediting agency, or at 
an employer facility. The institution may not count revenue from a non-
eligible education or training program for which it merely provides 
facilities for test preparation courses, acts as a proctor, or oversees 
a course of self-study. The program must--
    (A) Be approved or licensed by the appropriate State agency;
    (B) Be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the 
Secretary under 34 CFR part 602;
    (C) Provide an industry-recognized credential or certification;
    (D) Provide training needed for students to maintain State 
licensing requirements; or

[[Page 65491]]

    (E) Provide training needed for students to meet additional 
licensing requirements for specialized training for practitioners who 
already meet the general licensing requirements in that field.
    (4) Application of funds. The institution must presume that any 
Federal funds it disburses, or delivers to a student, or determines was 
provided to a student by another Federal source, will be used to pay 
the student's tuition, fees, or institutional charges up to the amount 
of those Federal funds if a student makes a payment to the institution, 
except to the extent that the student's tuition, fees, or other charges 
are satisfied by--
    (i) Grant funds provided by--
    (A) Non-Federal public agencies that do not include Federal or 
institutional funds, unless the Federal portion of those grant funds 
can be determined, and that portion of Federal funds is included as 
Federal funds under this section. If the Federal funds cannot be 
determined no amount of the grant funds may be included under this 
section; or
    (B) Private sources unrelated to the institution, its owners, or 
affiliates;
    (ii) Funds provided under a contractual arrangement with the 
institution and a Federal, State, or local government agency for the 
purpose of providing job training to low-income individuals who need 
that training;
    (iii) Funds used by a student from a savings plan for educational 
expenses established by or on behalf of the student if the savings plan 
qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 
1986; or
    (iv) Institutional scholarships that meet the requirements in 
paragraph (a)(5)(iv) of this section.
    (5) Revenue generated from institutional aid. The institution may 
include the following institutional aid as revenue:
    (i) For loans made to students and credited in full to the 
students' accounts at the institution and used to satisfy tuition, 
fees, and other institutional charges, the principal payments made on 
those loans by current or former students that the institution received 
during the fiscal year, if the loans are--
    (A) Bona fide as evidenced by standalone repayment agreements 
between the students and the institution that are enforceable 
promissory notes;
    (B) Issued at intervals related to the institution's enrollment 
periods;
    (C) Subject to regular loan repayments and collections by the 
institution; and
    (D) Separate from the enrollment contracts signed by the students.
    (ii) Funds from an income share agreement or any other alternative 
financing agreement in which the agreement is with the institution only 
or with any entity or individual in the institution's ownership tree, 
or with any common ownership of the institution and the entity 
providing the funds, or if the entity or another entity with common 
ownership has any other relationships or agreements with the 
institution, provided that--
    (A) The institution clearly identifies the student's institutional 
charges, and those charges are the same or less than the stated rate 
for institutional charges;
    (B) The agreement clearly identifies the maximum time and maximum 
amount a student would be required to pay, including the implied or 
imputed interest rate and any fees and revenue generated for a related 
third-party, the institution, or any entity described in paragraph 
(a)(5)(ii) introductory text, for that maximum time period; and
    (C) All payments are applied with a portion allocated to the return 
of capital and a portion allocated to profit. Revenue, interest, and 
fees are not included in the calculation.
    (iii) For scholarships provided by the institution in the form of 
monetary aid and based on the academic achievement or financial need of 
its students, the amount disbursed to students during the fiscal year. 
The scholarships must be disbursed from an established restricted 
account and may be included as revenue only to the extent that the 
funds in that account represent--
    (A) Designated funds from an outside source that is unrelated to 
the institution, its owners, or its affiliates; or
    (B) Income earned on those funds.
    (6) Funds excluded from revenues. For the fiscal year, the 
institution does not include--
    (i) The amount of Federal Work Study (FWS) wages paid directly to 
the student. However, if the institution credits the student's account 
with FWS funds, those funds are included as revenue;
    (ii) The amount of funds received by the institution from a State 
under the LEAP, Special Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership 
(SLEAP), or Grants for Access and Persistence (GAP) program;
    (iii) The amount of institutional funds used to match Federal 
education assistance funds;
    (iv) The amount of Federal education assistance funds refunded to 
students or returned to the Secretary under Sec.  668.22 or required to 
be returned under the applicable program;
    (v) The amount the student is charged for books, supplies, and 
equipment unless the institution includes that amount as tuition, fees, 
or other institutional charges;
    (vi) Any amount from the proceeds of the factoring or sale of 
accounts receivable or institutional loans, regardless of whether the 
loans were sold with or without recourse;
    (vii) Any amount from the sale of an income share agreement or 
other financing agreement; or
    (viii) Any funds, including loans, provided by a third party 
related to the institution, its owners, or affiliates to a student in 
any form.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Sanctions. If an institution does not derive at least 10 
percent of its revenue from sources other than Federal funds--
    (1) For two consecutive fiscal years, it loses its eligibility to 
participate in the title IV, HEA programs for at least two fiscal 
years. To regain eligibility, the institution must demonstrate that it 
complied with the State licensure and accreditation requirements under 
34 CFR 600.5(a)(4) and (6), and the financial responsibility 
requirements under subpart L of this part, for a minimum of two fiscal 
years after the fiscal year it became ineligible;
    (2) For any fiscal year, it becomes provisionally certified under 
Sec.  668.13(c)(1)(ii) for the two fiscal years after the fiscal year 
it failed to satisfy the revenue requirement in this section. However, 
the institution's provisional certification terminates on--
    (i) The expiration date of the institution's program participation 
agreement that was in effect on the date the Secretary determined the 
institution failed the requirement of this section; or
    (ii) The date the institution loses its eligibility to participate 
under paragraph (c)(1) of this section;
    (3) For any fiscal year, it must notify students of the possibility 
of loss of title IV eligibility;
    (4) For any fiscal year, it must report the failure no later than 
45 days after the end of its fiscal year, or immediately thereafter if 
subsequent information is obtained that shows an institution 
incorrectly determined that it passed the revenue requirement in this 
section for the prior fiscal year; and
    (5) It is liable for any title IV, HEA program funds it disburses 
after the last day of the fiscal year it becomes ineligible to 
participate in the title IV, HEA program under paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, excluding any funds the institution was entitled to disburse 
under Sec.  668.26.

[[Page 65492]]


0
 17. Appendix C to subpart B of part 668 is revised to read as follows:

Appendix C to Subpart B of Part 668--90/10 Revenue Calculation

Section 1: Sample Student Account at the Institution/Funds Applied in 
Priority Order

                                                              Sample Student Account Ledger
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Line                       Date           Charge/Payment             Memo               Debit              Credit            Balance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1................................         12/31/2021  Federal Direct Loan.  ...................  .................           1,000.00         (1,000.00)
2................................           1/1/2022  Tuition and Fees....  ...................          17,000.00  .................          16,000.00
3................................           2/1/2022  Cash Payment........  ...................  .................             175.00          15,825.00
4................................           2/1/2022  Federal Funds 1.....  ...................  .................           2,000.00          13,825.00
5................................           2/1/2022  FSEOG...............  (Fed. 375/Inst.      .................             500.00          13,325.00
                                                                             125).
6................................           5/1/2022  Cash Payment........  (Federal funds 3)..  .................             500.00          12,825.00
7................................           7/1/2022  Federal Pell Grant..  ...................  .................           1,700.00          11,125.00
8................................           7/1/2022  Institutional         ...................  .................             500.00          10,625.00
                                                       Scholarship.
9................................           7/1/2022  Federal Direct Loan.  ...................  .................           1,500.00           9,125.00
10...............................           7/1/2022  Cash Payment........  (Federal funds 4)..  .................           3,700.00           5,425.00
11...............................           8/1/2022  Federal Funds 2.....  ...................  .................           3,725.00           1,700.00
12...............................           9/1/2022  City Grant..........  ...................  .................           2,200.00           (500.00)
13...............................           9/1/2022  Refund Check........  ...................             500.00  .................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Amount in the
    Line item in the sample                                  sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Funds Applied First
------------------------------------------------------------------------
12............................  Grant funds for the             2,200.00
                                 student from non-
                                 Federal public
                                 agencies or private
                                 sources independent
                                 of the institution.
                                Funds provided for
                                 the student under a
                                 contractual
                                 arrangement with a
                                 Federal, State, or
                                 local government
                                 agency for the
                                 purpose of providing
                                 job training to low-
                                 income individuals.
                                Funds used by a
                                 student from savings
                                 plans for
                                 educational expenses
                                 established by or on
                                 behalf of the
                                 student that qualify
                                 for special tax
                                 treatment under the
                                 Internal Revenue
                                 Code.
8                               Qualified                         500.00
                                 institutional
                                 scholarships
                                 disbursed to the
                                 student.
                                Adjustment: If the
                                 amount of Total
                                 Funds Applied First
                                 is more than Tuition
                                 and Fees, then
                                 Adjusted Total Funds
                                 Applied First is
                                 reduced by the
                                 amount over Tuition
                                 and Fees.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Funds Applied First........................           2,700.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Title IV Aid
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................  Prior Year Title IV             1,000.00
                                 Carried Over Credit
                                 Balance.
9.............................  Federal Direct Loan..           1,500.00
7.............................  Federal Pell Grant...           1,700.00
5.............................  FSEOG (subject to                 500.00
                                 matching reduction)
                                 ($500 -$375 FSEOG
                                 and $125
                                 Institutional Match)
                                Federal Work Study
                                 Applied to Tuition
                                 and Fees (subject to
                                 matching reduction).
5.............................  Adjustment: The                  -125.00
                                 amount of FSEOG
                                 funds disbursed to a
                                 student and the
                                 amount of FWS funds
                                 credited to the
                                 student's account
                                 are reduced by the
                                 amount of the
                                 institutional
                                 matching funds.
                                Adjustment: If the
                                 amount of Adjusted
                                 Total Funds Applied
                                 First + Total
                                 Student Title IV
                                 Revenue is more than
                                 Tuition and Fees,
                                 then Adjusted Total
                                 Student Title IV
                                 Revenue is reduced
                                 by the amount over
                                 Tuition and Fees.
                                Adjustment: If Title
                                 IV funds are
                                 returned for a
                                 student under Sec.
                                 668.22, then Student
                                 Title IV Revenue is
                                 reduced by the
                                 amount returned.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Adjusted Total Title IV Aid......................           4,575.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Other Federal Funds Paid Directly to the Institution
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.............................  Federal Funds 1......           2,000.00
11............................  Federal Funds 2......           3,725.00
                                Adjustment: If the
                                 amount of Adjusted
                                 Total Funds Applied
                                 First + Adjusted
                                 Total Student Title
                                 IV Revenue + Total
                                 Other Federal Funds
                                 Paid Directly to the
                                 Institution is more
                                 than Tuition and
                                 Fees, then Adjusted
                                 Total Other Federal
                                 Funds Paid Directly
                                 to the Institution
                                 is reduced by the
                                 amount over Tuition
                                 and Fees.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Adjusted Total Other Federal Funds Paid Directly            5,725.00
     to the Institution.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Other Federal Funds Paid to Student
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.............................  Federal Funds 3......             500.00
10............................  Federal Funds 4......           3,700.00

[[Page 65493]]

 
                                Adjustment: If the               -200.00
                                 amount of Adjusted
                                 Funds Applied First
                                 + Adjusted Student
                                 Title IV Revenue +
                                 Adjusted Total Other
                                 Federal Funds Paid
                                 Directly to the
                                 Institution + Total
                                 Other Federal Funds
                                 Paid Directly to
                                 Student is more than
                                 Tuition and Fees,
                                 then Adjusted
                                 Federal Funds Paid
                                 Directly to Student
                                 is reduced by the
                                 amount over Tuition
                                 and Fees.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Adjusted Total Other Federal Funds Paid Directly            4,000.00
     to Student.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Cash Payments
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.............................  Student payments.....             175.00
5.............................  Adjustment: The                   125.00
                                 amount of FSEOG
                                 funds disbursed to a
                                 student and the
                                 amount of FWS funds
                                 credited to the
                                 student's account
                                 are added to cash
                                 for the
                                 institutional
                                 matching funds.
                                Adjustment: If the               -300.00
                                 amount of Adjusted
                                 Total Funds Applied
                                 First + Adjusted
                                 Total Student Title
                                 IV Revenue +
                                 Adjusted Total Other
                                 Federal Funds Paid
                                 Directly to the
                                 Institution +
                                 Adjusted Total Other
                                 Federal Funds Paid
                                 to Student + Total
                                 Cash and Other Non-
                                 Title Payments are
                                 more than Tuition
                                 and Fees, then
                                 Adjusted Total Cash
                                 and Other Non-Title
                                 Payments is reduced
                                 by the amount over.
                                Tuition and Fees.....
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Adjusted Total Cash and Other Non-Title IV Aid...                  0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Adjusted Total All      17,000.00............
         Federal and Cash
         Payments.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                Section 2--Revenue by Source--One Student Example
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Line item in the sample                                             Amount disbursed   Adjusted amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Student Title IV Revenue
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.......................................  Title IV Credit Balance Carried            1,000.00           1,000.00
                                           Over from Prior Year.
9.......................................  Federal Direct Loan.............           1,500.00           1,500.00
7.......................................  Federal Pell Grant..............           1,700.00           1,700.00
5.......................................  FSEOG (federal portion only)....             375.00             375.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Student Title IV Revenue........................................           4,575.00           4,575.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Federal Funds Paid Directly to the Institution
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.......................................  Federal Funds 1.................           2,000.00           2,000.00
10......................................  Federal Funds 2.................           3,725.00           3,725.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Student Federal Funds Paid Directly to the Institution..........           5,725.00           5,725.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Student Federal Funds Paid Directly to the Student
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.......................................  Federal Funds 3.................             500.00             500.00
11......................................  Federal Funds 4.................           3,700.00           3,700.00
13......................................  Refunds Paid to Student.........  .................            -200.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Adjusted Student Federal Funds Paid Directly to Student...............           4,200.00           4,000.00
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Adjusted Student Federal Revenue..................................          14,500.00          14,300.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Student Non-Federal Revenue
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12......................................  Grant funds for the student from           2,200.00           2,200.00
                                           non-Federal public agencies or
                                           private sources independent of
                                           the institution.
8.......................................  Institutional scholarships                   500.00             500.00
                                           disbursed to the student.
3,5,13..................................  Student payments................             300.00                  0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Student Non-Title IV Revenue..........................................           3,000.00           2,700.00
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total Federal and Non-Federal Revenue.............................          17,500.00          17,000.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 65494]]


                Section 2--Revenue by Source--Calculation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Amount disbursed   Adjusted amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Student Title IV Revenue
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title IV Credit Balance Carried             45,000.00         45,0000.00
 Over from Prior Year.............
Federal Direct Loan...............       1,500,000.00       1,500,000.00
Federal Pell Grant................         400,700.00         400,700.00
FSEOG (subject to matching                  11,500.00           8,625.00
 reduction).......................
                                   -------------------------------------
    Total Student Title IV Revenue       1,957,200.00       1,954,325.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Refunds Paid to Students..........  .................         -35,500.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Student Federal Funds Paid Directly to Student
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Funds 3...................          50,000.00          50,000.00
Federal Funds 4...................           3,700.00           3,700.00
                                   -------------------------------------
    Total Student Federal Funds             53,700.00          53,700.00
     Paid Directly to Student.....
Refunds Paid to Student...........  .................            -200.00
Adjusted Student Federal Funds              53,700.00          53,500.00
 Paid Directly to Student.........
Adjusted Student Federal Revenue..       3,575,625.00       3,517,050.00
Adjusted Student Title IV Revenue.       1,957,200.00       1,918,825.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Federal Funds Paid Directly to the Institution
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Funds 1...................         200,000.00         200,000.00
Federal Funds 2...................       1,355,725.00       1,355,725.00
Federal Portion of Other Funds....           9,000.00           9,000.00
                                   -------------------------------------
    Total Student Federal Funds          1,564,725.00       1,564,725.00
     Paid Directly to the
     Institution..................
Refunds Paid to Students..........  .................         -20,000.00
Adjusted Student Title IV Federal        1,564,725.00       1,544,725.00
 Funds Paid Directly to the
 Institution......................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Revenue From Other Sources (Totals for the Fiscal Year)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activities conducted by the                 25,000.00          25,000.00
 institution that are necessary
 for education and training.......
Funds paid to the institution by,          143,000.00         143,000.00
 or on behalf of, students for
 education and training in
 qualified non-Title IV eligible
 programs.........................
                                   -------------------------------------
    Revenue from Other Sources....         168,000.00         168,000.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted Non-Federal Revenue and           587,800.00         559,500.00
 Revenue from Other Sources.......
                                   -------------------------------------
    Total Federal and Non-Federal        4,163,425.00       4,076,550.00
     Revenue......................
------------------------------------------------------------------------


------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Student non-Federal revenue           Amount        Adjusted amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grant funds for the student from
 non-Federal public agencies or
 private sources independent of
 the institution..................
--State Grant (9.0451 percent               99,500.00          90,500.00
 Federal Funds)...................
--ABC Scholarship.................             500.00             500.00
Funds provided for the student
 under a contractual arrangement
 with a Federal, State, or local
 government agency for the purpose
 of providing job training to low-
 income individuals...............
Funds used by a student from
 savings plan for educational
 expenses established by or on
 behalf of the student that
 qualify for special tax treatment
 under the Internal Revenue Code..
Qualified institutional                        500.00             500.00
 scholarships disbursed to the
 student..........................
Student payments
--Third Party Loans...............          50,000.00          50,000.00
--Third Party Loans-related Party/         107,000.00         100,000.00
 Institutional Loans..............
--ISA Institutional or Related              37,000.00          25,000.00
 Party............................
--ISA.............................          75,000.00          75,000.00
--Student Cash....................          50,300.00          50,300.00
                                   -------------------------------------
    Student Non-Title IV Revenue..         419,800.00         391,800.00
Refunds Paid to Student...........                               -300.00
                                   -------------------------------------
    Adjusted Non-Federal Revenue..         419,800.00         391,500.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Numerator 3,517,050.
Denominator 4,076,550 = 86.27 percent.


[[Page 65495]]


              Section 3--Calculating the Revenue Percentage
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
[sum] Adjusted Student Federal Revenue * / [sum] Adjusted Student
 Federal Revenue + [sum] Adjusted Non-Federal Revenue and Revenue from
 Other Sources = 90/10 Revenue Percentage.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Adjusted Student Federal Revenue = Adjusted Student Title IV Revenue +
  Adjusted Other Federal Funds Paid Directly to the Institution +
  Adjusted Other Federal Funds Paid Directly to Student
[sum] Adjusted Student Federal Revenue = The sum of the amounts of all
  Federal funds, as adjusted, for each student at the institution during
  the fiscal year to whom the institution disbursed Title IV Aid and
  Other Federal Funds and Federal funds that students directly receive.
[sum] Adjusted Non-Federal Revenue = The sum of the amounts of items
  applied first and adjusted cash payments for each student at the
  institution during the fiscal year whose non-Federal funds were used
  to pay all or some of those student's Tuition and Fee charges.


0
18. Section 668.32 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraph (c)(2)(ii); and
0
b. Removing the parenthetical authority citation at the end of the 
section.

    The revision reads as follows:


Sec.  668.32  Student eligibility--general.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (2) * * *
    (ii) If the student is a confined or incarcerated individual as 
defined in 34 CFR 600.2, is enrolled in an eligible prison education 
program as defined in Sec.  668.236;
* * * * *

0
19. Section 668.43 is amended by:
0
a. In paragraph (a)(5)(iv), removing the word ``and'' at the end of the 
paragraph;
0
b. In paragraph (a)(5)(v)(C), adding the word ``and'' at the end of the 
paragraph;
0
c. Adding paragraph (a)(5)(vi); and
0
d. Removing the parenthetical authority citation at the end of the 
section.

    The addition reads as follows:


Sec.  668.43  Institutional information.

    (a) * * *
    (5) * * *
    (vi) If a prison education program, as defined in Sec.  668.236, is 
designed to meet educational requirements for a specific professional 
license or certification that is required for employment in an 
occupation (as described in Sec.  668.236(a)(7) and (8)), information 
regarding whether that occupation typically involves State or Federal 
prohibitions on the licensure or employment of formerly confined or 
incarcerated individuals in any other State for which the institution 
has made a determination about State prohibitions on the licensure or 
certification of formerly confined or incarcerated individuals;
* * * * *

0
20. Section 668.171 is amended by revising paragraphs (d)(4) and 
(f)(1)(vii) to read as follows:


Sec.  668.171  General.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (4) For its most recently completed fiscal year, a proprietary 
institution did not receive at least 10 percent of its revenue from 
sources other than Federal funds, as provided under Sec.  668.28(c);
* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (vii) For the non-Federal revenue provision in paragraph (d)(4) of 
this section, no later than 45 days after the end of the institution's 
fiscal year, as provided in Sec.  668.28(c)(4).
* * * * *

0
21. Add subpart P to read as follows:

Subpart P--Prison Education Programs

Sec.
668.23 Scope and purpose.
668.235 Definitions.
668.236 Eligible prison education program.
668.237 Accreditation requirements.
668.238 Application requirements.
668.239 Reporting requirements.
668.240 Limitation or termination of approval.
668.241 Best interest determination.
668.242 Transition to a prison education program.


Sec.  668.23  Scope and purpose.

    This subpart establishes regulations that apply to an institution 
that offers prison education programs to confined or incarcerated 
individuals. A confined or incarcerated individual enrolled in an 
eligible prison education program is eligible for Federal financial 
assistance under the Federal Pell Grant program. Unless provided in 
this subpart, confined or incarcerated individuals and institutions 
that offer prison education programs are subject to the same 
regulations and procedures that otherwise apply to title IV, HEA 
program participants.


Sec.  668.235  Definitions.

    The following definitions apply to this subpart:
    Additional location has the meaning given in 34 CFR 600.2.
    Advisory committee is a group established by the oversight entity 
that provides nonbinding feedback to the oversight entity regarding the 
approval and operation of a prison education program within the 
oversight entity's jurisdiction.
    Confined or incarcerated individual has the meaning given in 34 CFR 
600.2.
    Feedback process is the process developed by the oversight entity 
to gather nonbinding input from relevant stakeholders regarding the 
approval and operation of a prison education program within the 
oversight entity's jurisdiction. A feedback process may include an 
advisory committee.
    Oversight entity means--
    (1) The appropriate State department of corrections or other entity 
that is responsible for overseeing correctional facilities; or
    (2) The Federal Bureau of Prisons.
    Relevant stakeholders are individuals and organizations that 
provide input as part of a feedback process to the oversight entity 
regarding the approval and operation of a prison education program 
within the oversight entity's jurisdiction. These stakeholders must 
include representatives of confined or incarcerated individuals, 
organizations representing confined or incarcerated individuals, State 
higher education executive offices, and accrediting agencies and may 
include additional stakeholders as determined by the oversight entity.


Sec.  668.236  Eligible prison education program.

    (a) An eligible prison education program means an education or 
training program that--
    (1) Is an eligible program under Sec.  668.8 offered by an 
institution of higher education as defined in 34 CFR 600.4, or a 
postsecondary vocational institution as defined in 34 CFR 600.6;
    (2) Is offered by an eligible institution that has been approved to 
operate in a correctional facility by the oversight entity;
    (3) After an initial two-year approval, is determined by the 
oversight entity to be operating in the best interest of students as 
described in Sec.  668.241;
    (4) Offers transferability of credits to at least one institution 
of higher education (as defined in 34 CFR 600.4 and 600.6) in the State 
where the correctional facility is located, or, in the case of a 
Federal correctional facility, in the State where most of the 
individuals confined or incarcerated individuals in

[[Page 65496]]

such facility will reside upon release as determined by the institution 
based on information provided by the oversight entity;
    (5) Is offered by an institution that has not been subject, during 
the five years preceding the date of the determination, to--
    (i) Any suspension, emergency action, or termination of programs 
under this title;
    (ii) Any final accrediting action that is an adverse action as 
defined in 34 CFR 602.3 by the institution's accrediting agency; or
    (iii) Any action by the State to revoke a license or other 
authority to operate;
    (6) Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, is offered by an 
institution that is not subject to a current initiated adverse action;
    (7) Satisfies any applicable educational requirements for 
professional licensure or certification, including any requirements to 
sit for licensure or certification examinations needed to practice or 
obtain employment in the sectors or occupations for which the program 
prepares the individual, in the State where the correctional facility 
is located or, in the case of a Federal correctional facility, in the 
State where most of the individuals confined or incarcerated 
individuals in such facility will reside upon release, as determined by 
the institution not less than annually based on information provided by 
the oversight entity; and
    (8) Does not offer education that is designed to lead to licensure 
or employment for a specific job or occupation in the State if such job 
or occupation typically involves prohibitions on the licensure or 
employment of formerly confined or incarcerated individuals in the 
State where the correctional facility is located, or, in the case of a 
Federal correctional facility, in the State where most of the 
individuals confined or incarcerated individuals in such facility will 
reside upon release, as determined by the institution not less than 
annually based on information provided by the oversight entity.
    (b) With respect to the criterion in paragraph (a)(6) of this 
section--
    (1) If an accrediting agency initiates an adverse action, the 
institution cannot begin its first or a subsequent prison education 
program unless and until the initiated adverse action has been 
rescinded; and
    (2) If the institution currently offers one or more prison 
education programs and is subject to an initiated adverse action, the 
institution must submit a teach-out plan and if practicable, a teach-
out agreement, as defined in 34 CFR 600.2, to the institution's 
accrediting agency.
    (c) With respect to the criterion in paragraph (a)(8) of this 
section--
    (1) In the case of State and local correctional facilities, the 
postsecondary institution may not enroll any student in a prison 
education program if the student is prohibited or barred by any Federal 
law, or law in the State in which the correctional facility is located, 
from licensure or employment in the sectors or occupations for which 
the program prepares the individual based on any criminal conviction or 
specific types of criminal convictions; or
    (2) In the case of a Federal correctional facility, the 
postsecondary institution may not enroll any student in a prison 
education program if the student is prohibited or barred by any Federal 
law, or law in the State in which more than half of the confined or 
incarcerated individuals in such facility will reside upon release, 
from licensure or employment in the sectors or occupations for which 
the program prepares the individual based on any criminal conviction or 
specific types of criminal convictions.
    (3) Prohibitions on licensure or employment do not include local 
laws, screening requirements for good moral character, or similar 
provisions; State or Federal laws that have been repealed, even if the 
repeal has not yet taken effect or if the repeal occurs between 
assessments of the postsecondary institution by the oversight entity; 
or other restrictions as determined by the Secretary.


Sec.  668.237  Accreditation requirements.

    (a) To be an eligible program under Sec.  668.236, a prison 
education program must meet the requirements of the institution's 
accrediting agency or State approval agency.
    (b) In order for any prison education program to qualify as an 
eligible program, the accrediting agency must have--
    (1) Evaluated at least the first prison education program at the 
first two additional locations to ensure the institution's ability to 
offer and implement the program and that the program meets the agency's 
accreditation standards, and included it in the institution's grant of 
accreditation or pre-accreditation;
    (2) Evaluated the first additional prison education program offered 
by a new method of delivery to ensure the institution's ability to 
offer and implement the program and that the program meets the agency's 
standards, and included it in the institution's grant of accreditation 
or pre-accreditation;
    (3) Performed a site visit as soon as practicable but no later than 
one year after initiating the prison education program at the first two 
additional locations; and
    (4) Reviewed and approved the methodology for how the institution, 
in collaboration with the oversight entity, made the determination that 
the prison education program meets the same standards as substantially 
similar programs that are not prison education programs at the 
institution.


Sec.  668.238  Application requirements.

    (a) An institution that seeks to offer a prison education program 
must apply to the Secretary to have its first prison education program 
at the first two additional locations determined to be eligible 
programs for title IV, HEA program purposes. Following the Secretary's 
initial approval of an institution's prison education program, 
additional prison education programs offered by the same postsecondary 
institution at the same location may be determined eligible without 
further approvals from the Secretary except as required by 34 CFR 
600.7, 600.10, 600.20(c)(1), or 600.21(a), as applicable, if such 
programs are consistent with the institution's accreditation or its 
State approval agency requirements.
    (b) The institution's prison education program application must 
provide information satisfactory to the Secretary that includes--
    (1) A description of the educational program, including the 
educational credential offered (degree level or certificate) and the 
field of study;
    (2) Documentation from the institution's accrediting agency or 
State approval agency indicating that the agency has evaluated the 
prison education program and has included the program in the 
institution's grant of accreditation and approval documentation from 
the accrediting agency or State approval agency;
    (3) The name of the correctional facility and documentation from 
the oversight entity that the prison education program has been 
approved to operate in the correctional facility;
    (4) Documentation detailing the methodology, including thresholds, 
benchmarks, standards, metrics, data, and other information, the 
oversight entity used in approving the prison education program and how 
all the information was collected;
    (5) Information about the types of services offered to admitted 
students, including orientation, tutoring, and academic and reentry 
counseling. If

[[Page 65497]]

reentry counseling is provided by a community-based organization that 
has partnered with the eligible prison education program, institution, 
or correctional facility to provide reentry services, the application 
also must provide information about the types of services offered by 
that community-based organization;
    (6) Affirmative acknowledgement that the Secretary can limit or 
terminate approval of an institution to provide a prison education 
program as described in Sec.  668.237;
    (7) Affirmative agreement to submit all required reports to the 
Secretary pursuant to Sec.  668.239;
    (8) Documentation that the institution has entered into an 
agreement with the oversight entity to obtain data about transfer and 
release dates of confined or incarcerated individuals, which will be 
reported to the Department of Education; and
    (9) Such other information as the Secretary deems necessary.
    (c) For the second or subsequent eligible prison education program 
at a location, to meet the requirements under 34 CFR 600.21, an 
institution must submit--
    (1) Documentation from the institution's accrediting agency noting 
that the institution complies with Sec.  668.236(a)(6) and was not 
subject in the last five years to any final accrediting action that is 
an adverse action by the institution's accrediting agency;
    (2) Documentation from the institution confirming that it was not 
subject in the last five years to any State action to revoke a license 
or other authority to operate; and
    (3) Documentation that the institution has entered into an 
agreement with the oversight entity to obtain data about transfer and 
release dates of confined or incarcerated individuals, which will be 
reported to the Department of Education pursuant to Sec.  668.239.


Sec.  668.239  Reporting requirements.

    (a) An institution must submit reports, in accordance with 
deadlines established and published by the Secretary in the Federal 
Register.
    (b) The institution reports such information as the Secretary 
requires, in compliance with procedures the Secretary describes.
    (c) The institution reports information about transfer and release 
dates of confined or incarcerated individuals, as required by the 
Secretary, through an agreement with the oversight entity.


Sec.  668.240  Limitation or termination of approval.

    (a) The Secretary may limit or terminate or otherwise end the 
approval of an institution to provide an eligible prison education 
program if the Secretary determines that the institution violated any 
terms of this subpart or that the institution submitted materially 
inaccurate information to the Secretary, accrediting agency, State 
agency, or oversight entity.
    (b) If the Secretary initiates action limiting or terminating an 
institution's approval to operate an eligible prison education program, 
the institution must submit a teach-out plan and, if practicable, a 
teach-out agreements (as defined in 34 CFR 600.2) to its accrediting 
agency upon occurrence of the event.


Sec.  668.241  Best interest determination.

    (a) An oversight entity's determination that a prison education 
program is operating in the best interest of students--
    (1) Must include an assessment of--
    (i) Whether the experience, credentials, and rates of turnover or 
departure of instructors for the prison education program are 
substantially similar to other programs at the institution, accounting 
for the unique geographic and other constraints of prison education 
programs;
    (ii) Whether the transferability of credits for courses available 
to confined or incarcerated individuals and the applicability of such 
credits toward related degree or certificate programs is substantially 
similar to those at other similar programs at the institution, 
accounting for the unique geographic and other constraints of prison 
education programs;
    (iii) Whether the prison education program's offering of relevant 
academic and career advising services to participating confined or 
incarcerated individuals, while they are confined or incarcerated, in 
advance of reentry, and upon release, is substantially similar to 
offerings to a student who is not a confined or incarcerated individual 
and who is enrolled in, and may be preparing to transfer from, the same 
institution, accounting for the unique geographic and other constraints 
of prison education programs; and
    (iv) Whether the institution ensures that all formerly confined or 
incarcerated individuals are able to fully transfer their credits and 
continue their programs at any location of the institution that offers 
a comparable program, including by the same mode of instruction; and
    (2) May include an assessment of--
    (i) Whether the rates of recidivism, which do not include any 
recidivism by the student after a reasonable number of years of release 
and which only include new felony convictions, defined as each sentence 
of imprisonment exceeding one year and one month (see United States 
Sentencing Guideline section 4A1.1(a)), meet thresholds set by the 
oversight entity;
    (ii) Whether the rates of completion reported by the Department, 
which do not include any students who were transferred across 
facilities and which account for the status of part-time students, meet 
thresholds set by the oversight entity with input from relevant 
stakeholders;
    (iii) Whether the rate of confined or incarcerated individuals 
continuing their education post-release, as determined by the 
percentage of students who reenroll in higher education reported by the 
Department, meets thresholds established by the oversight entity with 
input from relevant stakeholders;
    (iv) Whether job placement rates in the relevant field for such 
individuals meet any applicable standards required by the accrediting 
agency for the institution or program or a State where the institution 
is authorized. If no job placement rate standard applies to prison 
education programs offered by the institution, the oversight entity may 
define, and the institution may report, a job placement rate, with 
input from relevant stakeholders;
    (v) Earnings for such individuals, which could include measuring 
such earnings against a threshold established by the oversight entity; 
and
    (vi) Other indicators pertinent to program success as determined by 
the oversight entity.
    (b) An oversight entity makes the best interest determination--
    (1) Through a feedback process that considers input from relevant 
stakeholders; and
    (2) In light of the totality of the circumstances.
    (c) If the oversight entity does not find a program to be in the 
best interest of students, it must allow for programs to re-apply 
within a reasonable timeframe.
    (d) After the two years of initial approval under Sec.  668.236, 
the oversight entity must determine that the prison education program 
is operating in the best interest of students, under paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (e)(1) After its initial determination under paragraph (d) of this 
section that a program is operating in the best interest of confined or 
incarcerated individuals, the institution must obtain subsequent 
evaluations of each eligible

[[Page 65498]]

prison education program from the responsible oversight entity not less 
than 120 calendar days prior to the expiration of the institution's 
Program Participation Agreements. The oversight entity may also make a 
determination between subsequent evaluations based on the oversight 
entity's regular monitoring and evaluation of program outcomes.
    (2) Each subsequent evaluation must--
    (i) Include the entire period following the prior determination and 
be based on the applicable factors in paragraph (a) of this section for 
all students enrolled in the program since the prior determination;
    (ii) Include input from relevant stakeholders through the oversight 
entity's feedback process; and
    (iii) Be submitted to the Secretary no later than 30 days following 
completion of the evaluation.
    (f)(1) The institution must obtain and maintain documentation of 
the methodology by which the oversight entity made each determination 
under this section and under Sec.  668.236(a)(2) and (3) for review by 
the institution's accrediting agency, for submission to the Department 
for approval of the first program at the first two additional 
locations, to document input from relevant stakeholders through the 
oversight entity's feedback process in paragraphs (b)(1) and (e)(2)(ii) 
of this section, for reporting to the Department, and for public 
disclosure.
    (2) The institution must maintain the documentation described in 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section for as long as the program is active 
or, if the program is discontinued, for three years following the date 
of discontinuance.


Sec.  668.242  Transition to a prison education program.

    For institutions operating eligible prison education programs in a 
correctional facility that is not a Federal or State penal institution:
    (a) A confined or incarcerated individual who otherwise meets the 
eligibility requirements to receive a Federal Pell Grant and is 
enrolled in an eligible program that does not meet the requirements 
under subpart P of this part may continue to receive a Federal Pell 
Grant until the earlier of--
    (1) July 1, 2029;
    (2) The student reaches the maximum timeframe for program 
completion under Sec.  668.34; or
    (3) The student has exhausted Pell Grant eligibility under 34 CFR 
690.6(e).
    (b) An institution is not permitted to enroll a confined or 
incarcerated individual on or after July 1, 2023, who was not enrolled 
in an eligible program prior to July 1, 2023, unless the institution 
first converts the eligible program into an eligible prison education 
program as defined in Sec.  668.236.

PART 690--FEDERAL PELL GRANT PROGRAM

0
22. The authority citation for part 690 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  20 U.S.C. 1070a, 1070g, unless otherwise noted.


0
23. Section 690.62 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  690.62  Calculation of a Federal Pell Grant.

    (a) The amount of a student's Pell Grant for an academic year is 
based upon the payment and disbursement schedules published by the 
Secretary for each award year.
    (b)(1)(i) For a confined or incarcerated individual enrolled in an 
eligible prison education program, no Federal Pell Grant may exceed the 
cost of attendance (as defined in section 472 of the HEA) at the 
institution that student attends.
    (ii) If an institution determines that the amount of a Federal Pell 
Grant for that student exceeds the cost of attendance for that year, 
the amount of the Federal Pell Grant must be reduced until the Federal 
Pell Grant does not exceed the cost of attendance at such institution 
and does not result in a title IV credit balance under 34 CFR 
668.164(h).
    (2)(i) If a confined or incarcerated individual's Pell Grant, 
combined with any other financial assistance, exceeds the student's 
cost of attendance, the financial assistance other than the Pell Grant 
must be reduced by the amount that the total financial assistance 
exceeds the student's cost of attendance.
    (ii) If the confined or incarcerated individual's other financial 
assistance cannot be reduced, the student's Pell Grant must be reduced 
by the amount that the student's total financial assistance exceeds the 
student's cost of attendance.


0
24. Add Sec.  690.68 to read as follows:


Sec.  690.68  Severability.

    If any provision of this subpart or its application to any person, 
act, or practice is held invalid, the remainder of the subpart or the 
application of its provisions to any person, act, or practice will not 
be affected thereby.

[FR Doc. 2022-23078 Filed 10-27-22; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 4000-01-P